Blood Sugar Levels Blood Sugar Level Chart

How the different food types affect brain function? Much of what was discussed confirmed that the old saying You are what you eat! is perhaps more true than most people realize! The brain is the nerve centre of the body and determines our actions, thoughts and feelings. If it is not powered up in the right way it will lead to us being a little less than we should be! With this weeks article the focus will shift slightly from brain function to another aspect of nutrition, albeit one that still has profound implications for brain function, namely: The maintenance of healthy blood sugar levels.IThe saying goes on that You are what you eat! Have you ever asked yourself how foods affect your brain? Previous explanations in this regards proves true. It is another issue that we dont take them seriously. As a key player brain is most important organ of our body which controls it by helping us determine our actions, thoughts and feelings. Imagine the worsening impact we would have if our brains are not nourished. The focus of this weeks article digresses slightly from brain functioning to nutrition. We will discuss nutrition which is crucial in our body functioning and maintenance of healthy blood sugar levels.IThe question before us is how various food categories affect our brains. Whatever we discussed in this regard reaffirms an old saying which states You are what you eat! Hardly anyone of us complies with it though. Brains are intellect centre points of our body helping us fruition our actions, thoughts and feelings. Do you think it would function smoothly if not nourished efficiently? Our article this week will slightly shift from brain functioning to specific area of discussion in nutrition. Though lots of clarifications are required in brain functioning and nutrition, maintenance of healthy blood sugar levels are still an integral part of it.

Many people think of blood sugar as an issue that diabetics should be concerned about but that the rest of us can safely ignore. This perception is very wide of the mark, especially if we are talking about the management of the symptoms of ADD/ADHD. The fact is that blood sugar levels can have a profound effect on our general wellbeing and also on our functioning as productive and healthy members of society. It is therefore quite appropriate that we spend some time in discussing ways in which optimum blood sugar levels can be maintained. Before we do that, however, it would be good to first get a general overview of the whole concept of blood sugar levels.IThere is an intrigued general perception about blood sugar that it is associated with diabetics hence others should not bother. But such presumption is not appropriate particularly when you focus on ADD/ADHD symptom management. In actuality blood sugar levels have considerable effect on human bodies. It may even hamper general wellbeing of a particular person. Such symptoms affect us severely confining our personal and social lives into nowhere. Keeping these aspects in view, we should manage some time to discuss and search appropriate means on how a manageable blood sugar level can be achieved at. Lets have a general overview of blood sugar levels before discussing specific aspects.IGood number of masses observe that blood sugar is linked with the diabetics so others should not worry about it. But when you manage the ADD/ADHD symptoms, you should think otherwise. The reality is entirely different and makes all of us accountable for a thinking level. The symptoms of blood sugar can have irrefutable effect on a persons general health and wellbeing. Carelessness force you lead secluded life as its effects on health is worse. We must think over this and spend enough time to find best solutions for overcoming this problem. But before we discuss its specifications, lets have a look on the blood sugar level concept.

At its most basic level the concept of blood sugar levels centers around the amount of the bodys primary energy source, glucose, found in the blood stream at any given time. Normally this level is within a remarkably narrow range (about 90 milligrams per 100 milliliters) but significant rises can occur during the period following a meal. It is this rises, their implications for the treatment of ADD/ADHD, and the way in which they can be best managed that will be our focus for the next few weeks.IGlucose is the primary energy source of our body. Understanding the basics of blood sugar levels is incomplete without understanding the substantial role of glucose which passes thorough the blood stream of our bodies. The level of glucose may usually range to approximately 90 milligrams per 100 milliliters in the normal circumstances. But it starts showing considerable increase soon after we take some meal. Our primary focus in the next few weeks will be to highlight such rises and their possible effects in the treatment procedure of ADD/ADHD.IUnderstanding the basic concept of blood sugar levels remains incomplete without having a detailed knowledge of the powerhouse of our body named glucose which is the main source of energy for us. Glucose flows in the blood streams of our body in its normal course at 90 milligrams per 100 milliliters. But whenever we take some sort of meal its level starts showing a remarkable rise. The forthcoming articles in coming weeks will be exclusively focusing on those complications, rises and the treatment of ADD/ADHD in such circumstances.

Blood sugar levels that are significantly above or below normal levels can lead to all kinds of serious medical problems. Symptoms related to both extremes include the following.IWhenever your blood sugar levels go up or down from its normal course, it may result into serious illness. Basic symptoms in both the cases are mentioned below:IA rise of fall in the blood sugar level from its normal course may invite many problematic disease. Prominent symptoms associated with both the extremes are as follows :

Low Blood Sugar (Hypoglycemia):As far as the body is concerned low blood sugar simply means that there is not enough fuel available to fulfill all its critical functions. This lack of energy is perhaps most keenly felt in the brain as one of the most energy dependent parts of the body. The brain responds by beginning to shut down non-critical functions. One of the first indications of a drop in blood sugar would therefore be a general feeling of fuzziness i.e. an awareness that you are not able to perform simple mental tasks as well as you are used to. Other indications include shakiness, anxiety and tremors. On an emotional level low blood sugar can lead to irritability, negativity, moodiness and depression. In extreme cases patients with extremely low blood sugar can suffer from stupor, seizures and comas. From an ADD/ADHD perspective it is important to note that a lack of focus coupled with general irritability can in many cases be traced back directly to hypoglycemia. This fact will be explored in greater detail in subsequent articles.ILow Blood Sugar (Hypoglycemia): Your body deteriorates in various ways in low blood sugar. This symptom indicates that body is not charged and lacks energy. Once this phenomenon occurs your brain gets affected at the first juncture. Lack of energy enforces it not to perform any determinative work. Dependent parts of your body start showing pessimistic effect. This leads your brain to cease working. It becomes unable to detect non-critical functions of your body when symptoms of low blood sugar are vibrant. You feel fuzziness. While reaching at this position your brain cant even perform regular assignments. You fail to perform your usual duties and mental task. Other complications of low blood sugar are shakiness, anxiety and tremors. Low blood sugar damages your emotional health and you feel irritability, negativity, moodiness and depression. When it reaches to extreme low, you suffer from stupor, seizures and comas. Looking this entire issue in ADD/ADHD perspective raises many pertinent questions. You feel lack of focus; general irritability and at times hypoglycemia overpower you. Forthcoming articles would elaborately discuss this issue.ILow Blood Sugar (Hypoglycemia). In a normal body cycle low blood sugar is lack of power in the body which makes it dull and less energetic. Ultimately the situation keeps you at low and you fail to perform your basic duties. As your body faces lack of energy weakness and its resultant impact is seen in the brain which is determinative portion of our body. At times its effects are so crucial that brain fails to perform several non-critical assignments. Feeling fuzziness is one of the primary effects of low blood sugar. Once you face this situation you fail to perform regular mental tasks. Low blood sugar causes other problems including shakiness, anxiety and tremors. You feel emotionally low, irritability, negativity, moodiness and depression in such situations. A person suffering from extremely low blood sugar can face stupor, seizures and comas even. Low blood sugar in the perspective of ADD/ADHD leads to lack of focus and irritability. If the case turns severe you can have hypoglycemia as well. The subsequent articles would focus these aspects in detail.
High Blood Sugar (Hyperglycemia) Hyperglycemia is characterized by three classic symptoms namely constant hunger, constant thirst and the constant urge to urinate. It can also lead to blurred vision, uncontrolled weight loss and recurrent infections. In very severe cases uncontrolled rises in blood sugar levels could lead to stupors and comas.IHigh Blood Sugar (Hyperglycemia) Three critical symptoms like repeated hunger, thirst and urge for constant urination are main characteristics of Hyperglycemia. It causes critical illnesses like blurred vision, uncontrolled weight loss and recurrent infections. Stupors and comas are its extremely critical effects if there is uncontrolled rise in blood sugar levels.IHigh Blood Sugar (Hyperglycemia) Constant hunger, thirst and repeated urge for urination are three basic symptoms of Hyperglycemia. Its effects can happen in the form of blurred vision, uncontrolled weight loss and the recurrent infections in ones body. When blood sugar levels start rising uncontrollably the sufferers encounter stupors and comas.

It should be very clear from the above that wild fluctuations in blood sugar levels could have some very nasty consequences and that blood sugar level management should be one of the top priorities for anyone interested in maintaining good general health. This is especially true in the case of those having to deal with the symptoms of ADD/ADHD as research is constantly pointing to the role of extreme fluctuations in blood sugar levels in creating symptoms like lethargy, indifference, irritableness and wild mood swings. This issue is so vitally important that I will spend the next few weeks probing some of the wide ranging implications of blood sugar swings and the way in such swings can, for the most part, be prevented. Some of the things that I will look at include the following:
A discussion of the mechanics of blood sugar (e.g. What is normal? How do fluctuations occur? What is the impact of high or low blood sugar on a cellular level?)
The psychological and emotional impact of blood sugar fluctuations.
The relationship between blood sugar fluctuations and ADD/ADHD.
Some strategies for the successful management of blood sugar levels.
The role of a Low-GI diet in maintaining optimum blood sugar levels.IAbove mentioned revelations keep us cautious to maintain good health. Repeated and extreme fluctuations in blood sugar levels may create alarming situations. Keeping this crucial aspect in mind, we should be extra careful in managing blood sugar levels. Taking special care of it becomes mandatory particularly when you deal with ADD/ADHD symptoms. Researches are exploring regular extreme fluctuations in the blood sugar levels time and again and find that they develop related symptoms like lethargy, indifference, irritableness and wild mood swings. As it is one of the crucial health issues and requires more attention, I would put extra effort and spend my next few weeks to highlight and probe its complications. The causes of blood sugar swings and their preventive measures must be explained elaborately. I will emphasize on the below mentioned aspects in my first attempt:
Proper discussion on blood sugar complications (e.g. What is normal? How do fluctuations occur? What is the impact of high or low blood sugar on a cellular level?)
How blood sugar fluctuations impact one psychologically and emotionally?
What relationship blood sugar fluctuations and ADD/ADHD have?
Finding out some strategies to successfully manage blood sugar levels.
The role of a Low-GI diet in maintaining optimum blood sugar levels.IThis must be borne in mind from the above mentioned debate that extremely differentiating fluctuation in the blood sugar levels result into many pathetic conditions. That is why blood sugar level management should remain our primary focus in keeping ourselves systematic and healthy. Such aspects become crucial for those who have the symptoms of ADD/ADHD. The research findings regularly describe that feeling lethargic, having indifference or irritableness or facing extreme wild mood swings are the main outcomes of extreme fluctuations in blood sugar levels. As this issue is of much concern, I have decided to dedicate my next few weeks to probe and find out the complications of blood sugar swings, how such swings turn chronic and what are the preventive measures of it? I would have a keen look on the following aspects:
Will discuss the complexities of blood sugar (e.g. What is normal? How do fluctuations occur? What is the impact of high or low blood sugar on a cellular level?)
Blood sugar fluctuations and their psychological and emotional impact.
What relationship ADD/ADHD and blood sugar fluctuations actually have?
What are the effective strategies to succeed blood sugar levels?
What is the role of a Low-GI diet in maintaining best blood sugar levels.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    mechanisms involved in the ‘control of blood sugar level’ flow chart?
    Can anyoneone tell me how to make a flow diagram that shows mechanisms involved in the body controlling the blood sugar level?

    F.Y.I. how do i put conditions and situations?

    • ANSWER:

      http://www.biology-online.org/images/blood_2.GIF

      There is how.

      You have the middle value – without deviation, and on either side you put the deviations and what they trigger ect.

      Hope that helps.

  2. QUESTION:
    Can anybody tell me where I can find a website where I can record my blood sugar levels on a printable chart?

    • ANSWER:
      I don’t know what kind of meter you use but One Touch’,ultra,ultra smart has a disk for your computer that has all kinds of charts and printable information once you input your sugar levels even a cable that downloads right from the meter. You can try www.lifescan.com

  3. QUESTION:
    blood sugar level question (kinda long)?
    hi, today my dad had a dr. appt to get meds for his diabetes. When they checked him in they said that his blood sugar level was off the chart like 600 and that he needed to get to the ER. He is there now, they gave him an insulin shot, have him on an IV because he is dehydrated.. Lately he’s been very thirsy, and peeing alot, also he just had cataract surgery (don’t know if it applies to anything) Anyway ahwile after the insulin shot they checked his blood sugar level and it is now 810.. My question is what can they do to help him? is he going to be ok? They are admitting him overnight and keeping close watch on him.
    Any info. please. Thank you

    • ANSWER:
      First on foremost, IV fluids and alot of it like 3-4 liters.

      Next More IV Fluids.

      Then more IV Fluids.

      Your dad is really dehydrated and giving suncutaneous insulin will not work. Insulin will need to be given intravenously.

      Next start an insulin drip. Do hourly blood sugar test and titrate upwards if it is still high.

      Rule any underlying issues like heart attack, infection that may be increasing his sugars. Check blood work and make sure pottasium, magnesium, phospate are okay. Would do it every4-6 hours.

      Needs to be in ICU.

  4. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar level showed 5.2 before breakfast. What does that mean?
    Does anybody have link to a chart the different levels.

    Thank you in advance.

    • ANSWER:
      That’s an absolutely perfect, non-diabetic, blood glucose reading.

      I didn’t find an actual “chart” as that would be just a single line long. You can, however, check on the following website. (I’ve chosen a UK website as the level you’ve indicated is a measurement made in mmol/l (millimoles pr litre), the International Standard, which differs from the results given in the USA … plus a few other countries.)

  5. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar levels? Mine was 38 at about 2pm today.?
    I will occasionally have low blood sugar although I have not been diagnosed with hypoglycemia. Today I started feeling bad and everything started to go dark, my ears closed up like I was under water. I took my sugar (my mom is diabetic and gave me an extra checker) and it was 38. I have checked online and can’t find a chart of what levels should be. This was about 2pm today that it happened. I typically can drink something and it will go back up. I still feel weak from it though and that is not normally how I feel after it gets better. I have been on a no sugar/low carb diet for about 2 years now. My husband thinks I should go to the doctor, but I don’t want to have to go just for them to tell me that nothing is wrong and then i’m out 25 bucks. Just wondered what everyone else’s experience is with low blood sugar and if 38 is a low number for 2pm.

    • ANSWER:
      Here what you need to do :
      Hypoglycemia Symptoms
      Because epinephrine, one of the hormones that is activated by hypoglycemia, comes from the central nervous system, the majority of early symptoms of hypoglycemia are related to the nervous system.
      Common symptoms of hypoglycemia include the following:
      Trembling
      Clamminess
      Palpitations
      Anxiety
      Sweating
      Hunger

      Because the brain is deprived of glucose, a second set of symptoms follows:
      Difficulty in thinking
      Confusion
      Headache
      Seizures
      Coma
      Ultimately, death

      Eating every 4-6 hours is important to prevent hypoglycemia.
      Be adventurous and try something new to liven up your snacks between meals!
      Each of the following counts as one starch:

      One small apple, orange, peach, pear, nectarine, or tangerine
      Eight animal crackers
      Four medium fresh apricots or seven dried halves
      1/2 of a banana rolled with 2-tablespoons Grape Nuts cereal
      1 cup cubed cantaloupe
      Twelve Bing cherries
      Two chocolate mousse bars (Weight Watchers)
      1/2 cup chow mein noodles
      Two sugar-free fudgesicles
      Three gingersnaps
      36 Goldfish (adds 1 fat serving)
      Three graham crackers (2 1/2-inch square)
      1/2 low-fat granola bar
      15 grapes
      ½ cup fruit juice
      Five slices melba toast
      1 cup skim milk
      Three peanut butter sandwich crackers (adds 1 fat serving)
      Two small plums
      24 oyster crackers
      3 cups popcorn (popped by hot air, or low-fat microwave)
      1 slice of angel food cake
      1 sugar-free pudding snack cup
      Three dried pitted prunes
      15 fat-free potato or tortilla chips
      3/4 ounce pretzels
      2 tablespoons raisins
      Two rice cakes (4″ diameter)
      1 regular Jell-o snack cup
      Seven Ritz crackers (adds 1 fat serving)
      Six saltine crackers
      ½ cup canned fruit
      15 Teddy Grahams (adds 1 fat serving)
      Five reduced-fat Triscuits
      Six Vanilla Wafers (adds 1 fat serving)
      Six Waverly Wafers (adds 1 fat serving)
      12 Original Wheat Thins (adds 1 fat serving)
      13 Reduced-fat Wheat Thins (adds 1/2 fat serving)
      1 cup nonfat fruit-flavored yogurt (sweetened with sugar substitute)
      1/2 cup of sherbet or I Can’t Believe It’s Yogurt or TCBY frozen yogurt

      By the way you are Hypoglycemic

      Tin

  6. QUESTION:
    blood sugar level for age 10-20?
    chart for low and high blood sugar

    • ANSWER:
      sugar level is 70 – 110 fasting sample of 12 hour fast
      sugar levels 70 – 140 for 2hours after meals
      sugar levels 8- 180 for a random test

      age has nothing to do with the levels

  7. QUESTION:
    Quick way to lower my blood sugar?
    My grandma told me that i could drink some orange juice to lower my blood sugar level if i needed it lowerd but that does the complete opposite I don’t know what she is thinking.
    Is there a quick way i can lower it though?
    I can’t eat my next meal until i lower it because i have to write it down on paper and show my doctor and i really don’t want a high number on the chart. So please is there a quick way i can lower it?
    Please no rude comments. thankyou

    • ANSWER:
      Drink plenty of water this should lower your blood glucose. Also, take a brisk 30 min walk, exercise always lowers blood glucose, in most persons. Some use cinnamon as way to lower blood sugars, or drink green tea and there are others who take a tablespoon of vinegar. Always check with your doctor when taking supplements esp. if you are taking medication.

      Hope this helps.

  8. QUESTION:
    blood sugar level/glucose?
    well a doctor said i should buy a diabeties meter as she thinks im fasting glucose or something like that,not sure if it makes sense as i couldnt understand her much.Whats the best times of testing myself? like before meals or after ?? does anyone have some advice and maybe even some sort of chart i could print out and write my results in as iv googled this but there all so confuseing!

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      To learn more about diabetes >http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.php

      Good luck

      Tin

  9. QUESTION:
    Should I be concerened w/ these blood sugar levels?
    My 9 year old child was sick w/ a virus about 2 weeks ago, she was better in about 2 days. Since than she has been drinking more (not excessive but an increase) her main symptoms are increased hunger to where she feels shakey and her belly hurts. I’ve noticed she has been getting up at night to use the bathroom and she’s been so tired lately.Last night she ate dinner at 6:00pm (hot dog,potatos,corn and juice) she had a snack at 8:30 about 5 Ritz crackers and water.I have a meter for myself so I thought I’d check her when she was sleeping. At 11:00pm (almost 5 hrs after dinner and 2.5 hrs after snack) she was 155, I rewashed her toes and retested and it was 160. I waited about 15 min and checked again and it was 144 (she slept throught it all, I don’t want to scare her if it’s nothing). I know about the 20 percent thing w/ the meters and I did make sure to clean her toes were cleaned well.I’m not type 1 but I do have relatives who are, should I be worried? also she has been having weight issues. Hasn’t gained any and is falling down the charts, I’m concerned but don’t know if I should address this the her ped yet b/c she’s under 200.

    • ANSWER:
      Jump on it now , Brittney. Get her to an Endocrinologist . Here are the numbers:

      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      Tin

  10. QUESTION:
    Testing sugar levels. What is diabetic and what is not?
    A nurse at hospital tested by blood sugar levels when i was fasting and after. The nurse said 2 to 4 was a normal level for someone who didn’t have diabetes and had been fasting. Is this accurate?
    My tested levels are below…
    - Fasting Blood Sugar levels were 4.9
    - After eating blood sugar levels were 5.4
    Is there some sort of chart i can refer to? I want to know if i have diabetes or not. (I have PCOS which is a pre-diabetic condition).

    • ANSWER:
      Hi El,

      That is a perfect result sweetheart considering you have PCOS. Nothing to worry about there.

      I have been trying to find a site to help you, the best one I have come up with so far is www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/16422495.php
      If you scroll down to the heading NORMAL FASTING BLOOD SUGAR everything below that heading will explain the normal ranges of blood sugar to you.

      Hope this helps.

      Love Mel.X

  11. QUESTION:
    Why are there so many different “normal” blood levels for a non-diabetic? Its getting very confusing..?
    The American Diabetes Assoc. and other reputable medical resources (including the info on the chart for the meter strips) say a non-diabetic’s normal fasting (8-12 hrs) blood sugar level should be below 100. Anything above that is considered “pre” or “diabetic” depending on what your level is. The most confusing part is the BG level for approx 2 hours after a meal. I keep reading you should be under 120, 2 hours after a meal. Meanwhile, Doctors and the ADA say anything under 140 is normal, to me that seems like a big diff. I have been testing my after lunch and dinner BG levels , I have been averaging between 94 and 129 after 2 hrs..according to some this is perfectly normal (140), while others are saying I should not be going over 120…Does this mean I am at High Risk for diabetes? Are people saying my BG level should always be below 120?.. My morning Fasting has been between 81-98 for 8 consecutive days now, what does this mean???..please help.. Thanks…

    • ANSWER:
      Forget what the ADA says. They are in the pockets of drug companies.

      Here is the scoop( we want to catch this terrible disease in it’s earliest monent, Don’t we???)

      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.
      A1c
      A truly normal A1c is between 4.6% and 5.4%

      A1cs are not as good a measure of actual blood sugar control in individuals as they are for groups. An A1c of 5.1% maps to an average blood sugar of 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) or less when group statistics are analyzed, but normal variations in how our red blood cells work make the A1cs of truly normal individuals fall into a wider range.

      Some people’s A1cs are always a bit higher than their measured blood sugars would predict. Some are always lower. NOTE: If you are anemic your A1c will read much lower than your actual blood sugars and the resulting A1c is not a useful gauge of your actual blood sugar control.

      Heart attack risk rises in a straight line fashion as A1c rises from 4.6%. Take care Buff

      You are probably on the verge. So start a low glycemic index diet and exercise,(http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm)

      Exercise is Daily 30 t0 60 min. a day. By the way this is a great way for the whole family to eat, No calorie counting.

  12. QUESTION:
    No matter how I eat, my blood sugar has been fluctuating between as low as 46 and as high as 225. What’s up?
    I’ve done some of my own experimenting and no matter how I eat; lots of carbs, low carbs, no carbs, my blood sugar levels are fluctuating a lot. The other day I tried an experiment where I ate scrambled eggs with ham chunks, diced potatoes and sausage gravy mixed together for breakfast, for lunch I ate Skyline deluxe burrito and when I got home my blood sugar was still only at 97. I expected it to be off the charts. Another day, I ate scrambled eggs for breakfast and then meat and potatoes for lunch and by dinner by blood sugar was only 46. My meds have not changed so what’s going on with my body? I’m under tremendous stress every day but that hasn’t changed for over a year and a half so what’s up with me?

    • ANSWER:

  13. QUESTION:
    I hid my sugar levels from my doctor, now what?
    I’m a gestational diabetic. That means I’m pregnant. I’m six months in, and I had not been keeping track of my blood sugar at all. I didn’t realize how bad it actually was. I filled in my blood sugar chart the day of my appointment (yesterday), but I used fake reasonable numbers. The doctor alluded to the fact that he knew my numbers were too good to be true, but he wasn’t going to outright accuse me of lying. Well, I had been putting fasting levels between 70 and 89. I did an actual check this morning, and it was actually 153. I have to come clean to my doctors, but I don’t know how to do it gracefully. I screwed up.

    • ANSWER:
      Boy , this is tough.
      Seem to be a trait with many diabetics.
      If it was I that told the fib, I think I would go to another doctor. I would feel so ashamed.
      I am not berating you, what is done is done.

      How Diabetes and Pregnancy May Affect Baby

      A common problem among the babies of pregnant diabetic women is a condition called “macrosomia,” which means “large body.” In other words, babies of diabetic women are apt to be considerably larger than others.

      This occurs because many of these babies receive too much sugar via the placenta because their mothers have high blood sugar levels. The baby’s pancreas senses the high sugar levels and it produces more insulin in an attempt to use up all the extra sugar. That extra sugar is converted to fat, making a large baby.
      What are the risks?
      Research has found that pregnant women with diabetes are five times more likely to have stillborn babies. Babies whose mothers have diabetes are:

      •three times more likely to die within four weeks of birth
      •twice as likely to have a serious birth defect

      Insulin is the traditional first-choice drug for blood glucose control during pregnancy, because it is the most effective for fine-tuning blood glucose and it doesn’t cross the placenta. Therefore, it is safe for the baby. Insulin can be injected with a syringe, an insulin pen, or through an insulin pump. All three methods are safe for pregnant women.

      Take care

      Buff

  14. QUESTION:
    Concerning high blood sugar?
    Ok I have really wild blood sugar readings. Today it was off the chart at 600. Same for yesterday. Granted I binged on yogurt both days. (ate 16 cups total) Normally my sugar levels are in the mid 300′s.

    Now everyone tells me that having high sugar levels is bad. But I dont feel sick at all. So why should I be concerned. Doesnt seem to affect me any.

    • ANSWER:
      If your blood sugars are normally in the 300′s, then you undoubtedly have diabetes. Diabetes does not make you feel bad, but it is very damaging to your body, especially your heart and kidneys. You should see a doctor about this as soon as you can. Until then, try limiting the amount of sugar and carbohydrates/breads you eat.

      Diabetes is a very manageable disease. Unmanaged, it will drastically reduce your life span and quality of life.

  15. QUESTION:
    How many times a day should I test my blood sugar?
    This question is for my grandma actually. She has been to the doctor and they said she is not diabetic yet. But they still gave her a testing machine. How many times a day should she test her blood sugar? Do you know where i can find a general chart that explains levels for her in an easy way? I think she should test herself and record it then take it to the doctor. But how long should she record her stats and how many times a day? and information would be helpful

    • ANSWER:

  16. QUESTION:
    High Amylase Levels, High Blood Pressure, High Fever, High Salt, Revived 3 times?
    My brothers child died early this morning and was revived 3 times. She is alive now, breathing, awake, but still not moving. But they think its shock. She has a fever of 107, she has a blood sugar of 342, she has EXTREMELY high levels of amylase, Off the chart salt levels,and early this morning was revived 3 times… Do you have any idea what it could be? We are all EXTREMLY Scared… And the baby is 11 months old.

    • ANSWER:
      Most likely it is a vaccination reaction. Dehydration will cause blood pressure to rise and excess salt in the blood. It almost sounds like a diabetic coma from too much sugar in the blood. Find out if she has been vaccinated recently.

      good luck to you

  17. QUESTION:
    Can’t keep 3 hour glucose test drink down. What to do?
    I barely failed the 1 hour glucose test at 20 weeks and took the 3 hour glucose tolerance test and passed it. It was a really bad experience for me, as I was so sick to my stomach the whole time and nearly threw up several times. My doctor wants me to take it again now at 28 weeks (I had a small amount of glucose in my urine after I drank juice before my appointment). I have tried twice and ended up throwing up the drink before the first hour ended. I have been testing and charting my blood sugar levels and they are fine, but my doctor insists I must do the test. How many times should I try when the drink obviously does not agree with me? Is there some reason I must have an official diagnosis of gestational diabetes, or is strict home-monitoring enough to make sure my baby and I are healthy? I have asked my doctor this, but of course she says the test is the only choice.

    • ANSWER:
      Are you drinking the same flavor or different ones? Because there are different flavors. I had to do a 3 hour test after I failed the 1 hour. I had different drinks both times. Did you drink it cold? That could help.

      I assume you have told her that you keep throwing the stuff up–what is her response to that? Have you really sat down and talked to her about it? Because if you have, she seems to be a bit insensitive to your plight.

      Gestational diabetes is a very serious illnes. You have to be on a very strict diet if you do indeed have it, becuase it can affect the baby. That’s why they are so adamant about it. The website below lists all kinds of things that can affect the baby.

      I was trying to find anythign on the internet that could be an alternative to the oral glucose tolerance test. I came up with this:

      Glycosylated haemoglobin test

      Check out this website: http://www.doctorndtv.com/topics/detailtopics.asp?id=72

      I don’t know if it is something you can do, but you can ask your doctor about it. You don’t have to drink anything. It’s worth a shot.

      Good luck to you!

  18. QUESTION:
    Why am I always dizzy?
    I’ve been to the Dr for a quick physical. I passed all my blood levels, check for pressure and sugar levels and all that crap. I’m good. Checked my eyes and ears with the scope. (although, my vision gets blurred sometimes. i wonder if i need glasses but Dr. said i see fine). The eye chart was looking super blurry tho. Should I go to the Walmart free eye test?

    Also I got a CT scan, so its not a brain tumor. Dr did say I have sinuses (maybe that?). This has been happening for 2 years. hmmm i thought it was a cavity. Dentist said I need a deep root canal but he just cleaned it out and said i was good but if it hurts again to let him know.

    HELPP!!! Also I take multi vitamins
    also the dentist only checked my left side but i feel something creeping on the right side. maybe the cavity is still bad

    • ANSWER:
      Common causes of dizziness include low iron or anemia, too much sugar, dehydration, under eating and many others as in http://au.search.yahoo.com/search?p=%22common+causes+of+dizziness%22&fr=ush-ans&ygmasrchbtn=Web+Search

  19. QUESTION:
    Any Metformin experts?
    First of all, thanks for taking the trouble to read and answer these questions. I really appreciate it. I am a newly diagnosed diabetic (about 6 or 7 weeks ago) and I really need some answers to these questions:

    As a background to this question, my fasting blood sugar when diagnosed was 20 UK (= 360 US). I have tested it myself a couple of times this week when fasting and it was 13.1 (=236) and 15.8 (=284) but it has also been 19.8 (=356) an hour after a meal.

    (1) When should I take metformin – before, during or after a meal and why? I have heard some conflicting things.

    (2) I have been prescribed 3 x 500mg but I very rarely eat three large meals. In fact, I eat about 5 or 6 half size meals so would it be okay for me to halve the dosage and double the frequency? i.e. does it depend on how much I actually eat?

    (3) What is Metformin actually doing? (i.e. how does it actually work)

    (4) Is the effect of Metformin simply a short term remedy in as much as, does it simply lower my blood sugar momentarily or should I expect to see a long term reduction in my fasting blood sugar?

    (5) If I dont feel that Metformin is doing much then should I consider asking for the Slow Release version? Or should I consider going onto Insulin?

    (6) Are there websites with charts etc which show how blood sugar levels should be on a typical day when meals are taken and when Metformin/Insulin are taken?

    Once again, thanks
    I am type 2, and I am male, aged 42, with both parents Indian.

    • ANSWER:
      You seem to have several problesm,all related.

      1) ALWAYS FOLLOW DOCTORS ORDRS. Do not depend on advice from the intenet. CALL THE DOCTOR and ask. DO NOT attempt to treat yoursefl, adjust your own disages, or otherwise self-medicate. DO NOT use any folk” or herbal remedies, as they can interfer with teh prescription drugs..

      2) You should take readings ONLY as indicated by the doctor. The most commen times are:
      –> Just before (like 5 minutes before) meals
      –> Just before bed
      Some doctoar also recommend taking a reading TWO HOURS after eating.

      NEVER TAKE A READING AT ANY OTHER TIME. Your blood sugar “spikes” immediately after you eat, and so readings taken sooner than two hours after eating WILL be high, and are meaningless.

      NOW:
      Metformin is to be taken WITH MEALS, unless the doctor orders otherwise. One of the things a diabetic MUST do is control their eating habits. you need to start eating in a more prescribed, regular manner, like THREE meals a day, at the normal times.

      DO NOT cut the pill! Metformin must be taken whole, not chewed, crushed, or cut..

      Metformin works by 1) Causing the liver to produce less excess sugar, and 2) Increase the body’s sensitiveity to insulin, thus lowering blood sugar.

      Metformin works almost immedately, but its effect will act as long as the chemical stays in the body. That is why it is necesary to properly time your meals!

      It is not about what YOU feel is working or not; it is about what the doctor PROVES is working or not, through regular blood tests. The doctor is the one to make the judgement whether ot not to use the XR version ogfmetformin.

      But, there are other medications to try before going to insulin. Metformin works for Insulin Resistence. but you might have Insulin Deficiency. Therefor, you need drugs that will stimulate the pancreas to produce more insulin. These drugs may be tried alone or in combination with metformin.

      Only if NONE of the drugs work should you consider insulin.

      There is no ned for a Blood Glucose chart. The reading are very simple to undetstand.

      1) ALWAYS take the readings at the correct times (see above). Raeding taken at ANY other time are meaningless.
      2) blood sugar readings taken just before meals or bed should be in the NORMAL range, 80-120 US
      3) Reading taken two hous after the meals should be in the range of 150-200 US

      However you obtain these result is OK, so long as it works. Diet and exercise, Metformin, or insulin — all are OK.

      the goal of diabetes treatment is to train the patient to take control of his or her life, teaching them to STRICTLY control their diet, get more exercise, and lose weight. If this can be successfully accomplished, the drugs and/or insulin can be reduced or even eliminated.

      BUT NOTE::
      If the patient remains “non-compliant” (not following doctors orders, ESPECIALLY so far as strict dietary control is concerned) then there is no doctor in the world, no medication yet invented, that can save the patients life.

      Diabetes is an EXTREMELY personal disease. It requires a great deal of self-discipline to fight it. The successful patient will live as long and as happy as a “healthy” person.

      The non-compliant patient will often die young, and almost always painfully, being subject to high blood pressure, high cholesterol, heart attacks, strokes, blindness, Azheimers disease, amputations, kidneys disease, and dialysis.

  20. QUESTION:
    How should i take creatine with my diabetes (type 1)?
    I have a question about taking creatine. Im a 16 year old type 1 diabetic and i previously ordered a CellTech Hardcore creatine, which has about 75g of sugar, if im correct. I was just wondering if anyone can correct me on how to take this product so that it doesnt affect my diabetes. If i take insulin (humulin) before i consume the creatine, would it help maintain my blood sugar level so that it would not go off the chart? i also read that insulin helps the creatine to go in the muscles so is taking insulin a must before consuming creatine?

    Thanks in advance! =)

    • ANSWER:
      Personally i think at 16 you are to ypoung to be using this? What is it you hope to gain through its use? One of the safety issues of it is renal problems which as a diabetic you already have an increased risk of. If you are seriously considering using creatine I would ask you to talk to your doctor before you take it as I do not know whether or not it has any effect on your medication. It is also more effective when used with high GI carbohydrates which will spike your blood glucose levels and are best avoided.
      See article below

  21. QUESTION:
    Updated Charts/Books on Juvenile(Type 1) Diabetes?
    Does anyone know of any good websites or books on Type 1 Diabetes? A lot has changed in the past 10 years and I was looking for updated information. Also, trying to find charts or log books to keep up with food and blood sugar levels. Thanks for any help. It will be much appreciated,

    • ANSWER:
      These are some of the websites I use:

      http://www.dlife.com/

      http://diabetes.webmd.com/default.htm

      http://mendosa.com/index.html

      http://www.jdrf.org/

      http://www.diabetes.org/home.jsp

      http://diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/

      http://ndep.nih.gov/

      http://www.joslin.org/index.asp

  22. QUESTION:
    Charting baby’s movements… 28 weeks?
    Hi Ladies. I hope everyone is doing well! I had my 28 week appointment yesterday and am so happy to report everything was great. My blood pressure was good, 122/60. Fundal height was 28cm, spot on. My glucose test came back with a blood sugar level of 104. And our little guy’s heart rate was 136. So far I’ve gained 14.2 lbs so they were very happy with my vitals.

    So now that I’m in the third trimester they’re asking me to chart the movements of our baby. I have do this around the same time each day and write down what time I start, count 10 movements and then note what time the last one occurred to show how long it took for 10 movements. Well, my little guy is VERY active. When I did this yesterday, it only took him 3 1/2 minutes to make 10 movements.

    I just wanted to know: how long does take for you to feel your baby make 10 movements (not including hiccups or other involuntary movements)?

    Also, they encouraged me to do this during a time when he’s most active. I think when I laid down for bed last night I could have counted 10 movements in a minute!
    Just thought I’d add that my mid wife did say that they’re only really concerned if there’s no movement in 6 hours or less than 10 movements in one day. I just wanted to know what the average was for other mothers to be. =D

    • ANSWER:
      I will be starting this next week. My doctor doesn’t make me write down the time though. I started to try this this week to see what it was like and I get 10 movemtents in less than 5 minutes. I counted for about 30 minutes once and got 60 movements.

  23. QUESTION:
    diabetics(diet control)?
    what should i do to control my blood sugar level and waht kind of food i should eat and what kind of food should i avoid.please also recommend a diet chart

    • ANSWER:
      This is the American Diabetes Association web site. It has all kinds of information on how to control your diabetes, food receipts, food charts and much much more.
      Good luck to you. I’ve been a diabetic for 28 years and doing great.
      Don’t go on the Atkins diet though. It is really bad for diabetics. You must have some carbohydrates in your diet. Just in the right quantities.

  24. QUESTION:
    signs of early pregnancy!!! taken from the net! a good list!!?
    I am overdue for my period and experiencing cramping, headaches, pimples, fatigue, gas, going to the toilet more often and many other symptoms, Yet i am unsure whether i am just due for my period or could i be pregnant.. I am only at the 4-5 wk mark so have no real clue as yet! I came across the list below on the net! Thought this might answer a few Q’s in regards to the symptoms and the ppe who ask could they actually be pregnant or not this month!

    You may start noticing pregnancy symptoms and/or be able to detect pregnancy after implantation, which occurs from around 7-10 days post ovulation. If you have conceived, the embryo starts to produce hCG after implantation and not before, so it is not possible to detect pregnancy or have pregnancy symptoms before this time. So the longer you wait to test after ovulation, the more accurate the result will be and the darker the potential positive test line may be. Pregnancy testing should ideally be done from the day your period would have been due.

    What Pregnancy Symptoms Might I Experience?
    Below is a list of pregnancy symptoms which you may find signal pregnancy for your own body. Remember, every woman and every pregnancy is different, so there’s no need to panic if you don’t have all of the listed pregnancy symptoms. I had absolutely no noticable symptoms (apart from not having a period) with my second pregnancy until 11 weeks.

    High BBT (Basal Body Temperature)
    If you regularly chart your cycle and take your temperatures, you will notice that your BBT will remain high throughout your luteal phase. Progesterone causes your BBT to rise upon ovulation and stay elevated should you be pregnant. If you are not pregnant, your BBT will drop right down and you’ll get your period as normal.

    Missed / No Period
    One of the first pregnancy symptoms you may notice is that your period does not arrive. While this symptom is one we most commonly associate with pregnancy, there may be other reasons why a period hasn’t arrived, for example high levels of stress, major illness or surgery. On the other hand, it’s possible to continue to have your periods during pregnancy. Some women may bleed for just a few months or even their whole pregnancy. (See our topic on Bleeding in Pregnancy for more information).

    Morning Sickness
    Another well known pregnancy symptom is morning sickness. Don’t let it’s name fool you – morning sickness can pay you a visit any time of day, so make sure you eat enough and avoid letting your blood sugar levels drop. Ginger is a great natural remedy for nausea so it’s worth a try, although some women find that nothing seems to help their morning sickness, which normally hangs around for the first trimester before getting better or if you are unlucky, the second trimester or even whole pregnancy. (See our topic on Common Pregnancy Ailments for more information).

    Breast Changes
    From very early on in pregnancy a symptom you may notice is changes in your breasts, including:

    •Nipples may be tender and sensitive – some women describe their nipples to be irritatingly sensitive!
    •Breast may be sore and / or lumpy
    •Nipples may deepen in colour
    •Veins may become more noticeable and enlarged in the breast area
    •Areolas may darken (circles around your nipples)
    •The little ‘bumps’ on your areolas (Montgomery’s Tubercles) may increase and / or enlargen
    Increased Cervical Mucus
    A surge in progesterone often results in a surge of creamy cervical mucus production. Some women may notice a little, and some notice much more.

    Fatigue
    When you first become pregnant, your metabolism steps up a few gears in order to support your developing baby as well as your own body, which creates one big workload! You may become so immensely tired that you feel that you need to sleep more than usual. Not only that, but the hormone progesterone which is required in high levels during pregnancy has a sedating effect. No wonder you feel so very tired! If you need to rest or sleep, don’t fight your body – it needs it!

    Frequent Urination
    As soon as a week after conception, you may notice yourself dashing off to the toilet more often, only to find that you’re urinating small amounts! This happens because the embryo starts to secrete the pregnancy hormone hCG, which signals for the blood supply to increase in the pelvic area. This results in the bladder becoming irritable and it passes even small amounts of urine. You may find you will wake in the night to urinate more often than usual.

    Cramping
    This symptom of early pregnancy can also be an unnerving one for parents-to-be, as often there is a fear of miscarriage. However even when not pregnant, your uterus is continually contracting. When pregnant, the foetus grows and pushes against the walls of your uterus, which causes it to contract – this is very normal.

    If the cramping is accompanied by bleeding, see your doctor who can assess the situation to see if you may be having a miscarriage. However do n
    i took a home pregnancy test a couple days ago but did it in the arvo.. showed neg… i think i will go to the drs this week if i keep feeling like i am
    I guess my Main symptoms atm, are i
    - have cramping, tonight its been constantly ever since i got home from work..
    - i am going to the toilet to urinate More often!
    - i am getting pimples
    - more tired
    - hot flushes
    - cranky
    - gone off smell of coffee and often feel ill after drinking it
    think this is about it! still thinking could it all be in my head or is my period around the corner.. am doubtful as the test i did here turned out neg!

    • ANSWER:
      With my first pregnancy, somehow I “knew” I was pregnant. I felt fuller in my pelvic region (it was not like my stomach was full or anything), but I had only a handful of other symptoms. Going to the bathroom often is one, but it is a bit misleading – its sometimes not such a huge ‘urge’ to go like they describe in books. My basal temperature was higher, but you have to use a Basal thermometer to see it (and you need to have taken your temperature daily before getting pregs too so you can compare).
      With my second, I had major fatigue right away, but no ‘feeling’ or anything. I found out I was pregnant a few days after being extremely tired (like falling asleep during dinner tired!).
      Take a test – you are past your period due date, so you should get a very accurate reading.

  25. QUESTION:
    Stocking up on testing strips?
    What is the most cost effective way to stock up on blood glucose testing strips? It can be any kind of strips as long as they have the ability to read my blood sugar levels without being extremely inaccurate. Would ordering the older, visual strips(the ones where you compare the color on the strip to the color chart on the bottle) be my best bet because you can cut them in three and therefore
    triple how many strips you have? What are the cheapest kind of strips? Again, simply put, what is the most cost effective way to stock up blood glucose testing strips?
    Uh, no, the visual strips aren’t just for testing urine. Yes, there are visual strips for testing ketones but if you knew anything about the history of diabetic treatment you would know that there are visual testing strips for testing your blood sugar as well. Look it up on google. They were very popular in the 80′s and while not very many diabetics in North America use them anymore they still exist.

    And secondly, I am not interested in your opinion on the ethics or practicality of stocking up on medical supplies; I am only interested in an answer to my question.

    • ANSWER:
      The older, visual strips only measure sugar in the URINE. One’s blood sugar has to be quite high for sugar to spill into the urine. The urine strips were used because they were better than nothing.

      The money that you’d save from buying and using these strips would be considerably less than the cost of having to go on dialysis and other complications of diabetes.

      It’s not a particularly good idea to stock up on most medical supplies. In the case of urine testing strips, they expire, that is, they won’t work reliably after a period of time. In the case of actual glucose monitoring strips, you have to take into account the risk of having to get a new monitor which won’t accept the old strips.

  26. QUESTION:
    I am a diabetic…question about diet?
    I usually test from 78-120 in my blood sugar level, but frequently get shaky and sweaty right before meals.
    im on a 2000 calorie, 75 carb per meal diet but i am frequently hungry in between meals
    im 200 pounds and am 5’9″ according to my bmi im overweight but i think that chart is !@$%@! because its mostly rippling muscle with a bit of belly fat(less than an inch really) I am a male
    Should my diet be raised in the future?
    I plan on getting the insilin pump, would this further my variety and freedom?
    I do not know if i am type 1 or type 2 yet either*
    well i entered the er with a blood sugar of >400 when i was diagnosed and an ac130 for around 9 so im pretty sure i am diabetic and since its in my family im guessing a type 1 bt wont know for sure for a couple months

    • ANSWER:

  27. QUESTION:
    Do you think I have gestational Diabetes?
    Went and had my GD test today, A 2 hour one, Firstly they took blood than I drank the sweet drink an hour later they took more blood than an hour after that they took more blood. Before I drank the sweet drink the lady tested the blood and compared it to some sort of colour chart and she said my sugar levels were quite high (9 exactly). I also fasted for this test, 10 hrs prior (except for water did drink that). Do you think this means I have GD or could I have a high sugar level reading without having GD?

    Go get my results from the doctor next week, just curious and want to know what others think and may have experienced. Really hope I don’t have it, have had MASSIVE cravings for any thing sweet, it’s torture I just want to eat a million mars bars, LOL.

    Thanks in advance ladies.

    • ANSWER:
      Try not to worry till u get the results back I’m not sure how they tested your blood, but the usual prick test normal is 4-7 so if you got a 9 you would be slightly high but not In a coma!!!
      My mother had GD think hers were around 20 when they tested her which is high. She has now got type 2 diabetes the finger prick test is what she uses every day. Usually the hospital will take blood from your arm so they can do a full blood count and check your haemoglobin levels at the same time. Hope u r ok let us know how u get on x
      By the way my GTT results were 4.7 before and 4.7 afterwards to give u an idea x

  28. QUESTION:
    Do you think I have gestational diabetes?
    Went and had my GD test yesterday, A 2 hour one, Firstly they took blood than I drank the sweet drink an hour later they took more blood than an hour after that they took more blood. Before I drank the sweet drink the lady tested the blood and compared it to some sort of colour chart and she said my sugar levels were quite high (9 exactly). I also fasted for this test, 10 hrs prior (except for water did drink that). Do you think this means I have GD or could I have a high sugar level reading without having GD?

    Go get my results from the doctor next week, just curious and want to know what others think and may have experienced. Really hope I don’t have it, have had MASSIVE cravings for any thing sweet, it’s torture I just want to eat a million mars bars, LOL.

    Thanks in advance ladies.

    • ANSWER:
      Having been a type 1 diabetic for 25 years and now 34 weeks pregnant, I can tell you that 9.0 is really quite high especially after fasting and before having the sweet drink. Your level should be at 5.3 for a non diabetic person. I would say that they probably will diagnose you with GD however will probably try to control it with diet first and then if that doesn’t work, they will put you in the care of an endocrinologist and put you on insulin injections until the baby is born. The needles are very small and its really not that bad. PLEASE stay away from eating excess sugar as this will make your baby grow larger than it should be. Try eating things that taste sweet but are not, including fruit, yogurt etc. Good luck.

  29. QUESTION:
    I have no idea what is wrong with me?
    I have not been feeling well for the past four months. I have menstruation problems, stomach problems, and I am always tired. I have been diagnosed with IBS, but nothing seems to help that. I recently have been tested for many different problems including diabetes, hyperthyroidism, estrogen levels, testosterone levels, progesterone levels, UTI, kidney problems, blood count…etc. The problem with these tests are that I go to military doctors. They don’t give the results back unless something is way off the charts. I have tested my blood sugar and it has been between 190-250 every time ( the last time I did fasting sugar level and it was 234)…could I possibly be diabetic, or do these symptoms sound like something different.
    Any information would be helpful.

    • ANSWER:
      Diabetic and gluten intolerant. Do the research.

      If you would like to try a product that is inexpensive check out chia seeds that dr oz was talking about. Exercise and eat a gluten free diet for 3 months and see if you feel better. No diet soad or regular and no energy drinks. Your so right about your problem being diabetes! Congratualtions for being smarter than the DR.

  30. QUESTION:
    Why is my dog having severe nose bleeds??!!?
    Ok recently, our 11 year old (female) Australian blue-heeler fell while trying to run some cattle back into their fence. Well a big knot swelled up on her back left leg, and she started acting very sickly, and one day she wouldn’t even eat at all! Well of course we cared her to the vet, and come to find out her sugar levels were off the charts. Our veterinarian diagnosed her with diabetes, and kept her for about a week, for treatment and observation. Also, come to find out, our vet found a mark on her front right leg, where she had been bitten by a spider!! So, our vet treated her for everything and we were finally able to bring her home yesterday because her insulin (sugar) levels had dropped back down to 166…which is good! Now we have to giver her insulin shots twice a day, and can only feed her a specific type of diabetic dog food. Anyway, yesterday she acted the best I’ve seen in a long while, however she was still a little tired (wouldn’t you be) and everything was fine. Her leg is still a little sore from where she fell, but it’s getting better, and the swellings going down now.

    [Here's the confusing part!!!]

    When I got home from school today, I went to see my mom at her office at the warehouse (were farmers) and our dog, Lady, was up there with her. My mom told me that Lady’s nose had bleed three times since 11:00 am, and the first time it happened my dad cared her back to our vet. They told us that she either broke a blood vessel in her nose, which is why it’s bleeding, or she could have gotten into rat poison. The weird thing is though, my mom’s been with her ALL day and she hasn’t seen Lady do anything to have hurt her nose and break a blood vessel, and there’s definitely no where around here for her to have gotten into rat poison. So a second ago, Lady’s nose started bleeding again (4th time today!) and my mom called our vet, and she told us the same thing as before, and then said that it could also be that Lady has a blood clot somewhere, and it’s trying to bleed itself out, and thus the reason why only the right side of her nose is bleeding. Our vet also said that if her nose was bleeding because of a clot in her somewhere, there was nothing we could do about it!

    We’ve had this dog since I was about 7 years old, and she’s been like a second mother to me, my sister, and my brother. She’s very protective over all of us, and is one of the best dogs anyone could ever ask for. (Sorry I’m getting off topic!)

    I would just really like to know if anyone has ever heard of a dog’s nose bleeding like this? Is it a common thing among Australian Blue Heelers? Has this ever happened to anyone else’s dog? Any information that someone has, would be VERY much appreciated.

    I can’t imagine Lady not being here, she’s just as much a member of our family as I am, and I love her just the same! Anyone who reads this, PLEASE pray for our dog Lady, I’m just not ready for her to leave us yet!

    Thanks to anyone who took the time to read and answer this, I just hope Lady’s going to be ok!
    Callie♥

    • ANSWER:
      I agree that it could be a tumor in the nasal canal or sinuses or even a bad sinus infection. The vet should do a thorough exam and x-rays of her head. Also,do your neighbors put out rodent poison? If the dog came across a mouse or rat that had been poisoned and ate it,then she would have ingested the poison.If that’s the case,your vet should have tested her blood for it and she should be on vitamin K.

      I have old dogs,too,and I have lost many old dogs over the years.I know how you feel.I hope that Lady recovers.

  31. QUESTION:
    Could this turn into gestational diabetes?
    I’m 23 weeks pregnant today. At my last month’s check up my sugar level in urine was elevated. Today, it was off the chart. I’ve also been experiencing hypoglycemic symptoms for the past few weeks. However, when I tested my blood sugar at home, it was 111.
    I’m going for a glucose tolerance test next week, but I was wondering, if there somebody who had high sugar level in urine and passed the test.

    • ANSWER:
      urine sugar level is an old school method of diagnosing diabetes.

      Even severely diabetic patients will read normal once in a while, so a SINGLE “finger stick” test is not a good diagnosis.

      the Glucose Tolerance Test is definitive. It does not test blood sugar levels, but instead tests how your body responds to a sudden “slug”: of sugar. this is a much more real-world situation.

      Also, you need to ASK you doctor to do an A1C test. This will provide him with valuable information about how severe your diabetes is (or is not….). The A1C test is a simple blood test.

      The American Diabetes Association recommend that ALL adults have the A1C test performed once a year. In this manner many “hidden” cases of diabetes are detected before the patient gets sick, and thus the disease can be controlled more easily through diet and exercise without the need for medications.

      IF you do have gestational diabetes, you chances of becoming a Type 2 Diabetic later in life are increased. YOU need to have the A1C test performed every year to insure that you stay fit and healthy.

  32. QUESTION:
    Do I have diabetes or am I just being paranoid?
    Hello everybody. I apologize in advance because this will prolly look like an essay by the time i’m done. I’m a 21 yr old male. 5’6″ 185 lbs. I do alot of cardio and weight training. I’m a little overweight but in no way obese. I don’t really have a family history of diabetes. I do however consume an abundant amount of carbs and sugar a day. Anyways, about 2 weeks ago I started feeling extremely thirsty. It seemed like no matter how much water I’d drink, I would still feel thirsty. It felt like the inside of my body was evaporating. I did some research to see what can possibly be causing this and the first thing that came up was diabetes. I freaked out and automatically diagnosed myself with having diabetes. I didn’t tell my parents because I didn’t want to worry them. Unfortunately over the past week I developed a few more symptoms, an increase in appetite, urinating more frequently, and a tingly sensation in my hands and feet (Only happens when my hands and feet are in a certain position like when my feet are crossed). After those symptoms came about, I knew I needed to be checked out. However since I don’t have a doctor because I just moved to Florida from NY 2 months ago, I went to the hospital. I explained my symptoms to the doctor and told her my fear of possibly having diabetes. She took my blood pressure, temperature, 8 tubes of blood and a urinalysis (I knew they were going to take my blood to check my sugar, so the day before so I took it upon myself to fast. I fasted for about 14-15 hrs) Finally after waiting about 30 min, the doctor came in and told me the results. She said my blood pressure and urinalysis were normal, and that my sugar level of 106 was normal and did not indicate any diabetes. I was extremely relieved and i asked her if it’s possible for my symptoms to be nothing or just all in my mind brought on by paranoia. She said yes. Now when I got home i was curious as to what a sugar level would have to read to indicate diabetes. So i came across a chart that states for a fasting blood sugar of 126 or higher usually means a person has diabetes, 100-125 is pre-diabetes, with 80-99 considered normal. My reading was 106; So according to the chart I have pre-diabetes. If that’s true then why didn’t my doctor tell me this, why did she say it was normal? Is it? I’m totally freaking out right now because according to her i don’t have diabetes yet i still feel all of these symptoms. Is it possible that it’s all in my head? I mean i am constantly thinking about diabetes, so maybe my mind is convinced i have it and is creating these symptoms to cope with it. Also could it be because i just moved to Florida from NY. and i’m just adjusting?

    • ANSWER:
      Yes, you are being paranoid. Everyones blood sugar goes up and down, and what is normal for one person is not normal for another person. Charts are made to give us a number to compare things by, it does not mean that if your readings are different than the chart, that you have diabetes. It also depends on when you do your readings. A non diabetic should have reading somewhere in the neighborhood of 70 to 99 fasting and 70 to 140 two hours after a meal.. If your doctor would have thought there was reason to tell you that you are a diabetic, she would have. The symptoms you have could be from a lot of things, especially your tingling sensations…they were most likely caused because your feet were crossed…that is normal. I think you are fine and are obsessing with certain symptoms. You said your appetite has increased, that may be why you have been drinking more. Put away the charts.. Let it go and go have fun.

  33. QUESTION:
    Mom’s INR level too high, off the chart (long question, sorry)?
    My mom is 52, she has DVT since about 2000 after having surgery. She has had several blood clots that she’s been hospitalized for, with the last one being less than 2 weeks ago. Her INR when she was in the ER was .09 and they want it between 2-3. (I thought she may have forgotten to take her cumadin) After 3 days in the hospital taking cumadin and Lovenox injections to “thin” her blood, her INR was 2.2 when she was discharged. She took her injections at home, and the cumadin as directed. Last Friday her INR was 2.5, Monday it had jumped to 7.6 so her Dr told her to stop taking the blood thinners. Wednsday she was checked again and it was so high that it was off the chart. She was told to continue to be cautious and not strain at all or cut herself. Thursday, INR was still off the chart. Today they told her it was 7.8, so it was getting better. She went to the ER tonight because she was not feeling right, extremely tired, and slurring her words. They told her that once again, her INR is off the chart! They sent her home after checking to make sure she had no bleeding on the brain and doing some other tests.
    I know that I have no training, I’m just me, and what do I know? But it’s really concerning me that her INR is still extremely high after not taking any blood thinners for 5 days now. More than anything, I think it bothers me that the Drs and nurses dont seem to be concerned at all. She sees her regular Dr again on Tuesday, but I’m just worried.
    My mom also has type 2 diabetes, is on pills and insulin injections and her diabetes is still not well controlled. I dont know if this may have anything to do with her INR, but on Wed she woke up feeling strange and thought it was her blood sugar dropping again. She said that she couldn’t feel her feet and couldn’t walk right, that she was on her toes because she felt like she was falling forward while walking. She checked her glucose and it was 57, it’s been much lower. She said that it didn’t feel anything like when her glucose is too low. She got a bowl of cereal and couldn’t eat it, it all ended up on the floor and on her face because she couldn’t get the spoon to her mouth. She finally got back to her bed and fell back to sleep until 1 in the afternoon, which she NEVER does because she always needs sleeping pills to go to sleep. I thought maybe she had a stroke, she has been very forgetful and confused ever since. But of course, the ER dr said she was fine, and that she was having drug induced mental confusion because she is on several antidepressants and mood stabilizers for Bipolar. Sorry, this was so long, I’m just running out of things to Google to try and figure out what could be wrong lol.
    Thank you. I do agree that she needs a new Dr, I dont think he is taking care of her at all and it really makes me mad. But, she really likes him and doesn’t want to get used to a new one. Also, there aren’t many taking new patients around here. Our local hospital is a joke, they see mostly drug addicts and people going in because they have a tummy ache. So they are used to just giving you Tylenol and sending you home. I think I may take her to the better hospital north of here tomorrow when my husband will be home to watch our kids.

    • ANSWER:

  34. QUESTION:
    Christians: Explain how your faith is “evidence”…-_-?
    My used-to-be-Christian friend had this thing called “faith”. And he that feeling of being “felt” by God like most of you seem to claim to have, too. Now, believe it or not, but only a minority of you “feel” God…

    My point is. My used-to-be-Christian friend became an Atheist due to the fact, that he finally realized, and his psychologist and general doctor agreed, that his feelings towards God became a placebo that just boosted his happiness level. It was actually a bad thing, because, even though he didn’t notice it was going on, somehow, he was going through depression at the same time (see analogy below).

    So, my question is… how do you know you don’t have what he had? Maybe the only difference was that he wasn’t as ignorant to what else it could’ve been.

    Analogy to above: The average, “correct” blood sugar to be at is 90. When a diabetic’s blood sugar gets too high (also low, but this is an example), then they have to take insulin to lower it. When that happens, the blood sugar will begin to drop, below 90 even, then they would have to take a slight amount of glucose to raise it a bit. If you looked at these like lines, they begin making a wave motion, from high above 90, to low below 90, to med above 90, to low below 90, and eventually, it balances out. Anyway, that’s my analogy to the “faith” and how it makes someone happy, then overly depressed, whether u notice it or not (believe it or not but it’s possible to pretend the depression isn’t there, then you won’t notice it, but you still go through symptoms).

    And, btw, I don’t want to offend any diabetics. I don’t know exactly what you go through to take care of your blood sugar, but I do know how the blood sugar chart works.
    Just to add: The 1st recommended category was R&S, the 2nd was Mythology and Folklore.
    @ No splash without Frog: That’s why there’re quotations around them.
    @Logan can’t think of a SN: I can’t tell if you realize this or not, but I’m an Atheist.
    @ The Brad: http://godisimaginary.com/i8.htm
    @Mohama Shat: You proved nothing… Belief isn’t evidence… evidence is evidence.
    @Seattle M’s: I don’t think you actually read my description. You answered with what I just explained is a fallacy. I recommend you read Rick Lev’s answer.
    @Word: I think I didn’t make my statement clear, and this goes to everyone. Read my analogy, and think of the “90″ line, as “happy”, Not average, but happy. Then think of what’s above it as more than happy, and below it as… not that happy. If you’re a normal person, who doesn’t use faith as a placebo, then you should be able to stay within the “happy zone” as long as possible, some things may bring you to become overly happy, but then the next day, the day isn’t as great, and you feel… well… not that happy. It’s normal. Or the other way around, you could feel sad one day, then something better happens, then you raise to become somewhat overly happy. Eventually, you’ll balance out again, and just become a happy person in general. It’s the same as what someone w/o diabetes goes through with their blood sugar, sometimes it’s slightly higher than what it’s supposed to be, then it droops downwards, then balances out. But, if it’s too drastic, like with what diabetics go thro

    • ANSWER:
      Well, I personally never feel God’s presence.. I’ve just seen his fingerprint in someone else’s life in things that were too much of a coincidence.. I don’t expect this to be enough to convert anyone, as other people’s claims have never been enough for me.. But seeing her life, and how things just always worked out for her as if someone was watching over her is why I personally believe.

      Either way, your logic makes no sense.. you’re basically saying we should never feel happiness because we’re going to feel depressed.. we should all be emotionless zombies.. great way to think. And I can’t believe a psychologist abuses his influence to push his own beliefs.

      You agree with him, so you don’t care.. but all he did was tell him to “Stop going to them for comfort.. stay here with me, and we’ll give you the right meds to fatten up our wallets. Let’s get you in that zombie mind state… stop feeling emotions and be level.”

      Psychiatry is another form of social control, taking away people’s individuality to be just like everyone else in the herd. And they make a killing pushing their drugs.. Some people are a real danger to society and/or themselves.. but most of that crap is bullshit

      I was labeled clinically depressed when I was younger and they got me on their pills, but I never took them because I didn’t want to depend on drugs to be happy. I just stopped going and dealt with it on my own.. and yes, I still get moments of depression, but I also have happier times too.. the same as anybody else.. I relied on myself to get better by always looking for positive, uplifting, empowering quotes, books, music, and movies, and those have helped a great deal..

      edit:
      OK, I misread you, sorry.. but either way, he’s unbalanced.. no matter what, he’s going to need something that tricks his mind into feeling better. If you take drugs to feel that happiness, it’s going to unbalance out just the same.. And if you do it on your own.. I’m still not a “happy” person today.. I just get by.. people are depressed because of a chemical imbalance.. their dopamine levels are lower than normal.. drugs can increase dopamine levels, but your brain has a set amount of dopamine, so regardless of what increases it, it’s going to be depleted just the same and take you down..

  35. QUESTION:
    Can anyone out there answer a question about Iron infusion and diabetes – side effects?
    The background: I have been fighting anemia for almost one year, normal level is 13 and I dropped to 4 . With meds and diet I finally brought it up to 10, but in Dec. iron level started to drop again even with the same meds and diet adjustment, under doctors guidance the whole time. We decided to do an iron infusion to get my blood iron up. Today was the first of two treatments, benadryl and a steroid were given prior to the infusion and I know that with steroids blood sugar will spike so have been monitoring ever two hours .Well I had a supper of one piece of toast,two scrambled eggs and spinach. Hot tea with lemon to drink. Before I ate, my sugar was 146 so I took one unit correction dose plus two for carb intake, two hours afterwards my sugar was 138. Two hours later I started to bloat way up, get very sick to my stomach and my blood pressure went to 178/97. When I tested my sugar it was at 532. In 18 years of diabetes i have only ever had two other instances of sugar levels over 500. I called the hospital to ask if this was a normal reaction and they were not allowed to answer questions over the phone. I live in a remote area where 911 does not respond and the soonest I can go to hospital in is two hours from now.
    My questions are: Are these common reactions for iron infusion with steroid for diabetics or am I over reacting to be so worried? Should I just keep testing sugar levels and taking correction dose every two hours? I have taken 12 units so far from my correction chart – should I keep taking more? I have never had the two things at once and was wondering if if anyone else has?

    Thank you for your time.
    I cook primarily with cast iron, and as organic as possible. My tea is usually caffeine-free, but those are wonderful suggestions!
    The reason for benadryl was to combat allergic reaction from the infusion, But you are right has susar suryp that I total forgot about in my concern about the steroid. That indeed is an interesting web site and I will ask my doctor about any new info he has learned of this. Unfortunately I am type 1 and use a different type of insulin but this is worth looking into, Thank you

    • ANSWER:
      i have diabetes and what i can tell you is any irritation can cause blood sugar levels to rise. being calm is the best thing to do no matter what. drink lots of water. i don’t know any thing about iron infusion being a factor in this because i don’t know much about that sigh sorry. call a doctor man. hospitals suck i know, but damn get on insulin and if your on it already take more, watch it for a while ( till becomes low) than enjoy your life!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

  36. QUESTION:
    I have to be re-tested for Gestational diabetes, but I tend to be more hypoglycemic when I’m not pregnant.?
    I have to go back to the lab for the 3 hr glucose test to see if my higher level of blood sugar is because to gestational diabetes. I know that not everyone who get retested has it, but I’m wondering if its linked to my history of what I would assume (never diagnosed) is hypoglycemia: faintness, headache, tiredness, dizziness, shaking, and irritability when having not eaten or when I eat too much sugar or simple carbohydrates. I’ve always been considered underweight, or just low on the BMI chart. This is my fourth pregnancy and the other three times I was fine. This time the only difference is they told me not to fast before the test, something I had done the three previous times. Do you think there could be a link to that? Has anyone with these symptoms when they’re not pregnant ever tested high on their glucose test? Or can anyone answer if there is a link between these symptoms and how I reacted during the test.

    • ANSWER:
      Hypoglycemic is low blood glucose. You won’t have that if you’ve had too much sugar or simple carbs.
      Also, when I’m hyperglycemic (too high blood glucose) I’ll have the symptoms you describe. So, I imagine you have had a high blood glucose reading and that’s why they want to test you under ‘normal’ conditions to see how you’re reacting to higher glucose levels.

      Being male, I’ve not experienced pregnancy, but I have eperienced high and low blood glucose levels. As long as your doctor is on top of it, you should be fine.

  37. QUESTION:
    Would Anything Happen to this Nurse?
    *this is more parent-related than parenting related, but I like asking here where it’s mostly adults.

    At the hospital my dad was in for surgery, there were a lot of truly terrible nurses. They had awful attitudes, lazy, etc. (example, my dad spilt something on his bed and he couldn’t move because of all the tubes in him, and he had to buzz the nurses for over an hour before he received help. By the time the nurse got there, she was in a nasty snit, and he was frozen. She was reported, though).

    Anyway, the most concerning nurse there .. I hope to god she’s fired – did this : What happened was, a week after my dads surgery, he was there in his bed. The nurse comes in with a needle, going to give my dad a shot of a blood thinner, telling him it’s for his surgery he had the day before. He had no surgery the day before, and he told her that. She argued with him, saying “No, your surgery was yesterday. You need this” and he argued with her back and forth and she was getting snitty and VERY persistent about giving him a shot that could harm him. Anyway, my dad looked at her and said “You fly the f*ck out into that hallway and read my chart” so she storms out, and then comes back in extremely apologetic. Dad didn’t care, since at which point he got me to write down her name and go track down the head nurse to file a complaint about this nurse. That same nurse also tried to give my dad pills to bring down his sugar level, which could have been fatal, because he wasn’t even allowed food or drink.

    Anyway, between my mother, father and I there’s at least 5 complaints alone about her from us. Do you think they’ll do something to her ?
    I know that where I live, it’s law that nurses can not give you medication that you refuse, and if they are to give you any, you have to be 100% awake to receive the medication.
    And this is a concern for us now, because my dad has to go back to the same hospital to have a reversal surgery.

    • ANSWER:
      Maybe, but maybe not.

      When I was in the hospital giving birth, a UNSUPERVISED student did my epidural. She decided to inform me she was only a student AFTER she screwed it up and caused me to have permanent back pain. I complained to the llieutenant on duty in the hospital that night and she said when you get anything done at a hospital and fill out paperwork, part of that paperwork consent forms to let nurses and doctors do whatever they need and if a nurse or doctor thinks you need something done, then you’ve consented to it whether it’s the right thing or not. The NICU nurses left my daughter in nothing but a diaper in the middle March too. I raised all sorts of hell, but once again…the hospital (and JAG) said we were SOL because our paperwork mentioned letting doctors and nurses doing whatever they feel is right.

      At the hospital my daughter was born at, a soldier had to get his right leg amputated. He woke up from surgery and the left leg was gone. He couldn’t do anything about it. JAG actually really really pushed for him too because they were offended that something stupid like that happened at one of the top military facilities in the country to a war hero. They couldn’t do anything about it though.

      I’d at least give it a shot though. I’d report her, it’s illegal for them to tell you if they fired her though so you’d never know. If there is any review websites with that hospital on it I’d write a review too and let people know about the sh*tty nurses.

  38. QUESTION:
    Am I doomed?
    I know I’m a diabetic, but can do little to control it becoz of my profession. A couple of days ago a random blood sugar test showed a level of 440, the doc advised me to get my self checked up and a diet charted out at a biabetic clinic… but the difficulty is that without sweets I feel very uneasy with nausea and even headache, and I feel more normal after I’ve had a tofee or two…. I’ve told this to my doc but he rubbishes it…. but this is the fact… am I doomed? At present I’m not on any anti diabetic drugs, neither do I smoke or drink…

    • ANSWER:
      You have specfically asked … am i doomed…… the answer is yes …….you are doomed ……..if you do not change the style of your living and eating. T he reading 440 is too high , may be you are leading your self to the bundle of various life threatening diseases. Please listen to your doctor and do what he says , I do not know your age, your quota of taking sweets in your life is over. Please be serious , life is very beautiful, let it live that way, control your self before it is too late. Make your will power strong , your posting of this question in yahoo answer indicate that there is a will and you are worried and you want some bodies moral support from other than a doctor, Go ahead help your self and god will come and help you,
      God bless.

  39. QUESTION:
    Ttc, normal hormone levels but no period, ovulation iffy, please help!?
    i’ve been ttc for 6 months now, haven’t had a period since March 1. went off the pill at beg. of the year.

    i’m not pregnant, i went to my regular doctor & had blood tests, they showed all my hormones are normal (and thyroid, blood sugar, they did the works and all was fine)

    i’ve been referred to an ob/gyn but the appt is still 3 wks away…

    i’ve been charting, and i MAY have ovulated either 10 or 18 days ago… my temp ‘range’ shifted, but it’s erratic. cm points to possible ovulation 18 days ago… IF it occurred…

    anyone know what the problem might be?
    what’s the next step in tests after the hormone/thyroid/etc tests?
    what might the ob/gyn do to help me? will they just give me provera?

    thanks

    • ANSWER:
      I am so sorry you are having issues…. :(

      I was told my hormones were normal from THREE different blood tests and doctors. And I felt like I was dying….something was wrong. I knew it was hormone related so I started to chart…woww…you can tell a lot from that!!

      Fast forward to doctor number 14 and 2.5 years.later…my progesterone was flatlined. Finally a doctor who knew something. I got diagnosed with PCOS, insulin resistance and severe hormone imbalance….My cycles are normal again and ovulation is around the corner. AND…for the first time in 8 years…I have a NORMAL temperature!!!

      NO ob-gyn had a CLUE how to treat a hormone imbalance. Three of them said…when you get pregnant, call us…we’ll put you on progesterone then. Now…the morons…how can I get pregnant if I am not ovulating and I am not ovulating because my body stopped making progesterone which causes it in the first place!!! EEKKKK!!!!

      Luckily, I found a ND, I take natural bio identical hormones. And we’re finally making progress and undoing all the crap that the MDs got me in to. The synthetic hormones a MD will give you have side effects and can give you other health issues down the line…so be careful….we’ve learned that firsthand with my mom. My doc is www.hotzehwc.com.

      You may have PCOS. (www.soulcysters.net) What is your next step with tests??? All I can say is…NEVER GIVE UP…read and research and learn about as much as you can for youself. Just because someone has a medical degree, it doesn’t mean they know everything…sure, they know more…they just dont’ know it all…so trust your gut and intuition.

      And if you’re ttc, there are all sorts of herbs/vitamins you can take to get it along… before I went to the ND, I had a reproductive endo put us on this…. http://www.fertilityblend1.com/index.html…you can get it online or at GNC…read the success stories…people get pregnant with this! :)

      GOOD LUCK!

  40. QUESTION:
    ttc, normal hormone levels but no period, ovulation iffy, please help!?
    i’ve been ttc for 6 months now, haven’t had a period since March 1. went off the pill at beg. of the year.

    i’m not pregnant, i went to my regular doctor & had blood tests, they showed all my hormones are normal (and thyroid, blood sugar, they did the works and all was fine)

    i’ve been referred to an ob/gyn but the appt is still 3 wks away…

    i’ve been charting, and i MAY have ovulated either 10 or 18 days ago… my temp ‘range’ shifted, but it’s erratic. cm points to possible ovulation 18 days ago… IF it occurred…

    anyone know what the problem might be?
    what’s the next step in tests after the hormone/thyroid/etc tests?
    what might the ob/gyn do to help me? will they just give me provera?

    thanks

    • ANSWER:
      The first thing they will probably do is a pelvic exam and pap to make sure everything is normal and then give you Provera to see if you have a withdrawl bleed. They will probably order a trans-vaginal ultrasound to check your ovaries and the lining of the uterus. Also, if you did ovulate 18 days ago then you would be getting a period if you are not pregnant. On average, after ovulation a woman’s period should follow in about 14 days–anywhere from 10-16 but 14 is most common.
      If you have a withdrawl bleed from the Provera and it doesn’t kick start your cycles again then they will most likely give you Clomid to induce ovulation.

  41. QUESTION:
    Diabetics: what would you do if your doctor…?
    I am a low-income Type 2 diabetic. I receive health care through a community clinic, so I am limited in my options.

    I have been seeing my new doctor since December last year. After getting my lab work back, he was relieved to see that my kidneys were fine. He asked how long I had been diabetic and then responded, “Oh, you haven’t been diabetic long enough to have kidney disease.” Like the simple fact that I am diabetic means that I’ll get diabetic complications. My A1c has been in the 5% range for YEARS.

    The last time I was there, he was so impressed with my A1c and blood sugar log that he told me that he thought I was misdiagnosed as diabetic. I was taken aback. When I was diagnosed, my A1c and random blood sugar were off the charts. There’s NO doubt that I am diabetic. I insisted that I am, told him why I thought so, and that I just work really hard to control my blood sugar, but he said, “I still think you may not be diabetic.”

    Right now I’m feeling like he’s a raging incompetent about diabetes. I know that beggars can’t be choosers and I should just be glad I have health care, but I’m sort of disgusted and wondering if I should request to switch doctors at the clinic or maybe go elsewhere. The only reason I’m reluctant is because I don’t want word of this getting back to him if I can’t switch and I don’t need any special treatment or an endo because I have good control. He’s “sufficient.” I was offended that he had so little faith in me, condemning me to kidney disease, and then I was another level of horrified when he said I wasn’t diabetic.

    What should I do?

    • ANSWER:
      First of all, congrats on your exemplary glycemic control.

      I don’t have any statistics at hand but from talking to my GP, I get the impression that most diabetics do not have such good blood sugars.

      For instance, my GP told me I am the only diabetic patient with the clinic who has a 5% A1C.

      I think some doctors even believe that diabetics can never have normal blood sugars. Also in the past, diabetics invariably deteriorated because people knew a lot less about blood sugar management. But things have changed so much now, and as you yourself know, diabetics have so many tools to control their disease and not let it control them.

      We also know that the higher the A1C, the greater the risk of complications. Sadly, the risk never goes down to zero, no matter how good the A1C.

      Finally I’d like to suggest that if that doctor spends a lot of time working in low-income areas, it is likely he sees lots of poorly controlled diabetics who, for various reasons, end up eating a high carb diet. He probably sees them deteriorate quickly and thinks that everybody’s going to end up like that.

  42. QUESTION:
    My husband and I have been married for 28 years. He’s always been fairly healthy. but a couple of years?
    ago he started having routine cholesterol..etc done and much to our surprise his cholesterol levels are literally off the charts. he started taking medicine but it is a CONSTANT war to get him to change his eating habits. We go to the grocery store..we argue about every meal. Should i just leave it alone and let him do what he pleases? Sometimes it’s just not worth the sake of argument. The man could eat steak EVERY meal. I have a huge weight problem myself and high blood sugar. I thought we could be supportive of each other but he seems to encourage if I over eat or eat a lot of sweets??? What kind of people do you call those?? Oh honey…i just want you to be happy…thats what he says. It’s weird but i honestly think if he felt a lump on my breast he may not tell me because he wouldn’t want me to have something else to worry about. I’m 42 and he’s 45. Whats one to do???

    • ANSWER:

  43. QUESTION:
    Why can’t I conceive?! Can someone give me advice? TTC 3 yrs?
    I know you’re most likely NOT a Dr.. but I know some women here have some of the same issues/questions and may be able to help me..

    Soo, I’m in my 20′s, no known health problems.. I have been TTC for over 3 yrs, I do ovulate, not sure if every month b/c i do not chart or use OPK’s anymore.. I was put on clomid for 3 cycles, monitored cycles this year that showed I ovulated fine, had an HSG done in April showing clear tubes and a possible fibroid/polyp (dr didn’t seem concerned)..IDK if this matters but he did have a hard time getting the ink through one of my tubes (it hurt like H3LL when it finally went through BTW) I also had one trigger shot one of the clomid months as well to make sure the follicles popped.. My hormone levels showed I have high testosterone, my prolactin levels were slightly elevated, but they did not check my estrogen levels or anything during the first part of my cycle.. My blood sugar was within range so he didn’t diagnose me w/PCOS..

    Lately my cycles have been getting longer and longer, 42days was my last cycle, and they were averaging 28-31 days before when I was on Clomid. I’m 5’4” weigh 134.. I’m starting to wonder if I’m a thin- PCOS. I definitely think the hormone imbalance may be the reason I’m having such difficulty, but other than that everything else is checking out ok.. Any advice please?
    sorry! I forgot to mention hubby is fine so it’s def. me!
    Then I’m wondering, If I am PCOS, will I be put on Metformin, I was on that for 2 months this year, only 500 mg and it made me sick, even on extended release (I just wanted to see if it would help) but I don’t think it did, 2 months isn’t that long either.. but I’m just afraid I will finally get diagnosed, then get happy thinking I’m going to get help, and STILL not ever get pregnant :( I’m so sick of feeling defective and hubby doesn’t understand OR want to try IUI’s..

    • ANSWER:
      You do have high testosterone but he didn’t diagnose you or even consider pcos because your sugar was fine? My blood work comes back pretty well normal but I have pcos. Have you seen a reproductive endocrinologist? You need to have your cd3 blood work done in order to get a more complete picture of your hormone panels.

  44. QUESTION:
    High Amylase Levels, High Blood Pressure, High Fever, High Salt, Revived 3 times…?
    My brothers child died early this morning and was revived 3 times. She is alive now, breathing, awake, but still not moving. But they think its shock. She has a fever of 107, she has a blood sugar of 342, she has EXTREMELY high levels of amylase, Off the chart salt levels,and early this morning was revived 3 times… Do you have any idea what it could be? We are all EXTREMLY Scared… And the baby is 11 months old.
    That was the temp, she was dead, my brother did CPR until the abulance got there. Thank you, this morning she is out of coma and sitting up. She is talking a little also.

    • ANSWER:
      Anytime you see high salt levels its an indicator of poor kidney function. When you have a high fever like that your kidney can shut down. Its the body going into shock. Shcck very often is a killer either by sickness or an accident. My advice is to….

      ……….Pray for her and know that God takes us out of this world at His preordained time. No matter how bazaar our circumstances are of our death. The day we were born is written in a book in heaven and the day we are suppose to die is the same. That is why its pointless to worry. However, our health can be improved through prayer and sometimes God changes the course of events based on prayer. But its ultimately up to God. When we die we are actually born into eternal life or for some eternal damnation. The judgment comes from God. Did we do evil in our lives or did we do good. Even if we did evil God who is merciful can have mercy on a repentant sinner. But there has to be true repentance and humility that brings us to our knees asking Him for forgiveness.


Blood Sugar Levels Canada

Over the last two decades diabetes mellitus has emerged as the most common lifestyle disease. There are a number of drugs and injectables available to reduce the blood sugar level. Lantus in an injection which is used to reduce the blood sugar level. The commercial name is Lantus and its generic name is Insulin Glargine. This drug is an injectable and helps to prevent strokes and heart attacks.

Lantus is an injection that has to be administered properly with proper care and precautions. The injection should be administered subcutaneously and is usually given once a day, normally at bedtime. Lantus should not be given into the vein. The dosage should be given as prescribed by the doctor. The dosage and usage should and must be followed as per the prescription. This is a prescription drug and should not be shared.

Proper precautions should be taken when administering Lantus. Cold medication should not be injected. Also one should know the right procedure and technique required to administer the drug and to discard the syringes and needles. The patients taking Lantus should also undergo regular blood sugar level checks.

The dosage is prescribed as per the patient’s medical condition. The known side effects are redness, irritation and pain are seen. In case of any other allergies or side effects observed the physician should be notified immediately. Pregnant ladies and nursing mother must consult the doctor before taking Lantus.

The physician should be informed of any other medical conditions and medications that are being taken by the doctor. This is mainly to avoid and prevent any complications that could rise due to a possible drug interaction. Usage and stoppage of this drug should be done only after consulting the doctor. One should bear in mind to limit alcohol intake and smoking while taking this drug.

Lantus is a well known drug and at the same time it is widely considered as the best option for most of the strange diseases that you might come along. It is always advised to buy these drugs at a reputed Online Drugstore, as you can save a lot of time and money. You can click here to Buy Lantus

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    Are blood sugar levels measured differently in other countries?
    I live in canada and I use One Touch Ultra to measure my sugar levels.My Levels are very rarely above 9.0. Looking at other people’s questions I notice that the sugar levels are different,like one question said her level was 153 another said anything over 140 should see a doctor.I’m confused about the difference in measureing blood sugar levels.I would think it should be the same everywhere.

    • ANSWER:
      In the US we use mg/dL while almost everybody else in the world uses mmol/L (we also still use feet, yards, miles, pounds, and gallons. go figure)

      To convert US readings to mmol/L divide by 18. To convert your numbers to the US equivalent multiply by 18. Or you can go to this website… http://diabeticgourmet.com/Tools_and_Calculators/convert-sugar-readings.shtml

      I agree that we should use the same numbers everywhere. This will be a problem though, because as a doc in the U.S. I still have trouble tinking of temperature in Celcius and wnt to think of it in terms of degrees F

  2. QUESTION:
    confused about blood sugar levels?
    My brother-in-law had a blood sugar level of 65, he couldn’t see so he was brought into emergency and was put in intensive care for 2 weeks, the doctors were amazed he didn’t go into a coma a die.
    but reading other people’s blood sugar levels they seem to be much higher. He is at 30 right now but they are still concerned they want him down to a around a 5 before they will let him leave the hospital, why is this? are there different blood sugar readings? we do live in Canada if that makes a difference.

    Thank you for your answers now that I know that Canada measures blood sugar differntly then other Countries I better understand why it was such as concern for him.

    • ANSWER:
      Your doctors were measuring differently than we do in the states. Since you live in Canada your brothers readings are done in mm/dl and in the States our readings are done in mg/dl. So if you see some of the readings we have on answers, it is going to look higher than the readings in mm/dl. Your brothers doctors are trying to get his blood sugars to a normal level which would probably be near 100 by US readings. Since he is diabetic he could be a 6 or even a 7 and still be at a good, normal reading. If you compare our readings to each other, our mg/dl readings of 100 would be about a 5 in mm/dl. Hope that clears it up some.

  3. QUESTION:
    Is 6.0 blood sugar level high enough to be diabetes? Im in canada just to let you know?
    Plz help im really worried

    • ANSWER:
      6.0 is a really good blood sugar.
      anything between 4.0 + 8.0 is normal.
      be proud, theres nothing to worry about (:

  4. QUESTION:
    Difference in measuring blood sugars?
    Do Americans and Canadians measure blood sugars differently? ‘m a diabetic in Canada and I know my ideal sugar levels is 5-7 but I’m on here in Y!A and people are talking in the hundreds! Can someone clarify? I was recently diagnosed and I’m still learning.

    • ANSWER:
      Zygote is right, except when he says that no one else in the world uses it. Lots of countries use mg/dL. Check the list in my source if you’re interested. Some northern and western European countries do not constitute “the world.”

  5. QUESTION:
    I am insulin resistance – a side effect of PCOS – anyone have any good recomendations for suitible diet?
    Definition
    Insulin resistance is not a disease as such but rather a state or condition in which a person’s body tissues have a lowered level of response to insulin, a hormone secreted by the pancreas that helps to regulate the level of glucose (sugar) in the body. As a result, the person’s body produces larger quantities of insulin to maintain normal levels of glucose in the blood. There is considerable individual variation in sensitivity to insulin within the general population, with the most insulin-sensitive persons being as much as six times as sensitive to the hormone as those identified as most resistant. Some doctors use an arbitrary number, defining insulin resistance as a need for 200 or more units of insulin per day to control blood sugar levels. Various researchers have estimated that 3-16 percent of the general population in the United States and Canada is insulin-resistant; another figure that is sometimes given is 70-80 million Americans.
    Insulin resistance can be thought of as a set of metabolic dysfunctions associated with or contributing to a range of serious health problems. These disorders include type 2 diabetes (formerly called adult-onset or non-insulin-dependent diabetes), the metabolic syndrome (formerly known as syndrome X), obesity, and polycystic ovary syndrome. Some doctors prefer the term “insulin resistance syndrome” to “metabolic syndrome.”
    Description
    To understand insulin resistance, it may be helpful for the reader to have a brief account of the way insulin works in the body. After a person eats a meal, digestive juices in the small intestine break down starch or complex sugars in the food into glucose, a simple sugar. The glucose then passes into the bloodstream. When the concentration of glucose in the blood reaches a certain point, the pancreas is stimulated to release insulin into the blood. As the insulin reaches cells in muscle and fatty (adipose) tissues, it attaches itself to molecules called insulin receptors on the surface of the cells. The activation of the insulin receptors sets in motion a series of complex biochemical signals within the cells that allow the cells to take in the glucose and convert it to energy. If the pancreas fails to produce enough insulin or the insulin receptors do not function properly, the cells cannot take in the glucose and the level of glucose in the blood remains high.
    The insulin may fail to bind to the insulin receptors for any of several reasons. Some persons inherit a gene mutation that leads to the production of a defective form of insulin that cannot bind normally to the insulin receptor. Others may have one of two types of abnormalities in the insulin receptors themselves. In type A, the insulin receptor is missing from the cell surface or does not function properly. In type B, the person’s immune system produces autoantibodies to the insulin receptor.
    In the early stages of insulin resistance, the pancreas steps up its production of insulin in order to control the increased levels of glucose in the blood. As a result, it is not unusual for patients to have high blood sugar levels and high blood insulin levels (a condition known as hyperinsulinemia) at the same time. If insulin resistance is not detected and treated, however, the islets of Langerhans (the insulin-secreting groups of cells) in the pancreas may eventually shut down and decrease in number.

    • ANSWER:
      The information offered by Crayon Girl is good. The foods that she’s telling you to avoid are high glycaemic index (GI) foods.

      Ideally you should be aiming to eat smaller meals, of low glycaemic index foods, but more frequently. So, instead of having 3 main meals in a day, you could try breaking this down to 6 smaller meals a day, with a few hours between them. This lessons the chances of you having a ‘sugar spike’ where your blood sugar level rises rapidly, causing your pancreas to release more insulin in an attempt to deal with it.

      Take a look at the following sites for more information on the Glycaemic Index [Glycemic Index, if you're American].

      The first site gives a list of the top 50 foods (though I don’t know who chose that 50) with their respective glycaemic index values.

      Edit:

      The lower the glycaemic index value, the less likely you are to produce more insulin in dealing with it.

  6. QUESTION:
    Hello every-a-body I want to lose weight without drugs and etc.?
    I am 11 and I am 5,4 i weigh 190. I went to Canada recently, went biking ALOT there. went on a 2 hour trip to the coffee shop too! lost 8 pounds that week. But now im back at home lazy playing games on the computer, sitting down and playing wii.Please make a diet for me and a plan for me. I went to the doctor and he said almost nothing was wrong and im not diabetic. My blood sugar levels are normal. I’ve asked this question before and people asked me if i’ve gone through puberty. I think im going through it now. I don’t know if this has anything to do with it but I feel my attitude is changing D:. and i shout in a realy weird deep voice scream. Anyways help me lose weight PLEASE put research in ur answers. THnx!~
    yo i actually enjoy makin banana milkshakes and adding protein powder to it. It fills me up and makes me lose weight. Also look at my height too. It would be different if I was 3’6 wouldn’t it? stop just leaving comments that make no sense its rude its depressing and nobody likes it

    • ANSWER:
      The core of the Atkins program is converting your body from glycolysis (burning glucose as fuel) to ketosis (burning fat as fuel). You need to keep your fat levels at >65% of your calories, if you don’t your body will still remain in glycolysis by converting 58% of excess protein into glucose (via gluconeogenesis). You can have several cups a day of (mostly) lettuce and celery, cucumbers, radishes, mushrooms, peppers the first 2 weeks and more variety of vegetables thereafter add 5 grams per day additional (20 grams day first 2 weeks, 25grams 3rd week, 30grams 4th week etc) Keep your carbs at less than 9grams per hour to control insulin.

      It takes minimum of 3 days to convert your body to ketosis, (but only one bite to convert back to glycosis) you will probably feel sluggish the first week but most people feel better than ever thereafter.

      Ground flax seed (2-3 Tbsp) 1/4 cup of water, cinnamon, artificial sweetener, mix in a raw egg – let sit 10 min to absorb liquid, put some cream cheese in the middle and nuke for 1.5 min. for hot cereal or 2 min. for more of a muffin type thing. Great low carb, high fiber treat.
      ————————————–…
      I recommend the new plan but you have to follow it specifically read the book or the website. This is closer to the original (1972) plan, but its very simplistic:

      You will lose more body fat eating protein and fat (don’t eat protein alone) than not eating AT ALL. To lose weight fast eat all you want but nothing but meat, eggs, healthy oils, mayo, butter and half an avocado a day (you’ll need added potassium). Keep the calories high and the fat percentage high, at least 65% of calories. Adding in green vegetables & some cheese will continue weight loss but at a slower pace.

      Your body won’t release fat stores if you lower calories below what it needs. It will slow your metabolism to compensate and store every spare ounce as fat. If you continue lowering your calories, it will continue lowering that set point, til you can survive off nothing and store fat on anything. The body will only release it’s fat stores if it knows there is plenty of food.

      Simple carbohydrates (sugar, flour, bread, cereal, pasta, potatoes, rice) triggers insulin which can store the calories you eat into fat. The more protein you eat the more the fat burning hormone glucagon is released. The more carbohydrate you eat the more the fat storage hormone insulin is released.

      Simple carbs are addictive and can be disastrous to our health. The best way to break the addiction is NO carbs for 3 days. Make a huge batch of deviled eggs and eat one every time you want “something” have huge omelets for breakfast, with bacon, a lil onion, peppers, mushrooms & cheese. Pork chops for lunch. Get pork rinds and eat them with tuna salad. Steak for dinner. Make a huge sugar free cheese cake for dessert. Eat so much you won’t feel deprived of anything. By the fourth day, your addiction will be gone and you can start making healthy choices.

      High insulin levels promote inflammation, weight gain, hunger and unbalance other hormones. Controlling your insulin level will balance out other hormones & allow human growth hormone (HGH) to be produced naturally so you will gain lean muscle even without exercise. Any exercise will greatly increase your muscle mass with high HGH levels.

      Once you get near your goal, you start adding 5 carbs every week til you gain weight, then you subtract 10 carbs. That would give you your personal carb level (everyone is different and it depends on how active you are.) As long as you remain <9 carbs per hour, you will maintain insulin control, and shouldn't gain weight. Many people gain weight on high carb, then switch to low carb to lose weight & then are shocked when they return to high carb that they gain weight. Many people can return to moderate carb levels but very few can really eat all they want of sugar and maintain weight or health.

      Dr.Atkins was a cardiologist, low carb was a health plan easier sold as a "diet" Read any of his books for easily understandable science. Lutz "Life without Bread" & Taubes "Good calorie, bad calorie" are excellent books that dispel all the nutrition myths.

      Reducing body fat and increasing muscle mass will have you in awesome shape in no time. Good luck!

  7. QUESTION:
    Plz help me, i am really worried!!?
    The doctor told my dad that he might have diabetes, my dads sugar level is 6.0 and that is when he didnt he. Im in canada so we have a different measuring system for blood sugar level, plz help im really concerned, does my dad have diabetes?

    • ANSWER:
      Is the 6.0 for the measurement of the Hba1c?

      If it is, he may not have full blown diabetes, maybe just prediabetes.

      An Hba1c of 6.0 % corresponds to an Average Plasma Blood Glucose of 135 mg/dL. It means he very likely has diabetes, but if it is like this I don’t think he needs to take any medications, he just needs to cut back on anything sugary or starchy. He should be getting most of his carbohydrates from vegetables now.

      Type II diabetes is curable. You just have to lose weight and exercise and maintain a high fiber and moderately low carb diet. Easier said than done.

      I am on a gluten free diet and I just found out I had diabetes 9 months ago. I just wish I didn’t have to eat food anymore… its just so hard to figure it out…

      Don’t let him take any pills. Most pills prescribed for diabetes actually cause more deaths than just not doing anything. It says so on insert itself: “increased risk if cardiovascular death.” If he must take medication, it is just better to shoot insulin. But type II diabetes can be cured and should be treated with diet and exercise alone whenever possible.

  8. QUESTION:
    Does Medical Marijuana sound right for me?
    Hello,

    I’m a 19 year old male living in Ontario, Canada. I have diabetes, anxiety and depression, I was prescribed Effexor XR (not a overly high dose) but due to the serious lack of pros, and a mountain of cons and bad experiences I decided to not take said pharm. I do not like swallowing pills and I do not like pharms, they seem to create a lot of problems.
    Due to diabetes, I have very strong back pain from seizures, and discomfort due to highblood along with all the other problems that could develop from that.
    Stress managment is a key factor in diabetes, having a very stressful life tends to keep your blood at a high sugar level. Most people tend to indulge in a cigarette or alcohol to take a bit of the constant edge off of life, this should be heavily avoided for a diabetic. Marijuana provides a non blood sugar level, stress reliving alternative to stress and anxiety, which greatly helps in the reduction of low blood.

    If you know nothing about marijuana, please do not answer this question, there are many medical benefits, and very few cons, compared to, say, the often prescribed Oxycontin.

    I’m not looking to hear “Son, this will ruin you’re life. Try to find Jesus please” but thank you for you’re concern.

    Does Medical Marijuana sound like it could apply for me? Or should I not even bother asking my doctor about it tomorrow morning? As I’ve said I suffer from anxiety, and its turning my stomach at the thought of bringing it up, but I’ve wanted to for quite a long time.

    • ANSWER:
      Try it,it’s at least a natural remedy and pharms can be harmful over a long period of time.Keep in mind that medical marijuana doesn’t work for every one just as pharms don’t work for every one.

  9. QUESTION:
    Please proof read my work?
    The inventions of last couple centuries have saved many lives and changed the way people live, worldwide. The Canadian community has contributed a great number of medical inventions which continue to save lives. Some may question whether Canada done enough to show its involvement as a global population. Mankind has achieved success in various pursuits and has made many advancements in every field. The Canadian society of the last century has also followed the same path by discovering many new medical achievements such as insulin, pacemaker and high tech blood analysis.
    One of the most famous and well acknowledged Canadian inventions would have to be medical a discovery for Diabetes. Diabetes is also known as the sugar disease. Diabetes can cause high levels of sugar build up in your blood; this can lead to severe health aggravation. In the 1920s doctors started working on temporary cures like insulin to help diabetic patients live longer. Insulin was withdrawn from the pancreases of animals and given to people with diabetes but course it was first distilled. Insulin can be injected in the following parts of the body such as the abdomen, upper arms, thighs, hips and calves. The thoughts of creating insulin started when Dr.Bantings’ friend passed away. Some might think that insulin is a cure to diabetes but it’s only a discovery which balances sugar levels in a diabetic person. People suffering from diabetes cannot appropriately digest and regulate sugars. Insulin extract was first used on dogs to prove that it had some kind of effect and ones this was proven further research had begun to purify the extract for human use. Leonard a 14 year old boy dying of the “sugar diseases” at the time he only weighted 30 kilograms. Banting’s team then tested the first dose of insulin on him and he was first patient to ever get the injection. The boy appeared healthy afterwards but the question was how could they produce enough insulin and how could a consistent strength of insulin be assured. After countless research and hard work Banting’s team produced a world standard for insulin. Science and technology has made high quality and long lasting insulin. Patients will often inject doses of insulin prescribed by their doctors to keep their sugar levels neutralized. Modern science continues to find better cures to erase such diseases.

    The heart is a very important organ in the human body without it you just can’t survive. This muscular organ manages the flow through your blood vessels. For Example suppose that your heart beats to quick or to slow, this will lead to inefficient blood flow to your important organs, like your brain. The invention of the pacemaker solves this dilemma. A few people will come across this situation where their heart will beat in an unusual rhythm. Fortunately the pacemaker can resolve this problem by sending micro electrical jolts to the heart. This will enable the heart to process at an average speed and continues to do it, daily. The pace maker was first noticed by an electrical engineer, Dr. John Hopps. He noticed that a certain electrical jolt could make a heart beat while he was helping revive animals from the extreme cold. By the 1950s, the first external pacemaker was invented. Many academicians realized the potential of the external pacemaker and they started working on a size that would fit inside the human body. Yes, once again the Canadian society has succeeded and this small device saves many lives worldwide.

    This high tech device is not well recognized but it’s used in many places. The high tech device is shortly known as I Stat. It’s commonly used in hospitals, international Space Station and paramedics in ambulances use it often as well. It’s arising in the Canadian market started in the 1992, after many years of hard work. For the first time in history a hand held apparatus could easy deliver twelve common blood tests. Its results are as accurate as a laboratory test but with lot less time required. The science behind the machine is very complicated but for the general public using the product is not. The way this extraordinary mechanizes works is by analyzing the drops of blood, that are laid on it and the end results are displayed on a digital screen. “Saving time in blood analysis can mean saving lives”

    Many years have passed and the world has progressed in technology. The late century Canadian medical associations have impacted a great amount of research being done today. Inventions such as the pacemaker, insulin and I stat are still being greatly improved by the doctors worldwide. Just imagine what it would have been like for the people that fight these terrible diseases, if these great Canadians weren’t born they would still be in horrendous pain or maybe just died. That’s why the advancement in technology is always helpful, as long as there not used in a negative altitude. The people that continue to dedicate their time towards medical r
    medical research will make an enormous difference in the next generation to come.

    • ANSWER:
      sorry but the first paragraph made me want to go to sleep. In the 1st paragraph there is 1 mistake that i have seen: “Some may question whether Canada done enough to show its involvement as a global population.”

      it needs to be “…have done enough to show…..”

  10. QUESTION:
    I just wanted to share this with you….have a honey life…:).?
    Honey is the only food on the planet that will not spoil or rot. It will
    do what some call turning to sugar. In reality honey is always honey.
    However, when left in a cool dark place for a long time it will do what
    I rather call “crystallizing”. When this happens I loosen the lid, boil
    some water, and sit the honey container in the hot water, off the heat and
    let it liquefy. It is then as good as it ever was.
    Never boil honey or put it in a microwave. To do so will kill the enzymes in
    the honey.

    Cinnamon and Honey

    Bet the drug companies won’t like this one getting around.

    Facts on Honey and Cinnamon:

    It is found that a mixture of honey and Cinnamon cures most diseases.
    Honey is produced in most of the countries of the world. Scientists of
    today also accept honey as a ‘Ram Ban’ (very effective) medicine for all
    kinds of diseases.
    Honey can be used without any side effects for any kind of diseases.
    Today’s science says that even though honey is sweet, if taken in the
    right dosage as a medicine, it does not harm diabetic patients.
    Weekly World News, a magazine in Canada, in its issue dated 17
    January,1995 has given the following list of diseases that can be cured
    by honey and cinnamon as researched by western scientists:

    HEART DISEASES:

    Make a paste of honey and cinnamon powder, apply on bread, instead of
    jelly and jam, and eat it regularly for breakfast. It reduces the
    cholesterol in the arteries and saves the patient from heart attack.
    Also, those who have already had an attack, if they do this process
    daily, they are kept miles away from the next attack. Regular use of the
    above process relieves loss of breath and strengthens the heart beat.
    In America and Canada, various nursing homes have treated patients
    successfully and have found that as you age, the arteries and veins lose
    their flexibility and get clogged; honey and cinnamon revitalize the
    arteries and veins.

    ARTHRITIS:

    Arthritis patients may take daily, morning and night, one cup of hot
    water with two spoons of honey and one small teaspoon of cinnamon
    powder. If taken regularly even chronic arthritis can be cured. In a
    recent research conducted at the Copenhagen University, it was found
    that when the doctors treated their patients with a mixture of one
    tablespoon Honey and half teaspoon Cinnamon powder before breakfast, they
    found that within a week, out of the 200 people so treated, practically 73
    patients were totally relieved of pain, and within a month, mostly all the
    patients who could not walk or move around because of arthritis started
    walking without pain.

    BLADDER INFECTIONS:

    Take two tablespoons of cinnamon powder and one teaspoon of honey in a
    glass of lukewarm water and drink it.
    It destroys the germs in the bladder.

    CHOLESTEROL:

    Two tablespoons of honey and three teaspoons of Cinnamon Powder mixed in 16
    ounces of tea water, given to a cholesterol patient, was found to reduce the
    level of cholesterol in the blood by 10 percent within two hours.
    As mentioned for arthritic patients, if taken three times a day, any
    chronic cholesterol is cured. According to information received in the
    said Journal, pure honey taken with food daily relieves complaints of
    cholesterol.

    COLDS:

    Those suffering from common or severe colds should take one tablespoon
    lukewarm honey with 1/4 spoon cinnamon powder daily for three days. This
    process will cure most chronic cough, cold, and clear the sinuses.

    UPSET STOMACH:

    Honey taken with cinnamon powder cures stomach ache and also clears
    stomach ulcers from the root.

    GAS:

    According to the studies done in India and Japan, it is revealed that if
    Honey is taken with cinnamon powder the stomach is relieved of gas.

    IMMUNE SYSTEM:

    Daily use of honey and cinnamon powder strengthens the immune system and
    protects the body from bacteria and viral attacks. Scientists have found
    that honey has various vitamins and iron in large amounts. Constant use of
    Honey strengthens the white blood corpuscles to fight bacterial and viral
    diseases.

    INDIGESTION:

    Cinnamon powder sprinkled on two tablespoons of honey taken before food
    relieves acidity and digests the heaviest of meals.

    INFLUENZA:

    A scientist in Spain has proved that honey contains a natural ‘ Ingredient’
    which kills the influenza germs and saves the patient from flu.

    LONGEVITY:

    Tea made with honey and cinnamon powder, when taken regularly, arrests the
    ravages of old age. Take four spoons of honey, one spoon of cinnamon powder,
    and three cups of water and boil to make like tea. Drink 1/4 cup, three to
    four times a day. It keeps the skin fresh and soft and arrests old age. Life
    spans also increase and even a 100 year old,
    starts performing the chores of a 20-year-old.

    PIMPLES:

    Three tablespoons

    • ANSWER:
      Interesting.

      I have heard of many of these already. But it is still very interesting. Thanks!

      :^)

      .


Blood Sugar Levels Blood Sugar Chart

This is the query my diabetic patients always ask. There are many ways to establish blood glucose level. Some tests give you correct diagnosis of diabetes or pre-diabetes, while others will tell you how well you are managing your diabetes.

Come visit us right here for more Diabetic Diet Info and get a Diabetes Blood Glucose Ebook Fasting Blood Sugar Levels. http://www.diabeticdietbloodglucose.com/

Fasting Blood Sugar Test:

Measures the blood sugar level after eight hours fast or overnight. Normal fasting blood glucose level is less than 100mg/dl. If your fasting blood glucose level is from 100mg/dl to 125mg/dl then you’ll have diminished blood glucose level also known as Pre-Diabetes. If your blood glucose level is above 125mg/dl then your physician will diagnose as a patient of diabetes. If you have blood glucose level of 126mg/dl or higher in 2 consecutive tests, then you may have diabetes.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    mechanisms involved in the ‘control of blood sugar level’ flow chart?
    Can anyoneone tell me how to make a flow diagram that shows mechanisms involved in the body controlling the blood sugar level?

    F.Y.I. how do i put conditions and situations?

    • ANSWER:

      http://www.biology-online.org/images/blood_2.GIF

      There is how.

      You have the middle value – without deviation, and on either side you put the deviations and what they trigger ect.

      Hope that helps.

  2. QUESTION:
    Can anybody tell me where I can find a website where I can record my blood sugar levels on a printable chart?

    • ANSWER:
      I don’t know what kind of meter you use but One Touch’,ultra,ultra smart has a disk for your computer that has all kinds of charts and printable information once you input your sugar levels even a cable that downloads right from the meter. You can try www.lifescan.com

  3. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar levels? Mine was 38 at about 2pm today.?
    I will occasionally have low blood sugar although I have not been diagnosed with hypoglycemia. Today I started feeling bad and everything started to go dark, my ears closed up like I was under water. I took my sugar (my mom is diabetic and gave me an extra checker) and it was 38. I have checked online and can’t find a chart of what levels should be. This was about 2pm today that it happened. I typically can drink something and it will go back up. I still feel weak from it though and that is not normally how I feel after it gets better. I have been on a no sugar/low carb diet for about 2 years now. My husband thinks I should go to the doctor, but I don’t want to have to go just for them to tell me that nothing is wrong and then i’m out 25 bucks. Just wondered what everyone else’s experience is with low blood sugar and if 38 is a low number for 2pm.

    • ANSWER:
      Here what you need to do :
      Hypoglycemia Symptoms
      Because epinephrine, one of the hormones that is activated by hypoglycemia, comes from the central nervous system, the majority of early symptoms of hypoglycemia are related to the nervous system.
      Common symptoms of hypoglycemia include the following:
      Trembling
      Clamminess
      Palpitations
      Anxiety
      Sweating
      Hunger

      Because the brain is deprived of glucose, a second set of symptoms follows:
      Difficulty in thinking
      Confusion
      Headache
      Seizures
      Coma
      Ultimately, death

      Eating every 4-6 hours is important to prevent hypoglycemia.
      Be adventurous and try something new to liven up your snacks between meals!
      Each of the following counts as one starch:

      One small apple, orange, peach, pear, nectarine, or tangerine
      Eight animal crackers
      Four medium fresh apricots or seven dried halves
      1/2 of a banana rolled with 2-tablespoons Grape Nuts cereal
      1 cup cubed cantaloupe
      Twelve Bing cherries
      Two chocolate mousse bars (Weight Watchers)
      1/2 cup chow mein noodles
      Two sugar-free fudgesicles
      Three gingersnaps
      36 Goldfish (adds 1 fat serving)
      Three graham crackers (2 1/2-inch square)
      1/2 low-fat granola bar
      15 grapes
      ½ cup fruit juice
      Five slices melba toast
      1 cup skim milk
      Three peanut butter sandwich crackers (adds 1 fat serving)
      Two small plums
      24 oyster crackers
      3 cups popcorn (popped by hot air, or low-fat microwave)
      1 slice of angel food cake
      1 sugar-free pudding snack cup
      Three dried pitted prunes
      15 fat-free potato or tortilla chips
      3/4 ounce pretzels
      2 tablespoons raisins
      Two rice cakes (4″ diameter)
      1 regular Jell-o snack cup
      Seven Ritz crackers (adds 1 fat serving)
      Six saltine crackers
      ½ cup canned fruit
      15 Teddy Grahams (adds 1 fat serving)
      Five reduced-fat Triscuits
      Six Vanilla Wafers (adds 1 fat serving)
      Six Waverly Wafers (adds 1 fat serving)
      12 Original Wheat Thins (adds 1 fat serving)
      13 Reduced-fat Wheat Thins (adds 1/2 fat serving)
      1 cup nonfat fruit-flavored yogurt (sweetened with sugar substitute)
      1/2 cup of sherbet or I Can’t Believe It’s Yogurt or TCBY frozen yogurt

      By the way you are Hypoglycemic

      Tin

  4. QUESTION:
    I hid my sugar levels from my doctor, now what?
    I’m a gestational diabetic. That means I’m pregnant. I’m six months in, and I had not been keeping track of my blood sugar at all. I didn’t realize how bad it actually was. I filled in my blood sugar chart the day of my appointment (yesterday), but I used fake reasonable numbers. The doctor alluded to the fact that he knew my numbers were too good to be true, but he wasn’t going to outright accuse me of lying. Well, I had been putting fasting levels between 70 and 89. I did an actual check this morning, and it was actually 153. I have to come clean to my doctors, but I don’t know how to do it gracefully. I screwed up.

    • ANSWER:
      Boy , this is tough.
      Seem to be a trait with many diabetics.
      If it was I that told the fib, I think I would go to another doctor. I would feel so ashamed.
      I am not berating you, what is done is done.

      How Diabetes and Pregnancy May Affect Baby

      A common problem among the babies of pregnant diabetic women is a condition called “macrosomia,” which means “large body.” In other words, babies of diabetic women are apt to be considerably larger than others.

      This occurs because many of these babies receive too much sugar via the placenta because their mothers have high blood sugar levels. The baby’s pancreas senses the high sugar levels and it produces more insulin in an attempt to use up all the extra sugar. That extra sugar is converted to fat, making a large baby.
      What are the risks?
      Research has found that pregnant women with diabetes are five times more likely to have stillborn babies. Babies whose mothers have diabetes are:

      •three times more likely to die within four weeks of birth
      •twice as likely to have a serious birth defect

      Insulin is the traditional first-choice drug for blood glucose control during pregnancy, because it is the most effective for fine-tuning blood glucose and it doesn’t cross the placenta. Therefore, it is safe for the baby. Insulin can be injected with a syringe, an insulin pen, or through an insulin pump. All three methods are safe for pregnant women.

      Take care

      Buff

  5. QUESTION:
    blood sugar level question (kinda long)?
    hi, today my dad had a dr. appt to get meds for his diabetes. When they checked him in they said that his blood sugar level was off the chart like 600 and that he needed to get to the ER. He is there now, they gave him an insulin shot, have him on an IV because he is dehydrated.. Lately he’s been very thirsy, and peeing alot, also he just had cataract surgery (don’t know if it applies to anything) Anyway ahwile after the insulin shot they checked his blood sugar level and it is now 810.. My question is what can they do to help him? is he going to be ok? They are admitting him overnight and keeping close watch on him.
    Any info. please. Thank you

    • ANSWER:
      First on foremost, IV fluids and alot of it like 3-4 liters.

      Next More IV Fluids.

      Then more IV Fluids.

      Your dad is really dehydrated and giving suncutaneous insulin will not work. Insulin will need to be given intravenously.

      Next start an insulin drip. Do hourly blood sugar test and titrate upwards if it is still high.

      Rule any underlying issues like heart attack, infection that may be increasing his sugars. Check blood work and make sure pottasium, magnesium, phospate are okay. Would do it every4-6 hours.

      Needs to be in ICU.

  6. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar level showed 5.2 before breakfast. What does that mean?
    Does anybody have link to a chart the different levels.

    Thank you in advance.

    • ANSWER:
      That’s an absolutely perfect, non-diabetic, blood glucose reading.

      I didn’t find an actual “chart” as that would be just a single line long. You can, however, check on the following website. (I’ve chosen a UK website as the level you’ve indicated is a measurement made in mmol/l (millimoles pr litre), the International Standard, which differs from the results given in the USA … plus a few other countries.)

  7. QUESTION:
    Quick way to lower my blood sugar?
    My grandma told me that i could drink some orange juice to lower my blood sugar level if i needed it lowerd but that does the complete opposite I don’t know what she is thinking.
    Is there a quick way i can lower it though?
    I can’t eat my next meal until i lower it because i have to write it down on paper and show my doctor and i really don’t want a high number on the chart. So please is there a quick way i can lower it?
    Please no rude comments. thankyou

    • ANSWER:
      Drink plenty of water this should lower your blood glucose. Also, take a brisk 30 min walk, exercise always lowers blood glucose, in most persons. Some use cinnamon as way to lower blood sugars, or drink green tea and there are others who take a tablespoon of vinegar. Always check with your doctor when taking supplements esp. if you are taking medication.

      Hope this helps.

  8. QUESTION:
    Concerning high blood sugar?
    Ok I have really wild blood sugar readings. Today it was off the chart at 600. Same for yesterday. Granted I binged on yogurt both days. (ate 16 cups total) Normally my sugar levels are in the mid 300′s.

    Now everyone tells me that having high sugar levels is bad. But I dont feel sick at all. So why should I be concerned. Doesnt seem to affect me any.

    • ANSWER:
      If your blood sugars are normally in the 300′s, then you undoubtedly have diabetes. Diabetes does not make you feel bad, but it is very damaging to your body, especially your heart and kidneys. You should see a doctor about this as soon as you can. Until then, try limiting the amount of sugar and carbohydrates/breads you eat.

      Diabetes is a very manageable disease. Unmanaged, it will drastically reduce your life span and quality of life.

  9. QUESTION:
    blood sugar level for age 10-20?
    chart for low and high blood sugar

    • ANSWER:
      sugar level is 70 – 110 fasting sample of 12 hour fast
      sugar levels 70 – 140 for 2hours after meals
      sugar levels 8- 180 for a random test

      age has nothing to do with the levels

  10. QUESTION:
    Should I be concerened w/ these blood sugar levels?
    My 9 year old child was sick w/ a virus about 2 weeks ago, she was better in about 2 days. Since than she has been drinking more (not excessive but an increase) her main symptoms are increased hunger to where she feels shakey and her belly hurts. I’ve noticed she has been getting up at night to use the bathroom and she’s been so tired lately.Last night she ate dinner at 6:00pm (hot dog,potatos,corn and juice) she had a snack at 8:30 about 5 Ritz crackers and water.I have a meter for myself so I thought I’d check her when she was sleeping. At 11:00pm (almost 5 hrs after dinner and 2.5 hrs after snack) she was 155, I rewashed her toes and retested and it was 160. I waited about 15 min and checked again and it was 144 (she slept throught it all, I don’t want to scare her if it’s nothing). I know about the 20 percent thing w/ the meters and I did make sure to clean her toes were cleaned well.I’m not type 1 but I do have relatives who are, should I be worried? also she has been having weight issues. Hasn’t gained any and is falling down the charts, I’m concerned but don’t know if I should address this the her ped yet b/c she’s under 200.

    • ANSWER:
      Jump on it now , Brittney. Get her to an Endocrinologist . Here are the numbers:

      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      Tin

  11. QUESTION:
    How many times a day should I test my blood sugar?
    This question is for my grandma actually. She has been to the doctor and they said she is not diabetic yet. But they still gave her a testing machine. How many times a day should she test her blood sugar? Do you know where i can find a general chart that explains levels for her in an easy way? I think she should test herself and record it then take it to the doctor. But how long should she record her stats and how many times a day? and information would be helpful

    • ANSWER:

  12. QUESTION:
    No matter how I eat, my blood sugar has been fluctuating between as low as 46 and as high as 225. What’s up?
    I’ve done some of my own experimenting and no matter how I eat; lots of carbs, low carbs, no carbs, my blood sugar levels are fluctuating a lot. The other day I tried an experiment where I ate scrambled eggs with ham chunks, diced potatoes and sausage gravy mixed together for breakfast, for lunch I ate Skyline deluxe burrito and when I got home my blood sugar was still only at 97. I expected it to be off the charts. Another day, I ate scrambled eggs for breakfast and then meat and potatoes for lunch and by dinner by blood sugar was only 46. My meds have not changed so what’s going on with my body? I’m under tremendous stress every day but that hasn’t changed for over a year and a half so what’s up with me?

    • ANSWER:

  13. QUESTION:
    Testing sugar levels. What is diabetic and what is not?
    A nurse at hospital tested by blood sugar levels when i was fasting and after. The nurse said 2 to 4 was a normal level for someone who didn’t have diabetes and had been fasting. Is this accurate?
    My tested levels are below…
    - Fasting Blood Sugar levels were 4.9
    - After eating blood sugar levels were 5.4
    Is there some sort of chart i can refer to? I want to know if i have diabetes or not. (I have PCOS which is a pre-diabetic condition).

    • ANSWER:
      Hi El,

      That is a perfect result sweetheart considering you have PCOS. Nothing to worry about there.

      I have been trying to find a site to help you, the best one I have come up with so far is www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/16422495.php
      If you scroll down to the heading NORMAL FASTING BLOOD SUGAR everything below that heading will explain the normal ranges of blood sugar to you.

      Hope this helps.

      Love Mel.X

  14. QUESTION:
    blood sugar level/glucose?
    well a doctor said i should buy a diabeties meter as she thinks im fasting glucose or something like that,not sure if it makes sense as i couldnt understand her much.Whats the best times of testing myself? like before meals or after ?? does anyone have some advice and maybe even some sort of chart i could print out and write my results in as iv googled this but there all so confuseing!

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      To learn more about diabetes >http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.php

      Good luck

      Tin

  15. QUESTION:
    Why are there so many different “normal” blood levels for a non-diabetic? Its getting very confusing..?
    The American Diabetes Assoc. and other reputable medical resources (including the info on the chart for the meter strips) say a non-diabetic’s normal fasting (8-12 hrs) blood sugar level should be below 100. Anything above that is considered “pre” or “diabetic” depending on what your level is. The most confusing part is the BG level for approx 2 hours after a meal. I keep reading you should be under 120, 2 hours after a meal. Meanwhile, Doctors and the ADA say anything under 140 is normal, to me that seems like a big diff. I have been testing my after lunch and dinner BG levels , I have been averaging between 94 and 129 after 2 hrs..according to some this is perfectly normal (140), while others are saying I should not be going over 120…Does this mean I am at High Risk for diabetes? Are people saying my BG level should always be below 120?.. My morning Fasting has been between 81-98 for 8 consecutive days now, what does this mean???..please help.. Thanks…

    • ANSWER:
      Forget what the ADA says. They are in the pockets of drug companies.

      Here is the scoop( we want to catch this terrible disease in it’s earliest monent, Don’t we???)

      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.
      A1c
      A truly normal A1c is between 4.6% and 5.4%

      A1cs are not as good a measure of actual blood sugar control in individuals as they are for groups. An A1c of 5.1% maps to an average blood sugar of 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) or less when group statistics are analyzed, but normal variations in how our red blood cells work make the A1cs of truly normal individuals fall into a wider range.

      Some people’s A1cs are always a bit higher than their measured blood sugars would predict. Some are always lower. NOTE: If you are anemic your A1c will read much lower than your actual blood sugars and the resulting A1c is not a useful gauge of your actual blood sugar control.

      Heart attack risk rises in a straight line fashion as A1c rises from 4.6%. Take care Buff

      You are probably on the verge. So start a low glycemic index diet and exercise,(http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm)

      Exercise is Daily 30 t0 60 min. a day. By the way this is a great way for the whole family to eat, No calorie counting.

  16. QUESTION:
    High Amylase Levels, High Blood Pressure, High Fever, High Salt, Revived 3 times?
    My brothers child died early this morning and was revived 3 times. She is alive now, breathing, awake, but still not moving. But they think its shock. She has a fever of 107, she has a blood sugar of 342, she has EXTREMELY high levels of amylase, Off the chart salt levels,and early this morning was revived 3 times… Do you have any idea what it could be? We are all EXTREMLY Scared… And the baby is 11 months old.

    • ANSWER:
      Most likely it is a vaccination reaction. Dehydration will cause blood pressure to rise and excess salt in the blood. It almost sounds like a diabetic coma from too much sugar in the blood. Find out if she has been vaccinated recently.

      good luck to you

  17. QUESTION:
    Can’t keep 3 hour glucose test drink down. What to do?
    I barely failed the 1 hour glucose test at 20 weeks and took the 3 hour glucose tolerance test and passed it. It was a really bad experience for me, as I was so sick to my stomach the whole time and nearly threw up several times. My doctor wants me to take it again now at 28 weeks (I had a small amount of glucose in my urine after I drank juice before my appointment). I have tried twice and ended up throwing up the drink before the first hour ended. I have been testing and charting my blood sugar levels and they are fine, but my doctor insists I must do the test. How many times should I try when the drink obviously does not agree with me? Is there some reason I must have an official diagnosis of gestational diabetes, or is strict home-monitoring enough to make sure my baby and I are healthy? I have asked my doctor this, but of course she says the test is the only choice.

    • ANSWER:
      Are you drinking the same flavor or different ones? Because there are different flavors. I had to do a 3 hour test after I failed the 1 hour. I had different drinks both times. Did you drink it cold? That could help.

      I assume you have told her that you keep throwing the stuff up–what is her response to that? Have you really sat down and talked to her about it? Because if you have, she seems to be a bit insensitive to your plight.

      Gestational diabetes is a very serious illnes. You have to be on a very strict diet if you do indeed have it, becuase it can affect the baby. That’s why they are so adamant about it. The website below lists all kinds of things that can affect the baby.

      I was trying to find anythign on the internet that could be an alternative to the oral glucose tolerance test. I came up with this:

      Glycosylated haemoglobin test

      Check out this website: http://www.doctorndtv.com/topics/detailtopics.asp?id=72

      I don’t know if it is something you can do, but you can ask your doctor about it. You don’t have to drink anything. It’s worth a shot.

      Good luck to you!

  18. QUESTION:
    Why is my dog having severe nose bleeds??!!?
    Ok recently, our 11 year old (female) Australian blue-heeler fell while trying to run some cattle back into their fence. Well a big knot swelled up on her back left leg, and she started acting very sickly, and one day she wouldn’t even eat at all! Well of course we cared her to the vet, and come to find out her sugar levels were off the charts. Our veterinarian diagnosed her with diabetes, and kept her for about a week, for treatment and observation. Also, come to find out, our vet found a mark on her front right leg, where she had been bitten by a spider!! So, our vet treated her for everything and we were finally able to bring her home yesterday because her insulin (sugar) levels had dropped back down to 166…which is good! Now we have to giver her insulin shots twice a day, and can only feed her a specific type of diabetic dog food. Anyway, yesterday she acted the best I’ve seen in a long while, however she was still a little tired (wouldn’t you be) and everything was fine. Her leg is still a little sore from where she fell, but it’s getting better, and the swellings going down now.

    [Here's the confusing part!!!]

    When I got home from school today, I went to see my mom at her office at the warehouse (were farmers) and our dog, Lady, was up there with her. My mom told me that Lady’s nose had bleed three times since 11:00 am, and the first time it happened my dad cared her back to our vet. They told us that she either broke a blood vessel in her nose, which is why it’s bleeding, or she could have gotten into rat poison. The weird thing is though, my mom’s been with her ALL day and she hasn’t seen Lady do anything to have hurt her nose and break a blood vessel, and there’s definitely no where around here for her to have gotten into rat poison. So a second ago, Lady’s nose started bleeding again (4th time today!) and my mom called our vet, and she told us the same thing as before, and then said that it could also be that Lady has a blood clot somewhere, and it’s trying to bleed itself out, and thus the reason why only the right side of her nose is bleeding. Our vet also said that if her nose was bleeding because of a clot in her somewhere, there was nothing we could do about it!

    We’ve had this dog since I was about 7 years old, and she’s been like a second mother to me, my sister, and my brother. She’s very protective over all of us, and is one of the best dogs anyone could ever ask for. (Sorry I’m getting off topic!)

    I would just really like to know if anyone has ever heard of a dog’s nose bleeding like this? Is it a common thing among Australian Blue Heelers? Has this ever happened to anyone else’s dog? Any information that someone has, would be VERY much appreciated.

    I can’t imagine Lady not being here, she’s just as much a member of our family as I am, and I love her just the same! Anyone who reads this, PLEASE pray for our dog Lady, I’m just not ready for her to leave us yet!

    Thanks to anyone who took the time to read and answer this, I just hope Lady’s going to be ok!
    Callie♥

    • ANSWER:
      I agree that it could be a tumor in the nasal canal or sinuses or even a bad sinus infection. The vet should do a thorough exam and x-rays of her head. Also,do your neighbors put out rodent poison? If the dog came across a mouse or rat that had been poisoned and ate it,then she would have ingested the poison.If that’s the case,your vet should have tested her blood for it and she should be on vitamin K.

      I have old dogs,too,and I have lost many old dogs over the years.I know how you feel.I hope that Lady recovers.

  19. QUESTION:
    Do you think I have gestational Diabetes?
    Went and had my GD test today, A 2 hour one, Firstly they took blood than I drank the sweet drink an hour later they took more blood than an hour after that they took more blood. Before I drank the sweet drink the lady tested the blood and compared it to some sort of colour chart and she said my sugar levels were quite high (9 exactly). I also fasted for this test, 10 hrs prior (except for water did drink that). Do you think this means I have GD or could I have a high sugar level reading without having GD?

    Go get my results from the doctor next week, just curious and want to know what others think and may have experienced. Really hope I don’t have it, have had MASSIVE cravings for any thing sweet, it’s torture I just want to eat a million mars bars, LOL.

    Thanks in advance ladies.

    • ANSWER:
      Try not to worry till u get the results back I’m not sure how they tested your blood, but the usual prick test normal is 4-7 so if you got a 9 you would be slightly high but not In a coma!!!
      My mother had GD think hers were around 20 when they tested her which is high. She has now got type 2 diabetes the finger prick test is what she uses every day. Usually the hospital will take blood from your arm so they can do a full blood count and check your haemoglobin levels at the same time. Hope u r ok let us know how u get on x
      By the way my GTT results were 4.7 before and 4.7 afterwards to give u an idea x

  20. QUESTION:
    Do you think I have gestational diabetes?
    Went and had my GD test yesterday, A 2 hour one, Firstly they took blood than I drank the sweet drink an hour later they took more blood than an hour after that they took more blood. Before I drank the sweet drink the lady tested the blood and compared it to some sort of colour chart and she said my sugar levels were quite high (9 exactly). I also fasted for this test, 10 hrs prior (except for water did drink that). Do you think this means I have GD or could I have a high sugar level reading without having GD?

    Go get my results from the doctor next week, just curious and want to know what others think and may have experienced. Really hope I don’t have it, have had MASSIVE cravings for any thing sweet, it’s torture I just want to eat a million mars bars, LOL.

    Thanks in advance ladies.

    • ANSWER:
      Having been a type 1 diabetic for 25 years and now 34 weeks pregnant, I can tell you that 9.0 is really quite high especially after fasting and before having the sweet drink. Your level should be at 5.3 for a non diabetic person. I would say that they probably will diagnose you with GD however will probably try to control it with diet first and then if that doesn’t work, they will put you in the care of an endocrinologist and put you on insulin injections until the baby is born. The needles are very small and its really not that bad. PLEASE stay away from eating excess sugar as this will make your baby grow larger than it should be. Try eating things that taste sweet but are not, including fruit, yogurt etc. Good luck.

  21. QUESTION:
    Could this turn into gestational diabetes?
    I’m 23 weeks pregnant today. At my last month’s check up my sugar level in urine was elevated. Today, it was off the chart. I’ve also been experiencing hypoglycemic symptoms for the past few weeks. However, when I tested my blood sugar at home, it was 111.
    I’m going for a glucose tolerance test next week, but I was wondering, if there somebody who had high sugar level in urine and passed the test.

    • ANSWER:
      urine sugar level is an old school method of diagnosing diabetes.

      Even severely diabetic patients will read normal once in a while, so a SINGLE “finger stick” test is not a good diagnosis.

      the Glucose Tolerance Test is definitive. It does not test blood sugar levels, but instead tests how your body responds to a sudden “slug”: of sugar. this is a much more real-world situation.

      Also, you need to ASK you doctor to do an A1C test. This will provide him with valuable information about how severe your diabetes is (or is not….). The A1C test is a simple blood test.

      The American Diabetes Association recommend that ALL adults have the A1C test performed once a year. In this manner many “hidden” cases of diabetes are detected before the patient gets sick, and thus the disease can be controlled more easily through diet and exercise without the need for medications.

      IF you do have gestational diabetes, you chances of becoming a Type 2 Diabetic later in life are increased. YOU need to have the A1C test performed every year to insure that you stay fit and healthy.

  22. QUESTION:
    Any Metformin experts?
    First of all, thanks for taking the trouble to read and answer these questions. I really appreciate it. I am a newly diagnosed diabetic (about 6 or 7 weeks ago) and I really need some answers to these questions:

    As a background to this question, my fasting blood sugar when diagnosed was 20 UK (= 360 US). I have tested it myself a couple of times this week when fasting and it was 13.1 (=236) and 15.8 (=284) but it has also been 19.8 (=356) an hour after a meal.

    (1) When should I take metformin – before, during or after a meal and why? I have heard some conflicting things.

    (2) I have been prescribed 3 x 500mg but I very rarely eat three large meals. In fact, I eat about 5 or 6 half size meals so would it be okay for me to halve the dosage and double the frequency? i.e. does it depend on how much I actually eat?

    (3) What is Metformin actually doing? (i.e. how does it actually work)

    (4) Is the effect of Metformin simply a short term remedy in as much as, does it simply lower my blood sugar momentarily or should I expect to see a long term reduction in my fasting blood sugar?

    (5) If I dont feel that Metformin is doing much then should I consider asking for the Slow Release version? Or should I consider going onto Insulin?

    (6) Are there websites with charts etc which show how blood sugar levels should be on a typical day when meals are taken and when Metformin/Insulin are taken?

    Once again, thanks
    I am type 2, and I am male, aged 42, with both parents Indian.

    • ANSWER:
      You seem to have several problesm,all related.

      1) ALWAYS FOLLOW DOCTORS ORDRS. Do not depend on advice from the intenet. CALL THE DOCTOR and ask. DO NOT attempt to treat yoursefl, adjust your own disages, or otherwise self-medicate. DO NOT use any folk” or herbal remedies, as they can interfer with teh prescription drugs..

      2) You should take readings ONLY as indicated by the doctor. The most commen times are:
      –> Just before (like 5 minutes before) meals
      –> Just before bed
      Some doctoar also recommend taking a reading TWO HOURS after eating.

      NEVER TAKE A READING AT ANY OTHER TIME. Your blood sugar “spikes” immediately after you eat, and so readings taken sooner than two hours after eating WILL be high, and are meaningless.

      NOW:
      Metformin is to be taken WITH MEALS, unless the doctor orders otherwise. One of the things a diabetic MUST do is control their eating habits. you need to start eating in a more prescribed, regular manner, like THREE meals a day, at the normal times.

      DO NOT cut the pill! Metformin must be taken whole, not chewed, crushed, or cut..

      Metformin works by 1) Causing the liver to produce less excess sugar, and 2) Increase the body’s sensitiveity to insulin, thus lowering blood sugar.

      Metformin works almost immedately, but its effect will act as long as the chemical stays in the body. That is why it is necesary to properly time your meals!

      It is not about what YOU feel is working or not; it is about what the doctor PROVES is working or not, through regular blood tests. The doctor is the one to make the judgement whether ot not to use the XR version ogfmetformin.

      But, there are other medications to try before going to insulin. Metformin works for Insulin Resistence. but you might have Insulin Deficiency. Therefor, you need drugs that will stimulate the pancreas to produce more insulin. These drugs may be tried alone or in combination with metformin.

      Only if NONE of the drugs work should you consider insulin.

      There is no ned for a Blood Glucose chart. The reading are very simple to undetstand.

      1) ALWAYS take the readings at the correct times (see above). Raeding taken at ANY other time are meaningless.
      2) blood sugar readings taken just before meals or bed should be in the NORMAL range, 80-120 US
      3) Reading taken two hous after the meals should be in the range of 150-200 US

      However you obtain these result is OK, so long as it works. Diet and exercise, Metformin, or insulin — all are OK.

      the goal of diabetes treatment is to train the patient to take control of his or her life, teaching them to STRICTLY control their diet, get more exercise, and lose weight. If this can be successfully accomplished, the drugs and/or insulin can be reduced or even eliminated.

      BUT NOTE::
      If the patient remains “non-compliant” (not following doctors orders, ESPECIALLY so far as strict dietary control is concerned) then there is no doctor in the world, no medication yet invented, that can save the patients life.

      Diabetes is an EXTREMELY personal disease. It requires a great deal of self-discipline to fight it. The successful patient will live as long and as happy as a “healthy” person.

      The non-compliant patient will often die young, and almost always painfully, being subject to high blood pressure, high cholesterol, heart attacks, strokes, blindness, Azheimers disease, amputations, kidneys disease, and dialysis.

  23. QUESTION:
    Do I have diabetes or am I just being paranoid?
    Hello everybody. I apologize in advance because this will prolly look like an essay by the time i’m done. I’m a 21 yr old male. 5’6″ 185 lbs. I do alot of cardio and weight training. I’m a little overweight but in no way obese. I don’t really have a family history of diabetes. I do however consume an abundant amount of carbs and sugar a day. Anyways, about 2 weeks ago I started feeling extremely thirsty. It seemed like no matter how much water I’d drink, I would still feel thirsty. It felt like the inside of my body was evaporating. I did some research to see what can possibly be causing this and the first thing that came up was diabetes. I freaked out and automatically diagnosed myself with having diabetes. I didn’t tell my parents because I didn’t want to worry them. Unfortunately over the past week I developed a few more symptoms, an increase in appetite, urinating more frequently, and a tingly sensation in my hands and feet (Only happens when my hands and feet are in a certain position like when my feet are crossed). After those symptoms came about, I knew I needed to be checked out. However since I don’t have a doctor because I just moved to Florida from NY 2 months ago, I went to the hospital. I explained my symptoms to the doctor and told her my fear of possibly having diabetes. She took my blood pressure, temperature, 8 tubes of blood and a urinalysis (I knew they were going to take my blood to check my sugar, so the day before so I took it upon myself to fast. I fasted for about 14-15 hrs) Finally after waiting about 30 min, the doctor came in and told me the results. She said my blood pressure and urinalysis were normal, and that my sugar level of 106 was normal and did not indicate any diabetes. I was extremely relieved and i asked her if it’s possible for my symptoms to be nothing or just all in my mind brought on by paranoia. She said yes. Now when I got home i was curious as to what a sugar level would have to read to indicate diabetes. So i came across a chart that states for a fasting blood sugar of 126 or higher usually means a person has diabetes, 100-125 is pre-diabetes, with 80-99 considered normal. My reading was 106; So according to the chart I have pre-diabetes. If that’s true then why didn’t my doctor tell me this, why did she say it was normal? Is it? I’m totally freaking out right now because according to her i don’t have diabetes yet i still feel all of these symptoms. Is it possible that it’s all in my head? I mean i am constantly thinking about diabetes, so maybe my mind is convinced i have it and is creating these symptoms to cope with it. Also could it be because i just moved to Florida from NY. and i’m just adjusting?

    • ANSWER:
      Yes, you are being paranoid. Everyones blood sugar goes up and down, and what is normal for one person is not normal for another person. Charts are made to give us a number to compare things by, it does not mean that if your readings are different than the chart, that you have diabetes. It also depends on when you do your readings. A non diabetic should have reading somewhere in the neighborhood of 70 to 99 fasting and 70 to 140 two hours after a meal.. If your doctor would have thought there was reason to tell you that you are a diabetic, she would have. The symptoms you have could be from a lot of things, especially your tingling sensations…they were most likely caused because your feet were crossed…that is normal. I think you are fine and are obsessing with certain symptoms. You said your appetite has increased, that may be why you have been drinking more. Put away the charts.. Let it go and go have fun.

  24. QUESTION:
    Christians: Explain how your faith is “evidence”…-_-?
    My used-to-be-Christian friend had this thing called “faith”. And he that feeling of being “felt” by God like most of you seem to claim to have, too. Now, believe it or not, but only a minority of you “feel” God…

    My point is. My used-to-be-Christian friend became an Atheist due to the fact, that he finally realized, and his psychologist and general doctor agreed, that his feelings towards God became a placebo that just boosted his happiness level. It was actually a bad thing, because, even though he didn’t notice it was going on, somehow, he was going through depression at the same time (see analogy below).

    So, my question is… how do you know you don’t have what he had? Maybe the only difference was that he wasn’t as ignorant to what else it could’ve been.

    Analogy to above: The average, “correct” blood sugar to be at is 90. When a diabetic’s blood sugar gets too high (also low, but this is an example), then they have to take insulin to lower it. When that happens, the blood sugar will begin to drop, below 90 even, then they would have to take a slight amount of glucose to raise it a bit. If you looked at these like lines, they begin making a wave motion, from high above 90, to low below 90, to med above 90, to low below 90, and eventually, it balances out. Anyway, that’s my analogy to the “faith” and how it makes someone happy, then overly depressed, whether u notice it or not (believe it or not but it’s possible to pretend the depression isn’t there, then you won’t notice it, but you still go through symptoms).

    And, btw, I don’t want to offend any diabetics. I don’t know exactly what you go through to take care of your blood sugar, but I do know how the blood sugar chart works.
    Just to add: The 1st recommended category was R&S, the 2nd was Mythology and Folklore.
    @ No splash without Frog: That’s why there’re quotations around them.
    @Logan can’t think of a SN: I can’t tell if you realize this or not, but I’m an Atheist.
    @ The Brad: http://godisimaginary.com/i8.htm
    @Mohama Shat: You proved nothing… Belief isn’t evidence… evidence is evidence.
    @Seattle M’s: I don’t think you actually read my description. You answered with what I just explained is a fallacy. I recommend you read Rick Lev’s answer.
    @Word: I think I didn’t make my statement clear, and this goes to everyone. Read my analogy, and think of the “90″ line, as “happy”, Not average, but happy. Then think of what’s above it as more than happy, and below it as… not that happy. If you’re a normal person, who doesn’t use faith as a placebo, then you should be able to stay within the “happy zone” as long as possible, some things may bring you to become overly happy, but then the next day, the day isn’t as great, and you feel… well… not that happy. It’s normal. Or the other way around, you could feel sad one day, then something better happens, then you raise to become somewhat overly happy. Eventually, you’ll balance out again, and just become a happy person in general. It’s the same as what someone w/o diabetes goes through with their blood sugar, sometimes it’s slightly higher than what it’s supposed to be, then it droops downwards, then balances out. But, if it’s too drastic, like with what diabetics go thro

    • ANSWER:
      Well, I personally never feel God’s presence.. I’ve just seen his fingerprint in someone else’s life in things that were too much of a coincidence.. I don’t expect this to be enough to convert anyone, as other people’s claims have never been enough for me.. But seeing her life, and how things just always worked out for her as if someone was watching over her is why I personally believe.

      Either way, your logic makes no sense.. you’re basically saying we should never feel happiness because we’re going to feel depressed.. we should all be emotionless zombies.. great way to think. And I can’t believe a psychologist abuses his influence to push his own beliefs.

      You agree with him, so you don’t care.. but all he did was tell him to “Stop going to them for comfort.. stay here with me, and we’ll give you the right meds to fatten up our wallets. Let’s get you in that zombie mind state… stop feeling emotions and be level.”

      Psychiatry is another form of social control, taking away people’s individuality to be just like everyone else in the herd. And they make a killing pushing their drugs.. Some people are a real danger to society and/or themselves.. but most of that crap is bullshit

      I was labeled clinically depressed when I was younger and they got me on their pills, but I never took them because I didn’t want to depend on drugs to be happy. I just stopped going and dealt with it on my own.. and yes, I still get moments of depression, but I also have happier times too.. the same as anybody else.. I relied on myself to get better by always looking for positive, uplifting, empowering quotes, books, music, and movies, and those have helped a great deal..

      edit:
      OK, I misread you, sorry.. but either way, he’s unbalanced.. no matter what, he’s going to need something that tricks his mind into feeling better. If you take drugs to feel that happiness, it’s going to unbalance out just the same.. And if you do it on your own.. I’m still not a “happy” person today.. I just get by.. people are depressed because of a chemical imbalance.. their dopamine levels are lower than normal.. drugs can increase dopamine levels, but your brain has a set amount of dopamine, so regardless of what increases it, it’s going to be depleted just the same and take you down..

  25. QUESTION:
    I have no idea what is wrong with me?
    I have not been feeling well for the past four months. I have menstruation problems, stomach problems, and I am always tired. I have been diagnosed with IBS, but nothing seems to help that. I recently have been tested for many different problems including diabetes, hyperthyroidism, estrogen levels, testosterone levels, progesterone levels, UTI, kidney problems, blood count…etc. The problem with these tests are that I go to military doctors. They don’t give the results back unless something is way off the charts. I have tested my blood sugar and it has been between 190-250 every time ( the last time I did fasting sugar level and it was 234)…could I possibly be diabetic, or do these symptoms sound like something different.
    Any information would be helpful.

    • ANSWER:
      Diabetic and gluten intolerant. Do the research.

      If you would like to try a product that is inexpensive check out chia seeds that dr oz was talking about. Exercise and eat a gluten free diet for 3 months and see if you feel better. No diet soad or regular and no energy drinks. Your so right about your problem being diabetes! Congratualtions for being smarter than the DR.

  26. QUESTION:
    Updated Charts/Books on Juvenile(Type 1) Diabetes?
    Does anyone know of any good websites or books on Type 1 Diabetes? A lot has changed in the past 10 years and I was looking for updated information. Also, trying to find charts or log books to keep up with food and blood sugar levels. Thanks for any help. It will be much appreciated,

    • ANSWER:
      These are some of the websites I use:

      http://www.dlife.com/

      http://diabetes.webmd.com/default.htm

      http://mendosa.com/index.html

      http://www.jdrf.org/

      http://www.diabetes.org/home.jsp

      http://diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/

      http://ndep.nih.gov/

      http://www.joslin.org/index.asp

  27. QUESTION:
    Can anyone out there answer a question about Iron infusion and diabetes – side effects?
    The background: I have been fighting anemia for almost one year, normal level is 13 and I dropped to 4 . With meds and diet I finally brought it up to 10, but in Dec. iron level started to drop again even with the same meds and diet adjustment, under doctors guidance the whole time. We decided to do an iron infusion to get my blood iron up. Today was the first of two treatments, benadryl and a steroid were given prior to the infusion and I know that with steroids blood sugar will spike so have been monitoring ever two hours .Well I had a supper of one piece of toast,two scrambled eggs and spinach. Hot tea with lemon to drink. Before I ate, my sugar was 146 so I took one unit correction dose plus two for carb intake, two hours afterwards my sugar was 138. Two hours later I started to bloat way up, get very sick to my stomach and my blood pressure went to 178/97. When I tested my sugar it was at 532. In 18 years of diabetes i have only ever had two other instances of sugar levels over 500. I called the hospital to ask if this was a normal reaction and they were not allowed to answer questions over the phone. I live in a remote area where 911 does not respond and the soonest I can go to hospital in is two hours from now.
    My questions are: Are these common reactions for iron infusion with steroid for diabetics or am I over reacting to be so worried? Should I just keep testing sugar levels and taking correction dose every two hours? I have taken 12 units so far from my correction chart – should I keep taking more? I have never had the two things at once and was wondering if if anyone else has?

    Thank you for your time.
    I cook primarily with cast iron, and as organic as possible. My tea is usually caffeine-free, but those are wonderful suggestions!
    The reason for benadryl was to combat allergic reaction from the infusion, But you are right has susar suryp that I total forgot about in my concern about the steroid. That indeed is an interesting web site and I will ask my doctor about any new info he has learned of this. Unfortunately I am type 1 and use a different type of insulin but this is worth looking into, Thank you

    • ANSWER:
      i have diabetes and what i can tell you is any irritation can cause blood sugar levels to rise. being calm is the best thing to do no matter what. drink lots of water. i don’t know any thing about iron infusion being a factor in this because i don’t know much about that sigh sorry. call a doctor man. hospitals suck i know, but damn get on insulin and if your on it already take more, watch it for a while ( till becomes low) than enjoy your life!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

  28. QUESTION:
    How should i take creatine with my diabetes (type 1)?
    I have a question about taking creatine. Im a 16 year old type 1 diabetic and i previously ordered a CellTech Hardcore creatine, which has about 75g of sugar, if im correct. I was just wondering if anyone can correct me on how to take this product so that it doesnt affect my diabetes. If i take insulin (humulin) before i consume the creatine, would it help maintain my blood sugar level so that it would not go off the chart? i also read that insulin helps the creatine to go in the muscles so is taking insulin a must before consuming creatine?

    Thanks in advance! =)

    • ANSWER:
      Personally i think at 16 you are to ypoung to be using this? What is it you hope to gain through its use? One of the safety issues of it is renal problems which as a diabetic you already have an increased risk of. If you are seriously considering using creatine I would ask you to talk to your doctor before you take it as I do not know whether or not it has any effect on your medication. It is also more effective when used with high GI carbohydrates which will spike your blood glucose levels and are best avoided.
      See article below

  29. QUESTION:
    Charting baby’s movements… 28 weeks?
    Hi Ladies. I hope everyone is doing well! I had my 28 week appointment yesterday and am so happy to report everything was great. My blood pressure was good, 122/60. Fundal height was 28cm, spot on. My glucose test came back with a blood sugar level of 104. And our little guy’s heart rate was 136. So far I’ve gained 14.2 lbs so they were very happy with my vitals.

    So now that I’m in the third trimester they’re asking me to chart the movements of our baby. I have do this around the same time each day and write down what time I start, count 10 movements and then note what time the last one occurred to show how long it took for 10 movements. Well, my little guy is VERY active. When I did this yesterday, it only took him 3 1/2 minutes to make 10 movements.

    I just wanted to know: how long does take for you to feel your baby make 10 movements (not including hiccups or other involuntary movements)?

    Also, they encouraged me to do this during a time when he’s most active. I think when I laid down for bed last night I could have counted 10 movements in a minute!
    Just thought I’d add that my mid wife did say that they’re only really concerned if there’s no movement in 6 hours or less than 10 movements in one day. I just wanted to know what the average was for other mothers to be. =D

    • ANSWER:
      I will be starting this next week. My doctor doesn’t make me write down the time though. I started to try this this week to see what it was like and I get 10 movemtents in less than 5 minutes. I counted for about 30 minutes once and got 60 movements.

  30. QUESTION:
    Stocking up on testing strips?
    What is the most cost effective way to stock up on blood glucose testing strips? It can be any kind of strips as long as they have the ability to read my blood sugar levels without being extremely inaccurate. Would ordering the older, visual strips(the ones where you compare the color on the strip to the color chart on the bottle) be my best bet because you can cut them in three and therefore
    triple how many strips you have? What are the cheapest kind of strips? Again, simply put, what is the most cost effective way to stock up blood glucose testing strips?
    Uh, no, the visual strips aren’t just for testing urine. Yes, there are visual strips for testing ketones but if you knew anything about the history of diabetic treatment you would know that there are visual testing strips for testing your blood sugar as well. Look it up on google. They were very popular in the 80′s and while not very many diabetics in North America use them anymore they still exist.

    And secondly, I am not interested in your opinion on the ethics or practicality of stocking up on medical supplies; I am only interested in an answer to my question.

    • ANSWER:
      The older, visual strips only measure sugar in the URINE. One’s blood sugar has to be quite high for sugar to spill into the urine. The urine strips were used because they were better than nothing.

      The money that you’d save from buying and using these strips would be considerably less than the cost of having to go on dialysis and other complications of diabetes.

      It’s not a particularly good idea to stock up on most medical supplies. In the case of urine testing strips, they expire, that is, they won’t work reliably after a period of time. In the case of actual glucose monitoring strips, you have to take into account the risk of having to get a new monitor which won’t accept the old strips.

  31. QUESTION:
    signs of early pregnancy!!! taken from the net! a good list!!?
    I am overdue for my period and experiencing cramping, headaches, pimples, fatigue, gas, going to the toilet more often and many other symptoms, Yet i am unsure whether i am just due for my period or could i be pregnant.. I am only at the 4-5 wk mark so have no real clue as yet! I came across the list below on the net! Thought this might answer a few Q’s in regards to the symptoms and the ppe who ask could they actually be pregnant or not this month!

    You may start noticing pregnancy symptoms and/or be able to detect pregnancy after implantation, which occurs from around 7-10 days post ovulation. If you have conceived, the embryo starts to produce hCG after implantation and not before, so it is not possible to detect pregnancy or have pregnancy symptoms before this time. So the longer you wait to test after ovulation, the more accurate the result will be and the darker the potential positive test line may be. Pregnancy testing should ideally be done from the day your period would have been due.

    What Pregnancy Symptoms Might I Experience?
    Below is a list of pregnancy symptoms which you may find signal pregnancy for your own body. Remember, every woman and every pregnancy is different, so there’s no need to panic if you don’t have all of the listed pregnancy symptoms. I had absolutely no noticable symptoms (apart from not having a period) with my second pregnancy until 11 weeks.

    High BBT (Basal Body Temperature)
    If you regularly chart your cycle and take your temperatures, you will notice that your BBT will remain high throughout your luteal phase. Progesterone causes your BBT to rise upon ovulation and stay elevated should you be pregnant. If you are not pregnant, your BBT will drop right down and you’ll get your period as normal.

    Missed / No Period
    One of the first pregnancy symptoms you may notice is that your period does not arrive. While this symptom is one we most commonly associate with pregnancy, there may be other reasons why a period hasn’t arrived, for example high levels of stress, major illness or surgery. On the other hand, it’s possible to continue to have your periods during pregnancy. Some women may bleed for just a few months or even their whole pregnancy. (See our topic on Bleeding in Pregnancy for more information).

    Morning Sickness
    Another well known pregnancy symptom is morning sickness. Don’t let it’s name fool you – morning sickness can pay you a visit any time of day, so make sure you eat enough and avoid letting your blood sugar levels drop. Ginger is a great natural remedy for nausea so it’s worth a try, although some women find that nothing seems to help their morning sickness, which normally hangs around for the first trimester before getting better or if you are unlucky, the second trimester or even whole pregnancy. (See our topic on Common Pregnancy Ailments for more information).

    Breast Changes
    From very early on in pregnancy a symptom you may notice is changes in your breasts, including:

    •Nipples may be tender and sensitive – some women describe their nipples to be irritatingly sensitive!
    •Breast may be sore and / or lumpy
    •Nipples may deepen in colour
    •Veins may become more noticeable and enlarged in the breast area
    •Areolas may darken (circles around your nipples)
    •The little ‘bumps’ on your areolas (Montgomery’s Tubercles) may increase and / or enlargen
    Increased Cervical Mucus
    A surge in progesterone often results in a surge of creamy cervical mucus production. Some women may notice a little, and some notice much more.

    Fatigue
    When you first become pregnant, your metabolism steps up a few gears in order to support your developing baby as well as your own body, which creates one big workload! You may become so immensely tired that you feel that you need to sleep more than usual. Not only that, but the hormone progesterone which is required in high levels during pregnancy has a sedating effect. No wonder you feel so very tired! If you need to rest or sleep, don’t fight your body – it needs it!

    Frequent Urination
    As soon as a week after conception, you may notice yourself dashing off to the toilet more often, only to find that you’re urinating small amounts! This happens because the embryo starts to secrete the pregnancy hormone hCG, which signals for the blood supply to increase in the pelvic area. This results in the bladder becoming irritable and it passes even small amounts of urine. You may find you will wake in the night to urinate more often than usual.

    Cramping
    This symptom of early pregnancy can also be an unnerving one for parents-to-be, as often there is a fear of miscarriage. However even when not pregnant, your uterus is continually contracting. When pregnant, the foetus grows and pushes against the walls of your uterus, which causes it to contract – this is very normal.

    If the cramping is accompanied by bleeding, see your doctor who can assess the situation to see if you may be having a miscarriage. However do n
    i took a home pregnancy test a couple days ago but did it in the arvo.. showed neg… i think i will go to the drs this week if i keep feeling like i am
    I guess my Main symptoms atm, are i
    - have cramping, tonight its been constantly ever since i got home from work..
    - i am going to the toilet to urinate More often!
    - i am getting pimples
    - more tired
    - hot flushes
    - cranky
    - gone off smell of coffee and often feel ill after drinking it
    think this is about it! still thinking could it all be in my head or is my period around the corner.. am doubtful as the test i did here turned out neg!

    • ANSWER:
      With my first pregnancy, somehow I “knew” I was pregnant. I felt fuller in my pelvic region (it was not like my stomach was full or anything), but I had only a handful of other symptoms. Going to the bathroom often is one, but it is a bit misleading – its sometimes not such a huge ‘urge’ to go like they describe in books. My basal temperature was higher, but you have to use a Basal thermometer to see it (and you need to have taken your temperature daily before getting pregs too so you can compare).
      With my second, I had major fatigue right away, but no ‘feeling’ or anything. I found out I was pregnant a few days after being extremely tired (like falling asleep during dinner tired!).
      Take a test – you are past your period due date, so you should get a very accurate reading.

  32. QUESTION:
    Why am I always dizzy?
    I’ve been to the Dr for a quick physical. I passed all my blood levels, check for pressure and sugar levels and all that crap. I’m good. Checked my eyes and ears with the scope. (although, my vision gets blurred sometimes. i wonder if i need glasses but Dr. said i see fine). The eye chart was looking super blurry tho. Should I go to the Walmart free eye test?

    Also I got a CT scan, so its not a brain tumor. Dr did say I have sinuses (maybe that?). This has been happening for 2 years. hmmm i thought it was a cavity. Dentist said I need a deep root canal but he just cleaned it out and said i was good but if it hurts again to let him know.

    HELPP!!! Also I take multi vitamins
    also the dentist only checked my left side but i feel something creeping on the right side. maybe the cavity is still bad

    • ANSWER:
      Common causes of dizziness include low iron or anemia, too much sugar, dehydration, under eating and many others as in http://au.search.yahoo.com/search?p=%22common+causes+of+dizziness%22&fr=ush-ans&ygmasrchbtn=Web+Search

  33. QUESTION:
    diabetics(diet control)?
    what should i do to control my blood sugar level and waht kind of food i should eat and what kind of food should i avoid.please also recommend a diet chart

    • ANSWER:
      This is the American Diabetes Association web site. It has all kinds of information on how to control your diabetes, food receipts, food charts and much much more.
      Good luck to you. I’ve been a diabetic for 28 years and doing great.
      Don’t go on the Atkins diet though. It is really bad for diabetics. You must have some carbohydrates in your diet. Just in the right quantities.

  34. QUESTION:
    Would Anything Happen to this Nurse?
    *this is more parent-related than parenting related, but I like asking here where it’s mostly adults.

    At the hospital my dad was in for surgery, there were a lot of truly terrible nurses. They had awful attitudes, lazy, etc. (example, my dad spilt something on his bed and he couldn’t move because of all the tubes in him, and he had to buzz the nurses for over an hour before he received help. By the time the nurse got there, she was in a nasty snit, and he was frozen. She was reported, though).

    Anyway, the most concerning nurse there .. I hope to god she’s fired – did this : What happened was, a week after my dads surgery, he was there in his bed. The nurse comes in with a needle, going to give my dad a shot of a blood thinner, telling him it’s for his surgery he had the day before. He had no surgery the day before, and he told her that. She argued with him, saying “No, your surgery was yesterday. You need this” and he argued with her back and forth and she was getting snitty and VERY persistent about giving him a shot that could harm him. Anyway, my dad looked at her and said “You fly the f*ck out into that hallway and read my chart” so she storms out, and then comes back in extremely apologetic. Dad didn’t care, since at which point he got me to write down her name and go track down the head nurse to file a complaint about this nurse. That same nurse also tried to give my dad pills to bring down his sugar level, which could have been fatal, because he wasn’t even allowed food or drink.

    Anyway, between my mother, father and I there’s at least 5 complaints alone about her from us. Do you think they’ll do something to her ?
    I know that where I live, it’s law that nurses can not give you medication that you refuse, and if they are to give you any, you have to be 100% awake to receive the medication.
    And this is a concern for us now, because my dad has to go back to the same hospital to have a reversal surgery.

    • ANSWER:
      Maybe, but maybe not.

      When I was in the hospital giving birth, a UNSUPERVISED student did my epidural. She decided to inform me she was only a student AFTER she screwed it up and caused me to have permanent back pain. I complained to the llieutenant on duty in the hospital that night and she said when you get anything done at a hospital and fill out paperwork, part of that paperwork consent forms to let nurses and doctors do whatever they need and if a nurse or doctor thinks you need something done, then you’ve consented to it whether it’s the right thing or not. The NICU nurses left my daughter in nothing but a diaper in the middle March too. I raised all sorts of hell, but once again…the hospital (and JAG) said we were SOL because our paperwork mentioned letting doctors and nurses doing whatever they feel is right.

      At the hospital my daughter was born at, a soldier had to get his right leg amputated. He woke up from surgery and the left leg was gone. He couldn’t do anything about it. JAG actually really really pushed for him too because they were offended that something stupid like that happened at one of the top military facilities in the country to a war hero. They couldn’t do anything about it though.

      I’d at least give it a shot though. I’d report her, it’s illegal for them to tell you if they fired her though so you’d never know. If there is any review websites with that hospital on it I’d write a review too and let people know about the sh*tty nurses.

  35. QUESTION:
    I am a diabetic…question about diet?
    I usually test from 78-120 in my blood sugar level, but frequently get shaky and sweaty right before meals.
    im on a 2000 calorie, 75 carb per meal diet but i am frequently hungry in between meals
    im 200 pounds and am 5’9″ according to my bmi im overweight but i think that chart is !@$%@! because its mostly rippling muscle with a bit of belly fat(less than an inch really) I am a male
    Should my diet be raised in the future?
    I plan on getting the insilin pump, would this further my variety and freedom?
    I do not know if i am type 1 or type 2 yet either*
    well i entered the er with a blood sugar of >400 when i was diagnosed and an ac130 for around 9 so im pretty sure i am diabetic and since its in my family im guessing a type 1 bt wont know for sure for a couple months

    • ANSWER:

  36. QUESTION:
    Mom’s INR level too high, off the chart (long question, sorry)?
    My mom is 52, she has DVT since about 2000 after having surgery. She has had several blood clots that she’s been hospitalized for, with the last one being less than 2 weeks ago. Her INR when she was in the ER was .09 and they want it between 2-3. (I thought she may have forgotten to take her cumadin) After 3 days in the hospital taking cumadin and Lovenox injections to “thin” her blood, her INR was 2.2 when she was discharged. She took her injections at home, and the cumadin as directed. Last Friday her INR was 2.5, Monday it had jumped to 7.6 so her Dr told her to stop taking the blood thinners. Wednsday she was checked again and it was so high that it was off the chart. She was told to continue to be cautious and not strain at all or cut herself. Thursday, INR was still off the chart. Today they told her it was 7.8, so it was getting better. She went to the ER tonight because she was not feeling right, extremely tired, and slurring her words. They told her that once again, her INR is off the chart! They sent her home after checking to make sure she had no bleeding on the brain and doing some other tests.
    I know that I have no training, I’m just me, and what do I know? But it’s really concerning me that her INR is still extremely high after not taking any blood thinners for 5 days now. More than anything, I think it bothers me that the Drs and nurses dont seem to be concerned at all. She sees her regular Dr again on Tuesday, but I’m just worried.
    My mom also has type 2 diabetes, is on pills and insulin injections and her diabetes is still not well controlled. I dont know if this may have anything to do with her INR, but on Wed she woke up feeling strange and thought it was her blood sugar dropping again. She said that she couldn’t feel her feet and couldn’t walk right, that she was on her toes because she felt like she was falling forward while walking. She checked her glucose and it was 57, it’s been much lower. She said that it didn’t feel anything like when her glucose is too low. She got a bowl of cereal and couldn’t eat it, it all ended up on the floor and on her face because she couldn’t get the spoon to her mouth. She finally got back to her bed and fell back to sleep until 1 in the afternoon, which she NEVER does because she always needs sleeping pills to go to sleep. I thought maybe she had a stroke, she has been very forgetful and confused ever since. But of course, the ER dr said she was fine, and that she was having drug induced mental confusion because she is on several antidepressants and mood stabilizers for Bipolar. Sorry, this was so long, I’m just running out of things to Google to try and figure out what could be wrong lol.
    Thank you. I do agree that she needs a new Dr, I dont think he is taking care of her at all and it really makes me mad. But, she really likes him and doesn’t want to get used to a new one. Also, there aren’t many taking new patients around here. Our local hospital is a joke, they see mostly drug addicts and people going in because they have a tummy ache. So they are used to just giving you Tylenol and sending you home. I think I may take her to the better hospital north of here tomorrow when my husband will be home to watch our kids.

    • ANSWER:

  37. QUESTION:
    Ttc, normal hormone levels but no period, ovulation iffy, please help!?
    i’ve been ttc for 6 months now, haven’t had a period since March 1. went off the pill at beg. of the year.

    i’m not pregnant, i went to my regular doctor & had blood tests, they showed all my hormones are normal (and thyroid, blood sugar, they did the works and all was fine)

    i’ve been referred to an ob/gyn but the appt is still 3 wks away…

    i’ve been charting, and i MAY have ovulated either 10 or 18 days ago… my temp ‘range’ shifted, but it’s erratic. cm points to possible ovulation 18 days ago… IF it occurred…

    anyone know what the problem might be?
    what’s the next step in tests after the hormone/thyroid/etc tests?
    what might the ob/gyn do to help me? will they just give me provera?

    thanks

    • ANSWER:
      I am so sorry you are having issues…. :(

      I was told my hormones were normal from THREE different blood tests and doctors. And I felt like I was dying….something was wrong. I knew it was hormone related so I started to chart…woww…you can tell a lot from that!!

      Fast forward to doctor number 14 and 2.5 years.later…my progesterone was flatlined. Finally a doctor who knew something. I got diagnosed with PCOS, insulin resistance and severe hormone imbalance….My cycles are normal again and ovulation is around the corner. AND…for the first time in 8 years…I have a NORMAL temperature!!!

      NO ob-gyn had a CLUE how to treat a hormone imbalance. Three of them said…when you get pregnant, call us…we’ll put you on progesterone then. Now…the morons…how can I get pregnant if I am not ovulating and I am not ovulating because my body stopped making progesterone which causes it in the first place!!! EEKKKK!!!!

      Luckily, I found a ND, I take natural bio identical hormones. And we’re finally making progress and undoing all the crap that the MDs got me in to. The synthetic hormones a MD will give you have side effects and can give you other health issues down the line…so be careful….we’ve learned that firsthand with my mom. My doc is www.hotzehwc.com.

      You may have PCOS. (www.soulcysters.net) What is your next step with tests??? All I can say is…NEVER GIVE UP…read and research and learn about as much as you can for youself. Just because someone has a medical degree, it doesn’t mean they know everything…sure, they know more…they just dont’ know it all…so trust your gut and intuition.

      And if you’re ttc, there are all sorts of herbs/vitamins you can take to get it along… before I went to the ND, I had a reproductive endo put us on this…. http://www.fertilityblend1.com/index.html…you can get it online or at GNC…read the success stories…people get pregnant with this! :)

      GOOD LUCK!

  38. QUESTION:
    ttc, normal hormone levels but no period, ovulation iffy, please help!?
    i’ve been ttc for 6 months now, haven’t had a period since March 1. went off the pill at beg. of the year.

    i’m not pregnant, i went to my regular doctor & had blood tests, they showed all my hormones are normal (and thyroid, blood sugar, they did the works and all was fine)

    i’ve been referred to an ob/gyn but the appt is still 3 wks away…

    i’ve been charting, and i MAY have ovulated either 10 or 18 days ago… my temp ‘range’ shifted, but it’s erratic. cm points to possible ovulation 18 days ago… IF it occurred…

    anyone know what the problem might be?
    what’s the next step in tests after the hormone/thyroid/etc tests?
    what might the ob/gyn do to help me? will they just give me provera?

    thanks

    • ANSWER:
      The first thing they will probably do is a pelvic exam and pap to make sure everything is normal and then give you Provera to see if you have a withdrawl bleed. They will probably order a trans-vaginal ultrasound to check your ovaries and the lining of the uterus. Also, if you did ovulate 18 days ago then you would be getting a period if you are not pregnant. On average, after ovulation a woman’s period should follow in about 14 days–anywhere from 10-16 but 14 is most common.
      If you have a withdrawl bleed from the Provera and it doesn’t kick start your cycles again then they will most likely give you Clomid to induce ovulation.

  39. QUESTION:
    I have to be re-tested for Gestational diabetes, but I tend to be more hypoglycemic when I’m not pregnant.?
    I have to go back to the lab for the 3 hr glucose test to see if my higher level of blood sugar is because to gestational diabetes. I know that not everyone who get retested has it, but I’m wondering if its linked to my history of what I would assume (never diagnosed) is hypoglycemia: faintness, headache, tiredness, dizziness, shaking, and irritability when having not eaten or when I eat too much sugar or simple carbohydrates. I’ve always been considered underweight, or just low on the BMI chart. This is my fourth pregnancy and the other three times I was fine. This time the only difference is they told me not to fast before the test, something I had done the three previous times. Do you think there could be a link to that? Has anyone with these symptoms when they’re not pregnant ever tested high on their glucose test? Or can anyone answer if there is a link between these symptoms and how I reacted during the test.

    • ANSWER:
      Hypoglycemic is low blood glucose. You won’t have that if you’ve had too much sugar or simple carbs.
      Also, when I’m hyperglycemic (too high blood glucose) I’ll have the symptoms you describe. So, I imagine you have had a high blood glucose reading and that’s why they want to test you under ‘normal’ conditions to see how you’re reacting to higher glucose levels.

      Being male, I’ve not experienced pregnancy, but I have eperienced high and low blood glucose levels. As long as your doctor is on top of it, you should be fine.

  40. QUESTION:
    Diabetics: what would you do if your doctor…?
    I am a low-income Type 2 diabetic. I receive health care through a community clinic, so I am limited in my options.

    I have been seeing my new doctor since December last year. After getting my lab work back, he was relieved to see that my kidneys were fine. He asked how long I had been diabetic and then responded, “Oh, you haven’t been diabetic long enough to have kidney disease.” Like the simple fact that I am diabetic means that I’ll get diabetic complications. My A1c has been in the 5% range for YEARS.

    The last time I was there, he was so impressed with my A1c and blood sugar log that he told me that he thought I was misdiagnosed as diabetic. I was taken aback. When I was diagnosed, my A1c and random blood sugar were off the charts. There’s NO doubt that I am diabetic. I insisted that I am, told him why I thought so, and that I just work really hard to control my blood sugar, but he said, “I still think you may not be diabetic.”

    Right now I’m feeling like he’s a raging incompetent about diabetes. I know that beggars can’t be choosers and I should just be glad I have health care, but I’m sort of disgusted and wondering if I should request to switch doctors at the clinic or maybe go elsewhere. The only reason I’m reluctant is because I don’t want word of this getting back to him if I can’t switch and I don’t need any special treatment or an endo because I have good control. He’s “sufficient.” I was offended that he had so little faith in me, condemning me to kidney disease, and then I was another level of horrified when he said I wasn’t diabetic.

    What should I do?

    • ANSWER:
      First of all, congrats on your exemplary glycemic control.

      I don’t have any statistics at hand but from talking to my GP, I get the impression that most diabetics do not have such good blood sugars.

      For instance, my GP told me I am the only diabetic patient with the clinic who has a 5% A1C.

      I think some doctors even believe that diabetics can never have normal blood sugars. Also in the past, diabetics invariably deteriorated because people knew a lot less about blood sugar management. But things have changed so much now, and as you yourself know, diabetics have so many tools to control their disease and not let it control them.

      We also know that the higher the A1C, the greater the risk of complications. Sadly, the risk never goes down to zero, no matter how good the A1C.

      Finally I’d like to suggest that if that doctor spends a lot of time working in low-income areas, it is likely he sees lots of poorly controlled diabetics who, for various reasons, end up eating a high carb diet. He probably sees them deteriorate quickly and thinks that everybody’s going to end up like that.

  41. QUESTION:
    Am I doomed?
    I know I’m a diabetic, but can do little to control it becoz of my profession. A couple of days ago a random blood sugar test showed a level of 440, the doc advised me to get my self checked up and a diet charted out at a biabetic clinic… but the difficulty is that without sweets I feel very uneasy with nausea and even headache, and I feel more normal after I’ve had a tofee or two…. I’ve told this to my doc but he rubbishes it…. but this is the fact… am I doomed? At present I’m not on any anti diabetic drugs, neither do I smoke or drink…

    • ANSWER:
      You have specfically asked … am i doomed…… the answer is yes …….you are doomed ……..if you do not change the style of your living and eating. T he reading 440 is too high , may be you are leading your self to the bundle of various life threatening diseases. Please listen to your doctor and do what he says , I do not know your age, your quota of taking sweets in your life is over. Please be serious , life is very beautiful, let it live that way, control your self before it is too late. Make your will power strong , your posting of this question in yahoo answer indicate that there is a will and you are worried and you want some bodies moral support from other than a doctor, Go ahead help your self and god will come and help you,
      God bless.

  42. QUESTION:
    My husband and I have been married for 28 years. He’s always been fairly healthy. but a couple of years?
    ago he started having routine cholesterol..etc done and much to our surprise his cholesterol levels are literally off the charts. he started taking medicine but it is a CONSTANT war to get him to change his eating habits. We go to the grocery store..we argue about every meal. Should i just leave it alone and let him do what he pleases? Sometimes it’s just not worth the sake of argument. The man could eat steak EVERY meal. I have a huge weight problem myself and high blood sugar. I thought we could be supportive of each other but he seems to encourage if I over eat or eat a lot of sweets??? What kind of people do you call those?? Oh honey…i just want you to be happy…thats what he says. It’s weird but i honestly think if he felt a lump on my breast he may not tell me because he wouldn’t want me to have something else to worry about. I’m 42 and he’s 45. Whats one to do???

    • ANSWER:

  43. QUESTION:
    Why can’t I conceive?! Can someone give me advice? TTC 3 yrs?
    I know you’re most likely NOT a Dr.. but I know some women here have some of the same issues/questions and may be able to help me..

    Soo, I’m in my 20′s, no known health problems.. I have been TTC for over 3 yrs, I do ovulate, not sure if every month b/c i do not chart or use OPK’s anymore.. I was put on clomid for 3 cycles, monitored cycles this year that showed I ovulated fine, had an HSG done in April showing clear tubes and a possible fibroid/polyp (dr didn’t seem concerned)..IDK if this matters but he did have a hard time getting the ink through one of my tubes (it hurt like H3LL when it finally went through BTW) I also had one trigger shot one of the clomid months as well to make sure the follicles popped.. My hormone levels showed I have high testosterone, my prolactin levels were slightly elevated, but they did not check my estrogen levels or anything during the first part of my cycle.. My blood sugar was within range so he didn’t diagnose me w/PCOS..

    Lately my cycles have been getting longer and longer, 42days was my last cycle, and they were averaging 28-31 days before when I was on Clomid. I’m 5’4” weigh 134.. I’m starting to wonder if I’m a thin- PCOS. I definitely think the hormone imbalance may be the reason I’m having such difficulty, but other than that everything else is checking out ok.. Any advice please?
    sorry! I forgot to mention hubby is fine so it’s def. me!
    Then I’m wondering, If I am PCOS, will I be put on Metformin, I was on that for 2 months this year, only 500 mg and it made me sick, even on extended release (I just wanted to see if it would help) but I don’t think it did, 2 months isn’t that long either.. but I’m just afraid I will finally get diagnosed, then get happy thinking I’m going to get help, and STILL not ever get pregnant :( I’m so sick of feeling defective and hubby doesn’t understand OR want to try IUI’s..

    • ANSWER:
      You do have high testosterone but he didn’t diagnose you or even consider pcos because your sugar was fine? My blood work comes back pretty well normal but I have pcos. Have you seen a reproductive endocrinologist? You need to have your cd3 blood work done in order to get a more complete picture of your hormone panels.

  44. QUESTION:
    High Amylase Levels, High Blood Pressure, High Fever, High Salt, Revived 3 times…?
    My brothers child died early this morning and was revived 3 times. She is alive now, breathing, awake, but still not moving. But they think its shock. She has a fever of 107, she has a blood sugar of 342, she has EXTREMELY high levels of amylase, Off the chart salt levels,and early this morning was revived 3 times… Do you have any idea what it could be? We are all EXTREMLY Scared… And the baby is 11 months old.
    That was the temp, she was dead, my brother did CPR until the abulance got there. Thank you, this morning she is out of coma and sitting up. She is talking a little also.

    • ANSWER:
      Anytime you see high salt levels its an indicator of poor kidney function. When you have a high fever like that your kidney can shut down. Its the body going into shock. Shcck very often is a killer either by sickness or an accident. My advice is to….

      ……….Pray for her and know that God takes us out of this world at His preordained time. No matter how bazaar our circumstances are of our death. The day we were born is written in a book in heaven and the day we are suppose to die is the same. That is why its pointless to worry. However, our health can be improved through prayer and sometimes God changes the course of events based on prayer. But its ultimately up to God. When we die we are actually born into eternal life or for some eternal damnation. The judgment comes from God. Did we do evil in our lives or did we do good. Even if we did evil God who is merciful can have mercy on a repentant sinner. But there has to be true repentance and humility that brings us to our knees asking Him for forgiveness.


Blood Sugar Levels And Diabetes Symptoms

The blood sugar concentration or blood glucose level is the amount of glucose (sugar) present in the blood of a human or animal.

Normally, in mammals the body maintains the blood glucose level at a reference range between about 3.6 and 5.8 mM (mmol/L). It is tightly regulated as a part of metabolic homeostasis.

Glucose is the primary source of energy for body’s cell, lipids (in the form of fats and oils) being primarily a compact energy store.

It is transported from the bowels or liver to body cells via the bloodstream, and is captivated by body cells with the interference of the hormone insulin normally produced by the body.

Causes of Low Blood Sugar

1. Overmedication with insulin or antidiabetic pills (for example, sulfonylurea drugs)

2. Use of medications such as beta blockers, pentamidine, and sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim (Bactrim, Septra)

3. Use of alcohol

4. Missed meals

5. Reactive hypoglycemia is the result of the late insulin let go after a meal has been absorbed and occurs 4-6 hours after eating.

6. Severe infection

7. Cancer causing poor oral intake or cancer involving the liver

8. Adrenal insufficiency

Symptoms of Low Blood Sugar

1. Blurred vision
2. Fatigue

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    If blood sugar levels are in normal range,can you still have diabetes symptoms?
    Ive been checking on my blood sugar levels because i have a history in my family and because im over weight,i also have been getting these weird symptoms like; fatigue,shaky hands,some mood swings,and my eyes be feeling weird but not blurry nor out of focus they feel like they want to sink in,but i have been checking my sugar for the past week and its always in normal range,can someone give me good advise?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal range blood sugar will vary throughout the day based on what you have eaten, how much physical activity you have gotten and how long it has been since you have eaten. On an empty stomach, blood sugar levels should be between 70 and 100mg/dL for a non-diabetic. However, you still not considered a diabetic until blood sugar levels following an overnight fasting are above 126mg/dL.

      Let’s say that your blood sugar level on an empty stomach or after an overnight fast is around 115mg/dL. You may assume that you have diabetes – since it is above the high range or “normal” – but you do not. Rather you have what called pre-diabetes or IFG (impaired fasting glucose) and sometimes known as IGT (impaired glucose tolerance).

      http://ezinearticles.com/?Are-Normal-Range-Blood-Sugar-Levels-the-Same-For-Everyone?&id=2070331

  2. QUESTION:
    Symptoms of diabetes but blood sugar levels when tested seem ok?
    Okay, so I’m currently with my GP about to visit a specialist about testing for Coeliacs, because I have all the symptoms. Another thing thats bothering me though is that for a while I’ve had diabetes like symptoms, but my blood sugar levels have been tested once in a blood test about two months ago and once last year with a glucuse monitor and they were both apparently fine. I have a constant thirst, I urinate many times during the day, I have freezing cold (unnaturally cold) hands at times, I am generally cold a lot of the time nowadays, but I also feel shaky, particularly when eating, and I also have ‘blackout’ moments a few times a day where everything goes black in front of me and I think I’m going to faint. I’m 13 years old, a BMI of 19.5 and I have a very healthy diet. Why do I when I look up all the symptoms of diabetes on the internet seem to have all the symptoms, but I’ve been tested before and it comes back ok? Please help, thank you!

    • ANSWER:

  3. QUESTION:
    Symptoms of diabetes/weird blood sugar levels, but tests clear?
    I wonder if anyone can shed any light on my strange problem…

    Every year at about this time, the same thing happens. I get really intense sugar/carb cravings that nothing seems to subdue; I also get really thirsty and have to go to the loo more often. I usually end up putting on weight – every year for the past 3 years I’ve lost half a stone between summer and winter, but gained it again during the spring because I get SO hungry. What I eat doesn’t seem to make any difference – I eat a healthy diet that contains plenty of fruit+veg (almost always get 5 a day) and is generally low in fat and sugar, but not obsessively so – I don’t deny myself treats here and there.
    I’m 5’6 and 9st 12lb at the moment which is right in the middle of the healthy weight range, but I’ve put on 3lb in the past 2 weeks and I know it’s due to eating a bit too much, but it’s been because I’m really, really hungry, and if I don’t eat something I feel all shaky and dizzy. I’ve tried everything – wholegrain bread, rice, pasta etc to try to release energy slowly; I don’t have much in the way of sweets/chocolate, I eat slowly, drink plenty of water… so I haven’t got a clue why it happens. I also bloat up like a football if I commit the ultimate crime of having anything in the way of potatoes or non-wholegrain carbs – I had a white bagel earlier and now I look like I’m six months pregnant! It goes down again by morning, but it’s really uncomfortable and makes toning up a nightmare as my stomach stretches a good few inches every day – it also makes me reluctant to eat any lunch some days in case it happens and I look pregnant for the rest of the day!
    Last year as soon as I felt it happening again I went to the doctor because I was sure something must be wrong, and I fitted most of the symptoms of diabetes, but my blood sugar levels came back as totally normal and he couldn’t suggest anything – all he did was tsk at me for putting on a bit of weight – REALLY helpful!!

    So does anyone have any idea what this could be, and also why it always happens at the same time of year? It does seem strange, but for me it’s a very real problem and if there’s a way I can stamp on it, I’d be very grateful.

    PS – anyone suggesting acai berries or any other weird supplements gets growled at loudly!

    • ANSWER:
      I agree with you about the acai berries and colon cleanse scams – they should be severely chastised and REPORTED for a violation of community guidelines.

      Now, about your problem – have you ever though about what’s called ‘circadian cycles’?

      Other things that can cause you to want to eat more is perhaps a lack of sunlight (this is a real medical condition) causing you depression.

      It’s quite possible that you have your seasons a little mixed up, biologically speaking.

      Another item of interest might be that you are allergic to one or some of the foods you are eating.

      You would need to keep a very detailed journal of the foods you ate, how they reacted in your body, any stress or other possible outside factors, then share them with your doctor.

      This might take a few months to do to establish a direction for them to pursue.

  4. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar levels (fast/post-lunch) indicate diabetes, but I had never any symptoms. What does this mean?
    Both parents diabetic. I go to a doctor regularly, take diabetes medicine and have gone through many blood-sugear tests (all point to a need for control). But I never had/have no symptoms of diabetes – no excessive urination (even in winter), no excessive thirst and no tingling in the arms.

    • ANSWER:
      Type 2 diabetes develops more gradually. Some people with type 2 diabetes have symptoms of frequent urination and increased thirst, but most show no symptoms.

      Have you actually been told you have diabetes or that you are pre-diabetic?

      Even without symptoms you need to start taking care of yourself. The vast majority of people, about 85%, who develop type 2 are clinically obese. Improving nutrition, increasing exercise and achieving a healthy weight are the main components of treatment for a person with Type 2 diabetes. Medication is required in most causes.

      Diabetes is a serious illness please don’t take it lightly because you do not have any symptoms yet, (I am sure you know this because of your parents). Poorly controlled diabetes can lead to very serious heart, eye, nerve and kidney problems down the road.

      Good luck I hope you are able to get yourself on track.

  5. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar levels possible diabetes?
    I’ve been having trouble with my blood sugar for the past few years. I have had levels from as low as 30 to over 200 frequently. Ive been having all the symptoms of diabetes. Im 22, weigh 110, and in good shape. I saw an endocrinologist two years ago and he told me I shouldn’t be concerned. I have a doctors appointment with a new doctor but it’s a few weeks away. Are these numbers bad? Diabetes run in my family. Is it possible that I might be? Any comments will help. Thanks

    • ANSWER:
      30 mg/dL is hypoglycemic, but over 200 mg/dL is firmly in diabetic range. In a doctor’s office, any random reading over 200 mg/dL is diabetic.

      Yes, that’s a bad number. You absolutely should see your endocrinologist and tell him that you’ve been seeing frequent blood sugar readings over 200 mg/dL on your home meter. That’ll hopefully get his attention.

  6. QUESTION:
    A question about the low blood sugar levels happening while taking diabetes medicine?
    I’m taking the medicine to treat my diabetes type2 as the doctor’s prescription but sometimes having the symptoms of dropped blood sugar and this make me tired, worried …
    What does it happen and how to overcome?
    Tks for answering this question.

    • ANSWER:
      Speak with your doctor.
      You will probably need to reduce your medication.
      Eat a low glycemic index diet to help reduce quick highs and lows.
      See a dietitian or nutritionist for advice.
      When your sugar is low have some thing like sugary soda to bring it up quickly, but then a banana or fruit to keep it up at a lower speed

  7. QUESTION:
    I have type 2 diabetes. Has anyone else had symptoms of hypoglycemia and your blood sugar levels weren’t low?
    I’ve had symptoms of hypo at 130 before, but I’ve gone down as low as 105 after excercise and not had any syptoms.

    • ANSWER:
      Yes, I have had that a lot in the past. Your body can get used to the blood sugar being higher and when it gets a little lower, your body is thinking there is something wrong. Especially if you are insulin resistant, you can get this feeling. Remember that the numbers they tell you to work for as far as blood sugar readings, are not hammered in steel. Everyones body is different. You and your doctor have to decide what is good for you. We were taught this in a recent diabetes educational class that had an endocrinologist as a guest speaker.

  8. QUESTION:
    what could be making my sugar levels so high besides diabetes?
    last winter i was diagnosed with hep a and since then i have had problems with stomach acid and may have a peptic ulcer… since then however, my doctor had a lot of blood work done for me and noticed my sugar levels were high. she gave me a meter to check my blood sugar randomly every day, and it has never been normal! it has been everywhere from 140-280! i don’t have any other symptoms of diabetes and my stomach problems are not nearly as bad as before… what could this mean?

    • ANSWER:
      I agree with Blazer.No need to wait till your blood sugars get higher.Make an appointment with the doctor.Record fasting blood sugars(morning blood sugar before eating).Record blood sugars taken one and half to two hours after meals.Your doc can use this info.Early treatment lessens risks of circulatory,kidney,eye,cardiac,nerve pain problems.

  9. QUESTION:
    is there any parasites that raise blood sugar and mimic diabetes?
    my brother was in Venezuela and ecuador. he said that he was eating some strange foods and when he came back he had symptoms that diabetes tired latargic intence thirst and blood sugar level of 511. my brother is in fit shape and not obese. i was wondering if there were any parasites or food that could raise blood sugar that high.

    • ANSWER:
      In theory, he could have contracted a disease that attacked the insulin producing portion of his pancreas, but there’s no food that could have caused it. The only thing that comes to mind is pancreatitis (for more, see article below). FYI, you don’t have to be obese to become diabetic.

  10. QUESTION:
    Diabetes and blood sugar levels: fasting levels in pre range and random in normal range.?
    For those who have diabetes or experts in the area of endocrinology: I have to wait until I have health insurance for a blood draw from a vein to confirm or rule out diabetes officially. I have been using accuchek to do fasting tests and those have been in the pre-diabetes range. I have done a couple of random tests and they seem to be in the normal range- 126 and 111 consequetively (different days) withint 2 to 5 hours or so of eating. What I can’t figure out is why then is my fasting test result elevated (after at least12 hours) ? I am not on any insulin so the somogyi affect doesn’t apply. I have had increased thirst of late. Might have some other symptoms but have to wait and see if those are temporary. A lot of symptoms I don’t count because some are normal for me so they woud have to be really noticeable or extreme. I haven’t been sleeping well lately either. I figured at first maybe that would go away but it hasn’t.
    I think my health insurance starts in June sometime. I don’t want to add another pre-existing condition…want this to be covered whatever it turns out to be.

    • ANSWER:
      get you health insurance girl===something is going on that isn’t right by the look of your description=good luck

  11. QUESTION:
    Type 2 Diabetes: Blood sugar level reducing from above 300 to 150 – 180 range?
    Over the last 2 years I have been losing weight, almost 25 pounds, my waist reduced by almost 2 inches, and during this period started feeling very tired during all day. Finally I visited my family primary care physician in Oct 2010. After lab test I realized that I had type 2 diabetes condition, with my blood sugar levels about 286 ( after lunch).

    Primary care physician referred me to a endocronologist, who wanted to put me on insulin ( a dose of 16 ) straight away. I did not like the idea. My reason was that, now that I know the cause of what is going wrong in my body, I need to give myself a chance to do all that is possible to redress the situation for a couple of months, and at that stage re-assess and take the decesion to get on to insulin.

    It has been two weeks since I started making changes to my life style like switching to low glycemic foods ( of below 40 ), and exercising on a daily basis at a medium level, and checking my blood sugar using ONE touch Ultra2 on a daily basis ( at least 8 to 10 times) to understand the increase and decrease in blood sugar levels in response to my eating times, excercise, stress etc. The other big change I have brought about is to give up battles in my mind which I dont need to fight, out of all the changes this has proved to be tough and is still proving to be tough.

    To my surprise and happiness, Im seeing my blood sugar levels dropping as a result of my above efforts. During the course of my monitoring I realized that there is a upper cap of my blood sugar in 320s and lower cap in early 200s. This was before 2 weeks.

    Since the time I have been eating low glycemic breakfast lunch dinner, lots of water, excercise at least once a day ( 40 minute brisk walk), my blood sugar levels have gone down to a range of 114 to 197. Since the last 4 days there has been only once instance when my blood sugar went above 200.

    My early morning reading i.e. fasting reading is still high it is averaging about 130 – 140 over the last 10 days, my after meal reading is average between 155-175.

    3. questions:

    1. What should I do to reduce my early morning i.e. on fast without food or water reading ? I want to bring it down to around 75 to 85.

    2. I have reduced carbs which has helped a lot, and switched to salads and meat. But body also needs carbs. What are the best sources of carbs in my context?

    3. I have observed that even though my blood sugar is less than 140 ( which is the standard for after meal) or in specific between 120 and 140, I feel some level of dizziness, and also some head ache early in the morning. Is this because of the reason that my blood sugar levels are coming back to normal after a long time i.e. I might have been in the 200s and early 300s for a long time, and over the last couple of weeks due to changes made to food and excercise it is being in the range of 130s – 180s ?? Is my body in the process of getting adjusted to the new relatively low blood sugar levels ?

    What are the symptoms we should expect when blood sugars are coming down to relatively low level from higher levels?

    Thanks in advance.

    OTN
    Just want to add that my urine still smells sweet and is yellow in color. At what stage can I expect this to reduce. Note that when my blood sugar level is less than 150, the sweet smell in the urine goes down and the urine color is also light.
    My early morning fasting reading is the issue here. It is averaging around 150 to 160 over the last 2 weeks i.e. since I started taking low glycemic foods, excercise daily. Im quite sure it must have been much higher earlier. I want to tackle this area first, please suggest. What and when should I be eating the evening before to get my early morning readings to around 120 which is my first goal, before trying for 90.

    Im not on any medication.

    My readings during the day i.e. after breakfast, lunch, dinner currently are 150 to 160 before , and 2 hours later they settle at the same i.e.150-160 or go a little lower into 140s.

    It is obvious that I should be tackling my early morning readings first.

    • ANSWER:
      You seem to be on the right track.. But you never mentioned if you are taking Metformin.
      Here’s the Key:

      There are 4 key steps to controlling glucose levels :

      1) EXERCISE- Walking is fine but Nordic Walking is Great. Exercise also lowers Glucose levels , lowers Cholesterol and lowers Blood Pressure. Google it.Exercise is Non-Negotiable !!!Thats why it is Number 1 on the list.
      2) Knowledge- http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.ph… This is a great site for info
      diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can’t count carbs so I use Mendosa’s Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      3) Meds. Metformin to start. Never , ever take Actos or Avandia. They may kill you. Bone fractures, heart problems and what diabetics really don’t need is that they change Bone Stem Cells to Fat Cells.
      4) Diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can’t count carbs so I use Mendosa’s Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      My fasting is 96 and HBA1C is 5.2.
      There are no miracles, just attitude and dedication. If you have depression , treat it . Because when depressed you don’t take care of yourself properly.

      Take care

      TIN

  12. QUESTION:
    symptoms and effects of diabetes on health.how to reduce sugar level naturally.?
    recently in blood test for isurance i came to know that my blood sugar level has gone up beyond normal limits. i am very much worried that i have to take lifelong medication. can enyone suggest me natural remedies.tell effects and symptoms of diabetes alongwith remedies. i am overweigh.t

    • ANSWER:
      If you lose the weight through exercise and diet, get the book I mention on my diabetes info webpage, and follow the suggestions, you probably can avoid medication… if you act right away. I didn’t, and have take oral medication twice a day now, but otherwise manage very well.

      http://www.geocities.com/seabulls69/Type_II_Diabetes.html

  13. QUESTION:
    Friend did a 12 hour fast blood test, numbers were good, but still exhibits symptoms of Type 2 Diabetes, why?
    My friend is an overweight middle age male who occasionally experiences symptoms of thirst and swolen numb-tingling feet. He also had a weird little rash on one leg recently and also suffered from inexplicably sore neck muscles, light-headedness, as well as feelings of fatigue and depression. He did a 12 hour fasting blood test the other day and the report said all his numbers were in the average to good range. What gives? He’s showing a lot of the symptoms that someone with Type 2 Diabetes would show.

    A couple years ago his glucose level was high, so he went on a diet, lost 30 pounds, and the doctor said he was fine after he lost the weight. The doc also said he was never diabetic at that time but glucose intolerant. However, he also said the cheque was in the mail for future problems with diabetes if he didn’t continue to lose weight and exercise regularly. He put on a few pounds since then, had a minor heart attack in June, but made a full recovery.

    He never experienced any symptoms of diabetes other than numb swolle feet when he was first told his sugar levels were high. His doctor told him once he lost a lot more weight the feeling would return to his feet and the feet would stop swelling too. The doctor at that time thought the numb, tingling, swelling feet was more of a case of poor circulation because of vericose veins as opposed to any sign of sugar diabetes. Agan, any ideas?

    Now, he tells me the symptom of pangs of thirst never happened to him before. What do you think? In the last 2 weeks he has eliminated sugar from his diet, is exercising and is eating only nutritious foods. He says he feels a lot better but once in a while the thirst creeps up and the tingling numb feet (they are no longer swollen when he exercises) come back occasionally. I’m taking him back to the doctor next week, but I’d like some information from those of you who might have some ideas of what is going on here before I speak to his doctor. Thanks.

    • ANSWER:
      There are several variations of type 2 diabetes, the fasting test does not screen for all of them. He should ask for a OGTT Oral Glucose Tolerance Test, it starts as a fasting test, then he drinks a 75 mg drink. They will then test several times over the next 2-3 hours to see how his body handles the glucose load. If you have access to a glucose meter, test him after eating a crab heavy meal, at one and two hours after eating.

      Also what he needs to do is reduce and watch his carb intake, sugar is one carb, there are several others he needs to watch for. White foods, flour, bread, potatoes, rice, milk, bakery goods, bagels and pasta are all carbs that need to be eaten in moderation. The problem is what is usually sold as a “healthy diet” is not healthy for diabetics.

  14. QUESTION:
    Diabetes Blood Sugar Testing?
    I have all of the symptoms of diabetes, but I checked my blood sugar twice today, and the first was about an hour after I woke up, and it was exactly 100. Then, about 2 hours after i ate a small bag of chips and it was 87. The thing is, the symptoms are all there! Like i’m always thirsty, but it goes like straight though me. like i urinate allllll the time. and i get realllllllly tired after I eat (on top of constant fatigue) I am small, fifteen years old, and have a family history.
    So, the question I am asking is, do the blood sugar levels (keep in mind of when i took them), mean that i can’t have diabetes?

    If so, then doyou have any idea what it is??

    • ANSWER:
      Well, look at it this way: you are feeling off and you suspect that something is wrong, and you need a blood test from a doctor to really be diagnosed. So you might as well get a doctor’s appointment and let the professionals find out what’s wrong. The symptoms you have are pretty vague and they don’t necessarily mean diabetes. I mean, no offense but you would have those symptoms if you’re pregnant for example!

      But I think you should relax about the diabetes possibility, because neither of those readings are anything to worry about, they’re both in the normal range.

  15. QUESTION:
    Do i have diabetes? My blood sugar level was 8.6!?
    Hi,

    A few days ago, i had a blood test done and the results came out and my blood sugar level was 8.6. I am 15 years old, i am 172 cms tall and i weigh 63 kgs. I used to eat heaps of sweet things when i was younger. I do 20 mins of cardio and 45 mins of stretching nearly every day and have done so for about 6 months. I consider myself pretty fit. In a class of 40 i come in top 5 for mostly everything. I looked up some symptoms of diabetes and i seem to have none of them.

    I don’t know why the results came out. And also about 30 mins before the test i had about 3 mouthfuls of cola.

    Please help me!
    I did the “proper” blood test like a week ago and the doctor told me that it was 8.6 and that it was something that i should be concerned of. Today i went to the doctors in the morning without eating or drinking anything and i did the finger prick test done and he took some more blood from me to test it but for the finger prick test i got 4.6 and he said it must have been the cola.

    • ANSWER:
      It was the cola.
      Takae a test before you eat in the morning.

      Take care

      TIN

  16. QUESTION:
    Does anyone understand blood sugar levels?
    Hi everyone, I have been showing a few symptoms of diabetes lately, tired all the time, very thirsty, needing the bathroom more and during the night. A neightbour has the blood sugar monitor for her diabetes and she tested me.
    Fisrt I hadnt eaten a lot just a couple of mouth fulls of Special K that morning which was 6 hours before. The reading was 5.6.
    The second was 2 hours after I ate, the reding was 3.4.
    Does anyone understand this?
    She has only recently started using it so she is unsure of what it means.
    Is it normal, diabetes or even hypoglycema?
    Just to add a few more details:
    I’m not over weight in fact I’m considered underweight for my age, sex and height, I do excersise, and I’ve improved my eating habbit, more fruit and veg etc over the past 2 months.
    And I wish it was as easy as a good nights sleep. I’ll go to bed at about 9.30pm and get up at abou 7.30am and still feel like I havent been to bed yet. I’m so tired driving is becoming hard.
    My eyes seem to be going out of focus and I have 20/20 vision. And I dont need glasses as I had an eye exam a couple of months ago.
    The second reading is what threw me.
    I thought after eating it would go up not down.

    • ANSWER:
      These readings are fine, but they only tell you what your blood sugar levels were at those particular points in time.

      If you have symptoms of diabetes, and you do, then you need to get a glucose tolerance test done. This will involve fasting overnight, then having blood and urine readings regularly after being given a glucose meal.

      You probably have nothing to worry about, but it would be a good idea to get checked for your own peace of mind. Also if you do have diabetes, or prediabetes, it is good to find out sooner rather than later. There are a lot of complications of diabetes that can be avoided if you know you have it.

      I hope this helps, and wish you all the best.

  17. QUESTION:
    Diabetes Blood sugar 3 hours after dinner near bed time?
    Hi, I bought a blood sugar test kit after as I’ve been experiencing allot of the symptoms for diabetes, Im 23 also about 40 lbs overweight and Diabetes runs in the family. I tested my self 3 hours after dinner. I had 3 healthy meals today an one beer with dinner. My sugar level read 121 Mg. I test my sister who had ate at the same time and her level was 92 Mg. Is my level a concern. Im going to get checked out by the doctor soon and record my level for the time being. Thanks.

    • ANSWER:

      http://answers.yahoo.com/question/index;_ylt=Al5rge4p6zrHqGg3AeZfEkLsy6IX;_ylv=3?qid=20080118201628AAcsi4p

  18. QUESTION:
    my dad has diabetes type 2,is sugar levels continue to be high(21)although he is taking 3 diabetic tablets?
    he also has high blood pressure and high cholestorol,his doctor said today there isnt any more mediction he can give,despite his high sugar level he is showing no signs of any symptoms that his diabetes is out of control,he has been diabetic for 5 years and has been properly diagnosed.Would any other ilnesses make things like sugar etc stay high apart from diabetes?? thanx
    i am in the uk so would the drugs you are talking about be available over here? i do know my dad does not eat anything sweet etc and does stick to his diet,he has lost 10lb in a month,he would hate having to use insulin.

    • ANSWER:
      I am in a similar situation. Sometimes there is a lot of trial and error in finding the right combination of medicines. Have him ask his doctor about Byetta. It is a new medication that is made from the saliva of Gila Monster lizards (no kidding!) I take it twice a day and my blood sugar is
      now perfect. It also makes you lose weight. I’ve lost over 25 pounds in 3 months on it. It makes you feel full so you eat less. It is worth a shot.

  19. QUESTION:
    i have diabetes type 1. every so often when i have a low blood sugar, i eat unconsciously.?
    like i eat an EXCESSIVE amount of sweets such as: chocolate, ice cream, peanut butter, milk, sweetly condensed milk, etc. what exactly causes this? is it an anxiety attack? its completely unconsciously and before i even check my blood sugar level to find out im low. the reason i know im low is because of the symptoms. ive had diabetes 10 years now.

    • ANSWER:
      I have the EXACT same problem. I’ve started taking the normal 15-20 carbs that I need to come up then drinking a Diet Mountain Dew (I know, it sounds crazy). I usually hate Diet Mountain Dew but it’s great when I’m low. It makes me feel that the carbs are still going in because it’s so sweet, but since it has no carbs it won’t make my blood sugar go up (as I’m sure, you probably know). By doing it, I’m distracted until my level actually comes up and the cravings subside. I hope this helps!

  20. QUESTION:
    Tackling high blood sugar levels early morning i.e. fasting blood sugar reading.?
    Over the last 2 years I have been losing weight, almost 25 pounds, my waist reduced by almost 2 inches, and during this period started feeling very tired during all day. Finally I visited my family primary care physician in Oct 2010. After lab test I realized that I had type 2 diabetes condition, with my blood sugar levels about 286 ( after lunch).

    Primary care physician referred me to a endocronologist, who wanted to put me on insulin ( a dose of 16 ) straight away. I did not like the idea. My reason was that, now that I know the cause of what is going wrong in my body, I need to give myself a chance to do all that is possible to redress the situation for a couple of months, and at that stage re-assess and take the decesion to get on to insulin.

    It has been two weeks since I started making changes to my life style like switching to low glycemic foods ( of below 40 ), and exercising on a daily basis at a medium level, and checking my blood sugar using ONE touch Ultra2 on a daily basis ( at least 8 to 10 times) to understand the increase and decrease in blood sugar levels in response to my eating times, excercise, stress etc. The other big change I have brought about is to give up battles in my mind which I dont need to fight, out of all the changes this has proved to be tough and is still proving to be tough.

    To my surprise and happiness, Im seeing my blood sugar levels dropping as a result of my above efforts. During the course of my monitoring I realized that there is a upper cap of my blood sugar in 320s and lower cap in early 200s. This was before 2 weeks.

    Since the time I have been eating low glycemic breakfast lunch dinner, lots of water, excercise at least once a day ( 40 minute brisk walk), my blood sugar levels have gone down to a range of 114 to 197. Since the last 4 days there has been only once instance when my blood sugar went above 200.

    My early morning reading i.e. fasting reading is still high it is averaging about 130 – 140 over the last 10 days, my after meal reading is average between 155-175.

    5 questions:

    1. What should I do to reduce my early morning i.e. on fast without food or water reading ? I want to bring it down to around 75 to 85.

    2. I have reduced carbs which has helped a lot, and switched to salads and meat. But body also needs carbs. What are the best sources of carbs in my context?

    3. I have observed that even though my blood sugar is less than 140 ( which is the standard for after meal) or in specific between 120 and 140, I feel some level of dizziness, and also some head ache early in the morning. Is this because of the reason that my blood sugar levels are coming back to normal after a long time i.e. I might have been in the 200s and early 300s for a long time, and over the last couple of weeks due to changes made to food and excercise it is being in the range of 130s – 180s ?? Is my body in the process of getting adjusted to the new relatively low blood sugar levels ?

    4.What are the symptoms we should expect when blood sugars are coming down to relatively low level from higher levels?

    5. Just want to add that my urine still smells sweet and is yellow in color. At what stage can I expect this to reduce. Note that when my blood sugar level is less than 150, the sweet smell in the urine goes down and the urine color is also light.
    17 hours ago

    6. My early morning fasting reading is the issue here. It is averaging around 150 to 160 over the last 2 weeks i.e. since I started taking low glycemic foods, excercise daily. Im quite sure it must have been much higher earlier. I want to tackle this area first, please suggest. What and when should I be eating the evening before to get my early morning readings to around 120 which is my first goal, before trying for 90.

    Im not on any medication.

    My readings during the day i.e. after breakfast, lunch, dinner currently are 150 to 160 before , and 2 hours later they settle at the same i.e.150-160 or go a little lower into 140s.

    It is obvious that I should be tackling my early morning readings first.
    Thank you very much for your response.

    But Im looking for opinions and tips and ideas with which I can work on my fasting blood sugar level over night. My first goal is to get it down to 110.

    • ANSWER:
      The effort you have made is awesome…I wish I had been so determined!

      The fact that you have made such an improvement in the last few weeks could possibly mean you can get away with not taking insulin (though I am not a doctor, so my opinions don’t count for much) but you will still likely need to be on some sort of medication, such as Metformin, which is pretty common and has few side effects. The combination of your current diet/exercise/monitoring and a medication such as this could work very well for you…

      As for the fasting sugars, there isn’t any sort of thing you can do to lower them specifically, other than lowering your overall levels…the lower your levels get during the day, the lower your fasting sugars will be in the morning. The only thing I could think of that could effect your morning readings would be if you ate fairly close to bedtime, and therefore did not give your body the chance to burn off what you took in…other than that, there’s really no way to specifically lower fasting sugars.

      As far as carbs go, cut out anything “white” in your diet…white bread, white rice, etc. These carbs have been over processed and don’t have a lot of nutritional value, and will sometimes raise your sugar almost as much as eating sweets… Even white potatoes can be bad…

      I would suggest cutting down your overall carb intake, and only taking in complex carbs from whole grains (i.e. whole wheat bread, whole grain cereals with lots of fiber, whole grain pitas, etc.). These types of carbs metabolize slower, and tend to have way more fiber and nutrients and are much better for you.

      However, I am not a nutritionist, so it’s always best to get advice from a professional…just speaking from my own experience.

      I would suggest going back to your doctor, showing your improvement with diet and exercise, and asking about the possibility of other medications instead of the insulin (though I am taking insulin now because I am pregnant, and it’s not as bad as I expected it to be…less painful than finger sticks, and as long as they start you off at a low dose and raise your insulin levels slowly, you aren’t nearly as likely to get those “drops” you hear so much about). I would also suggest working with a nutritionist that works with diabetic patients and getting as much education about the disease as possible…

      Good luck!

  21. QUESTION:
    symptoms of diabetes but not high blood sugar.?
    i have the symptoms and family history of diabetes but when i tested my blood it was the level of a non diabetic. could it of been because i tested it early morning and had no breakfast?

    thank you
    i am 15 years old. when i tested myself my blood sugar level was 5.

    • ANSWER:
      The number you got was the fasting blood sugar, which can be normal even if a person has diabetes.

      What you want to know is how your body reacts to glucose.

      As you have a blood sugar meter, you can self-administer the oral glucose tolerance test, which is what doctors use to diagnose diabetes.

      No food or drink from 10pm the night before. Water is fine. In the morning, measure fasting blood sugar. Then drink 70g of sugar dissolved in water. The amount of water is not important but it must be 70g of sugar. Wait 2 hours, do not eat or drink anything. After 2 hours, measure blood sugar again. It should be below 140 mg/dl or 7.8 mm/ol. If it is not, consult a doctor!

  22. QUESTION:
    What are normal Blood Sugar levels in 2 & a half year old kid.?
    I tested my son and his sugar was about 208 and i was wondering if you think he has diabetes?I am going to take him to the doctor tomorrow to make sure but i was wanting your opinion
    ~My mom and dad has diabetes
    ~Im starting to get all the symptoms of low bloodsugar i have an appointment with the doc next week.
    ~My son ate potatoes and some of an egg for breakfast.
    ~He also ate sanwich and a hand full of cheezits
    For lunch.

    • ANSWER:
      Though I can understand your concern (I went through a comparable episode with my 4-year old a while back -you can read the details on the page I linked below), definitely your best bet is to take your kid to the doctor for testing.

      At 2 years of age blood sugar levels are not the same that they are in an adult. Having said that, it sounds like 208 is a bit elevated even for a kid.

      Best of luck with the doctor. Hope it’s nothing but a scare and hope this info helps.

  23. QUESTION:
    I do not have diabetes, however occasionally my blood sugar levels are high. What do I do?
    Other symptoms I have are frequent urination and I am extremely thirsty. My heart feels like it is racing and I am exhausted and shaky. Is there something i can eat or drink to relieve these symptoms? Not really sure what triggers this, and it happens only once/twice a month. Any ideas?
    Ok to answer “How do I know….” A friend of mine suggested to take a glucose test. I did a finger prick after fasting ( i took it when i got up with out anything to eat or drink for at least 9 hours) blood sugar read 183. That was last month. symptoms lasted all day and half of the next day, by noon they were gone. Same sypmtoms happened yesterday so i re-pricked my finger and it read 153 at 9am around 5pm it read 167. and this morning it read 185. By 2 pm today i felt fine. And still tonight i feel ok. It is very strange, thought maybe there was something to do to not feel so bad during that time frame. I usually lay down but i didnt have the chance yesterday (4 children running around) I am really tired today, my body is sore like i worked out real hard. But other wise feel pretty normal tonight. Just wish i could do something that would help during that time frame.

    • ANSWER:
      Sandra , you know that you are diabetic and are in denial. You had two readings over 126. Definately diabetic.

      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      And now you know .
      There are 4 key steps to controlling glucose levels :

      1) EXERCISE- Walking is fine but Nordic Walking is Great. Exercise also lowers Glucose levels , lowers Cholesterol and lowers Blood Pressure. Google it.Exercise is Non-Negotiable !!!Thats why it is Number 1 on the list.
      2) Knowledge- http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.ph… This is a great site for info
      3) Meds. Metformin to start. Never , ever take Actos or Avandia. They may kill you. Bone fractures, heart problems and what diabetics really don’t need is that they change Bone Stem Cells to Fat Cells.Also never ever take Onglyza or Januvia . They can can inhibit the bodys immune system and let cancer spread.
      4) Diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can’t count carbs so I use Mendosa’s Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      And remember this is for life.
      First denial , then anger then depression or all three at the same time . And finnally , Maybe Accecptance.!!!!

      You Take care
      Don’t forget the exercise everyday

      TIN

  24. QUESTION:
    What are the symptoms of diabetes?
    today i went to the doctor to get my doctor’s note to start weight watchers. im about 203lbs and im almost 17 years old, but i exercise regularly and eat right, i don’t eat alot during the day, and i have lost weight. my doctor took my blood pressure and it turned out to be 130/90. I also got my blood taken to see my blood sugar level and my cholesterol level. what would be the real symptoms of diabetes or can high blood pressure is heredity? Also both sides of my family have had a history of diabetes and high blood pressure.

    • ANSWER:
      The classic symptoms of type 1 diabetes are the three polys–polyuria (frequent urination), polydypsia (extreme thirst leading to drinking liquids in large quantities) and polyphagia (constant hunger and eating). Weight loss can also be a symptom.

  25. QUESTION:
    No past signs of Diabetes but a sudden BloOD Sugar hike of 367?
    I have never (that I know of) exhibited symptoms of diabetes. I have always eaten sweet or sugar foods in moderation without problems. The other night I felt as if I need a snack before supper and ate one of my kids little fruit cups with the diced peaches. Within a few minutes I started feeling dizzy and my eyesight started going. The eyesight thing just started getting worse and worse until I could barely see at all and then starting to feel like vomiting. My husband convinced me to test my BS level with his meter. It came out as 367! It scared me to death so I had him take me to the ER only for it to fall to 105 by the time I got there. I got no explanation for the episode from the doc. I heard that women have problems with BS levels in early and late pregnancy but its only been 1 week and 1 day since my hubby and I had unprotected sex. Now today I feel so angry that I could burn the whole world down. lol. But my sugar level is fine. My period is a couple weeks late too. I dunno. Can anyone explain to me this sudden “diabetic” attack? What could it have come from? I have eaten a couple of tiny sugary things in the last few days that have the same amount of sugar as the fruit cup with no problem. I’m concerned.
    Ho can it be a false reading when I was losing my eyesight too? And the dizziness?

    • ANSWER:
      As an RN and an insulin-dependent diabetic, let me ask how or if you washed your finger before you stuck it for the blood drop? I know this sounds really simple, but if you had something with a high glucose content on your hands or dried off your finger with a towel that had cleaned up a few drops of soda or something sweet, it would seriously alter the glucometer’s reading. Also, if your sugar was really that high, it would take at least an hour or two AFTER using an appropriate dose of rapid-acting injected (not oral) insulin to bring it down to 105. It sounds like the meter needs recalibrated or you simply had a false-high reading. However, you should give your physician a call due to your symptoms. Best wishes for good health.

      EDIT: As I said, you need to contact your doctor for follow-up care. Not to scare you, but there are plenty of things that can cause dizziness and visual disturbances that are not related to diabetes or even an isolated incident of high blood sugar.

  26. QUESTION:
    Negative urine test but one high home meter reading + symptoms – Could it still be diabetes?
    I have posted here before but wanted more specific advice now.

    Background, my son is 6. For the past 2 weeks or so he has the following noticeable symptoms, been picked up not just by us parents but other relatives:

    * Increased thirst
    * Increased appetite
    * Increased urination
    * Irritability/weepiness
    * Has had small accidents, mostly in the night but a couple of slight ones in the day
    * Looks to of lost weight (not confirmed since we don’t weigh him routinely)
    * Has itchy inner thighs

    His father has Type 2 and so we have a blood sugar monitor at home, tested him randomly and got a 12.1 (218), which is above the level needed for diagnosis of diabetes. I’ve never seen it that high on anyone I’ve ever tested, at any point, apart from my diabetic husband.

    Decided to take him to our Dr some 7 hours later, who tested his urine which was negative for sugar or ketones. Nurse there did another finger prick which came back as 6.9 ( 124), which is of course normal.

    Dr then said not to worry and just keep an eye on things.

    I do admit the following day I did test his sugar again a few times (with his permission!), including recreating what he’d eaten for breakfast the day before when I’d tested him high and nothing. All readings were pretty normal. Fasting one lower than his 4 year old sister had (done to compare) so definitely ok.

    Bearing in mind he does have active and classic diabetes symptoms, should I ask for further testing? Could it be diabetes with normal sugar levels for the most part?

    He has had symptoms on and off for a while now, whilst his random sugar levels have been going up, over a year and a bit. I don’t test him often but he’ll sometimes ask if he sees his father testing or his diabetic friend at school being tested. It was sometimes in the 8′s back in 2009, then it was in the 10′s this time in 2010 and now, with this 12.1, I’m obviously concerned there could be a spluttering of his pancreas going on and this could turn into something like Type 1 with a little longer. Does that happen?

    I have heard stories where some people have normal levels but just one or two spikes a day, which you could easily miss when randomly home testing. Is that really true?

    I’m in the UK, for your information. :o )

    Would really appreciate some help please! Please don’t question my parenting skills or accuse me of being a mean mummy for testing him – I’d be a terrible mother if I DIDN’T notice these things or seek advice when my son isn’t right! After losing a beloved Grandmother to diabetes and watching my husband struggle with the condition, I would never *wish* my child to have this condition.

    • ANSWER:
      You’re not a terrible parent. If my child were exhibiting these symptoms, I would absolutely be testing him at home with my glucose meter. Being a diabetic myself, I know how serious this disease is if left unchecked.

      I’ll tell you about a Type 1 that I know and hopefully this anecdote will answer some of your questions. She, too, was experiencing symptoms of diabetes, but every time she’d go into the doctor for a fasting blood sugar or random blood sugar test, her blood sugar would come back relatively normal. Her doctor decided to hook her up to a CGMS (continuous glucose monitoring system) that reads blood sugar all throughout the day. What she discovered was amazing. After meals, she was spiking up well over 300 mg/dL (16.6 mmol/L) and then dropping very fast. When she showed her doctor the readings, he tested her for Type 1 antibodies and, sure enough, she was diabetic. She was still honeymooning and experiencing fluctuating blood sugar levels.

      So, yes, a honeymooning Type 1 can have a few spikes a day without catching them. Once all or most pancreatic function ceases, blood sugar will skyrocket very quickly.

      Ketones would only appear in his urine if your son were in a state of diabetic ketoacidosis (he would need to have basically no insulin production and very high blood sugar – all signs indicate that he has insulin production) or on a low-carbohydrate diet or very dehydrated. My blood sugar was over 300 in the hospital and I didn’t have ketones. As for sugar in the urine, every person has a different renal threshold upon which sugar will pass in the urine. If your son is only hitting the 200s for brief periods of time, he may not get sugar in the urine.

      I would ask the doctor for an A1c, a c-peptide (measures insulin production), and a GAD (tests for Type 1 antibodies). A urine test is so ridiculously old-fashioned and one random blood sugar draw does not mean anything either way.

  27. QUESTION:
    diabetes….:-((?
    Hi,
    I am 17 years old.Since the past 3-4 days, i was feeling very tired and lethargic.I had a severe constant headache but no fever.Just out of the blue, i decided to check my blood sugar level with the kit used by my grandfather.Both my grandparents had diabetes for about 30-35 years and my dad also has pre diabetes.No one on my mother;s side has diabetes.
    My sugar level to my utmost horror was 239 yesterday after dinner.Today after lunch it was 250.Since yesterday, i am having dryness in my mouth and also a white deposit on my tongue.Are these symptoms due to sugar or some flu?
    What should I do about my sugar levels?I am scard about telling it to my parentd and dont want any blood tests done.What should i do?Could anyone please help me?I am 17, 5 feet 7 inches height and 100kg (220 pounds) weight.
    PLEASE HELP!!!!
    Hi,
    I took my glucose levels again in the morning, and after about 10hrs of fasting, it was around 240 mg/dl.
    My sugar level is between 230-250 since the past 3 days, in both fasting as well as random.My parents are right now not in town, so cannot see a doctor till then.Any suggestions?I am also having increased urination since yesterday and a dry mouth.I also have cough and pain while swallowing.Should I take any medicines / antibiotics for the cough and cold?Should i take an insulin tablet?PLEASE HELP!! Is this type 1 or type 2 diabetes?What should i eat?
    PLEASEEEE HELP ME :-( ((

    • ANSWER:
      ok ill try and give you a hand because you seem very worried. first thing is first, with a reading that high I would want to know the units, because if it truly was that high (if the units are the same ones as the ones I am thinking of, then you would be in a coma!!!!!) normal blood sugar is about 5.5mmol/l. so I would check the units of the measurement first and then try to quantify that. to be honest though, its best of being done by a doctor and here is why

      although normal blood sugar is meant to be 5.5mmol/l, peoples sugar levels can be higher than this and lower than this. does this mean they have diabetes? no. not at all. what i left out, was that this measurement has be a FASTING GLUCOSE. even then there have to be two measurements taken to diagnose diabetes. after you eat there is a massive sugar surge in your blood, so yes your sugar will be sky high but again this does not mean you have diabetes. your also not hugely overweight and only seventeen, and this is very young to be diagnosed with type 2 diabetes, which is the type your family seem to have.

      the symptoms of diabetes are tiredness, increased thirst, and increasded urination, of which you have only one, which is a symptom that can occur almost in anything. withouth the increased urination and thirst it is very very unlikely you have type 2 diabetes. it does sound like you may be ill though, and this can also put your sugar levels up because a hormone called cortisol is released, which is the stres hormone. it allows you to fight infection, but alongisde this you need energy to fight infection hence the increase in your blood sugar.

      you have an extensive family history of diabetes, so I would do something about it right now to make sure you dont get it, such as exercise and eating well to maintain a good weight.

      the last thing I would suggest, is to visit your Dr. although I appreciate you dont want to, they will be able to speak to you properly and in confidence and this means they will be able to get a better idea of what is going on, although I very much doubt it is diabetes. if you speak to your Dr. you also dont need to tell your parents and neither can the Dr due to patient dr confidentiality. dont be scared to speak to a health professionals, because they are after all professionals and wil treat the situation accordingly

  28. QUESTION:
    New diabetes diagnosis – blood sugar 168 – did not fast before test – should I have another test run?
    My doctor ran a blood test to check my calcium level because I had muscle cramping. I did not fast before the test. I just got a message from the doctor stating my blood sugar is 168 and that I am diabetic. I’ve read through the symptoms of diabetes and I don’t have any of the other symptoms. The doctor wants me to pick up a prescription for Clometformin (? sp). I’m hesitent to accept this diagnosis under these conditions… any suggestions?

    • ANSWER:
      First off, diabetes canNOT be diagnosed through symptoms alone. Inf act, symptoms of diabetes are NOT important to the diagnosis AT ALL. The symptoms might cause you to go to the doctor, but diabetes is diagnoses TOTALLY through blood tests, NOT symptoms.

      A proper diagnosis of diabetes REQUIRES a FASTING blood sugar reading. In fact, PROPER diagnosis of diabetes using blood glucose levels is thus: “Two consecutive fasting readings of more then 130″.

      But now, a new test is being used, the A1C test. The A1C test, because it AVERAGES your blood sugars over the last 90 days, can be taken fasting or not. But A1C readings come back, like, “5.6″ or “8.2″, NOT “168″. So it appears that you did NOT get an A1C test.

      SO . . . .
      You have had ONE reading, and it was not fasting, Therefore, your diagnosis of diabetes is much to be questioned.

      You need to make an appointment with an ENDOCRINOLOGIST for a “second opinion”, and ASK FOR proper testing for diabetes.

      Your current GP is “Old School”, and, while he is trying to protect your life, he is being a bit too conservative with his judgments.

      Make the appointment for the second opinion NOW, but wait on the prescritpion until you get a more definitive answer. But get that second opinion BY THE END OF NEXT WEEK!

  29. QUESTION:
    I have got all the symptoms for diabetes, but doctors say nothings wrong?
    Ok, so i have got all the symptoms for diabetes and i have lost soo much weight. All my friends are saying i seem different and i feel different. Ive had my one blood test and doctors say i am fineam and nothing is wrong, but i know ive glot diabetes. Also, they did the finger prick to see you blood glucose(sugar) level and it was 2.4? Is this diabetes? Please let me know thank you

    • ANSWER:
      I’m sorry but thinking you have diabetes does not mean you have it.

      The definitive test for diabetes is testing blood sugar. And finding out that it is high and uncontrolled.

      Normal blood sugar is 4-6.

      2.4 is a low blood sugar and if it was really 2.4, the doctor should have immediately given you some glucose tablets, orange juice or Lucozade. And also investigated it further, because 2.4 is an abnormally low blood sugar. Abnormal not because of diabetes but some other reason, which needs to be investigated.

  30. QUESTION:
    Random higherd blood sugar level?
    I have type I diabetes and have only found out i had it for just under a year. i was starting to get my blood sugar levels under control by taking 18 units of insulin in the morning and 12 units before my evening meal. but today and yesterday i started to feel thirtsy again like i used to when i had the symptoms of diabetes so i checked my levels and found them to be 27.9 :S
    Just taken an extra 6 units to help lower them, not sure if this is what i should be doing?
    and why it has all of a sudden gone up so much?

    • ANSWER:
      Are you under an increased amount of stress? Have you been drinking enough fluids (keeping hydrated)? Do you have an infection .. of any kind? My 2yr old has type 1, and when she got an ingrown toenail her sugars went crazy. And when your sugars go up, your infection gets worse … which causes higher sugar levels. And so on.

      Do you have an endocrinologist? If you don’t, you need to get one as soon as possible. Not keeping your sugars under control will shorten your life, you need to stay on top of this as much as you can.

      And if there is something wrong with you that might be driving your sugar levels up, you need to see a regular doc too, again, as soon as you can.

      Take care!

  31. QUESTION:
    is it a sign of diabetes if blood sugar level is 6.1 before and 7.9 two hrs. after breakfast.?
    there are no other symptoms felt but there is a family history of diabetes.

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      So now you know

      Tin

  32. QUESTION:
    Is this a normal blood sugar level?
    It’s been approximately 45 minutes since I ate (a grilled cheese) and my blood sugar is 153 (tested my blood sugar because I’ve had diabetes like symptoms). Is this normal?

    • ANSWER:
      Although different references will give difference normal reference ranges for glucose the following are fairly universally accepted normals for a non-diabetic: fasting 70 to 100 mg/dL or 3.9 to 5.6 mmol/L – post-prandial (after meal) not above 140 mg/dL or 7.8 mmol/L. These are typical readings and a diagnosis should never be based upon a single reading. That having been said your reading of 153 mg/dL or 8.5 mmol/L is above the post-prandial range. It would be nice if you were to obtain a fasting glucose and a 2 hour post-prandial glucose after a more ‘regular’ meal. I would then share these readings with your physician. I do not use terms such as pre-diabetes, borderline diabetes, or glucose intolerance as I believe that they miss the point. There is an approximately 10 year lead in time of pathophysiologic change and damage prior to the glucose becoming elevated. Thus prompt diagnosis and decisive intervention is essential. This does not mean that if you have early diabetes that you will be immediately be started on a medication. Proper diet, lean weight, and exercise are always advisable. I would not ignore the reading however. Please repeat as above and report to your physician. If I may be of further assistance please let me know – johnerussomd@jhu.edu. I wish you the very best of health and may God bless.

  33. QUESTION:
    What are some ways to control BLOOD SUGAR naturally?
    I am 17 years old and male. I haven’t been diagnosed with diabetes. I often feel tired, lightheaded and dizzy and want to feel better.

    What are some ways to control my blood sugar level naturally to prevent these symptoms?

    Please help.

    Cheers.

    • ANSWER:
      Why are you assuming your symptoms have anything to do with abnormal blood sugar? Light headed and dizzy may have nothing to do with your blood sugar at all.
      However, low glycemic level foods can keep your blood sugar stable. Do a Google search for “glycemic index” and include more low GI foods in your diet. If that doesn’t help, then your problems probably aren’t associated with your blood sugar level.

  34. QUESTION:
    How are my blood sugar levels?
    I’m new to testing my own sugar levels, so I’m wondering if these are normal.

    YESTERDAY:
    81 upon waking
    171 1 hour after finishing lunch
    121 2 hours after finishing lunch
    181 1 hour after dinner

    TODAY:
    177 1 hour after lunch

    I’m 25 weeks pregnant by the way, in case that matters. I haven’t been diagnosed with diabetes ever but have had elevated levels (2 times around 130 after fasting, and once randomly 250 not fasting) before getting pregnant. My doctor at that time claimed I was normal. I’m taking the 1 hour glucose tolerance test in about a month but wondering if I need to push my OB to give it to me sooner. I’ve had alot of symptoms of high blood sugar but could also be from me being pregnant.

    • ANSWER:
      Based upon your readings you have gestational diabetes. I would very strongly encourage you to call your obstetrician with your readings tomorrow morning. Someone will call you back with further instructions and most likely your physician will want to see you. Gestational diabetes requires prompt diagnosis and decisive intervention for an uneventful pregnancy and a healthy child. I wish you and your baby the very best of health and in all things may God bless.

  35. QUESTION:
    Hypoglycemia blood sugar levels, what is normal?
    Hello! I was diagnosed with hypoglycemia over 13 years ago and am a 30 year old woman. Lately I have been having more symptoms of my hypoglycemia acting up. My dr. recommended I test my blood sugar before and after eating to see what my levels are at. Today I ate a little bit of cake (like 3 very small bites) this morning, didn’t have time to eat because had to take my kids to swim lessons. So the last full meal I ate was about 6pm yesterday evening and a little bit of cake a couple hours before I tested today for the first time. By the time I got home I was shaking, I couldn’t think straight and felt light headed. Tested my blood sugar before eating some protein foods (nuts) and it was 83. That seems normal, but why would I have these symptoms with a normal level like that??? Oh I did drink quite a bit of coffee with some fat free vanilla creamer, so I am sure I got quite a bit of sugar in me from that as well. So maybe between the coffee and the cake I should have had a higher level?? (Don’t know much about this at all).

    Really confused because this is how I have been feeling a lot lately. If I go even more than 3 hours during the day without eating something I go downhill fast, but the symptoms I had during testing don’t add up with an 83 level right? Any input would be great because I am blood sugar stupid, never tested before just went off of my symptoms.

    Any input would be great and again I did have quite a bit of “sugary” items in my body with an hour to 2 hours of testing with a level of 83 (between the coffee and a little bit of cake). Don’t know if that makes a difference.

    Thanks and really look forward to some input!!! I have not been diagnosed with diabetes, just hypoglycemia.
    I ate some protein, along with some carbs and I just tested my levels again (2 hours after eating this) and my level is now 73. Shouldn’t it of gone higher?

    • ANSWER:
      70 is perfectly normal. 83 is also perfectly normal.

      Non-diabetic hypoglycaemia is quite different from diabetic hypoglycaemia, where the blood sugar can go so low that the person collapses. My lowest blood sugar was 21; luckily I didn’t collapse but was perfectly fine. However, don’t take my experience as standard.

      The shakiness you might feel from non-diabetic hypoglycaemia can be easily fixed with some quick-acting carbohydrate. Plus, I do believe some of it might by psychological. As you already discovered, it can be possible to feel weird at a perfectly normal blood sugar. So the weirdness might be from something else (possibly something else quite harmless, like too much caffeine), and not from low blood sugar.

      BTW Dr House is wrong about hyperinsulinemia (which he has also spelled wrongly). It is quite a common condition. Lots of people who have metabolic syndrome will also have elevated insulin levels.

  36. QUESTION:
    Why did I hallucinate so much? Where did the panic and sleepwalking come from? Why was my blood sugar so high?
    Between the ages of 5 and 13, I suffered from seemingly random hallucinations and panic attacks. My father believed it to be a mental condition induced by childhood trauma. They were most severe between the ages of 5 and 9, occuring up to 3 times weekly. When I would suffer from an abnormally severe hallucination, my parents would take me to the hospital. My blood sugar levels were very high ( In the 4 hundreds if I remember correctly). My father smelled something in my breath that he said was a symptom of diabetes, but the diagnosis was negative. Just to be safe, my mother monitored everything I ate. I no longer have such attacks, and the last one I can recollect was when I was 15. It is a bit off topic, but I was searching my floor for a single grain of sand that would save my life. None of the doctors could tell me what was wrong. Does anybody know what this was?
    My family has a history of paranoia and schizophrenia, but why would it only affect me in childhood? I already said that I had seen numerous doctors, and none of them knew what was wrong.

    • ANSWER:
      Sounds like you may suffer from psychoses. Maybe schizophrenia. Hyperglycemia can alter mental status but I’ve never heard of hallucinations associated with it. Diabetes Mellitus is the only disease I know of that causes such high levels of sugar (400?). Unless you take high doses of steroids (cortisone). Cortisone can cause both hyperglycemia and hallucinations.

  37. QUESTION:
    I just went to my local pharmacist and had my blood sugar level tested for diabetes, I hadn’t eaten for?
    12 hours, she pricked my finger and tested the blood in the meter. My score was 92. Is that normal? I went in, because the past 5 days, I’ve been experiencing weird dry mouth symptoms, thirstiness, which I’ve never had before. I’m a white male, 34 years old, 5′ 11″ – 225#.
    I’m on a few medications too, xanax for anxiety, and ambien for sleep, which I take every now and then. I exercise 20 minutes a day on an eliptical machine. Just trying to find the source of my drymouth. I don’t smoke pot or cigs, but I do drink a few beers a day.

    • ANSWER:
      That’s a good blood sugar reading. I’ve heard before that sleeping meds can make you have dry mouth and all that. Maybe its your other medicine causing this.

  38. QUESTION:
    Nicotine replacement effecting blood sugar levels.?
    I am a non-diabetic and have recently quit smoking and I am on nicotine patches. I had gestational while pregnant 5 years ago. I still have my meter and test my sugar often. My levels after fasting for 8 hours is an average of 104-115. I am just wondering if nicotine replacement patchs can cause blood sugar levels to go up. I do get some symptoms like I had when I was pregnant with gestational diabetes. I have to use the bathroom often. When I dont eat like I should, I tend to get weak but my blood sugar levels are above 100. I dont want to be a worry wart, but I also want to know if this is enough of a concern for me to talk to my family doctor about.

    • ANSWER:
      I would have a fasting blood drawn by the doctor to rule out Type 2 diabetes. Since you had it gestationally, you may have developed Type 2. The patches should not have anything to do with your blood sugars. Are you eating more since you quite smoking? Maybe you are taking in more carbohydrates and that is boosting your sugars.

  39. QUESTION:
    What can one eat to help raise or lower one’s blood sugar level? Can excercise help?
    I feel all anxious and jittery. I have experienced the symptoms of diabetes and was just tested this morning. I expect the results tommorow.

    Right now I feel jittery. What should I do and eat (in case it is diabetes)? Can I go bike ride?

    • ANSWER:
      Wait until you the results of the test, you don’t want to experiment before then. If you are diabetic your doctor will give you an outline of a proper diet and recommend you see a dietitian. Good luck.

  40. QUESTION:
    Are these symptoms of diabetes?
    A friend of mine had a blood test and found out that his blood sugar levels were rather high. While this may be indicative of diabetes, he also complains of symptoms that seem contradictory to high blood sugar, such as nausea, headaches, and dizziness.

    I know that diabetes is a condition characterized by high blood sugar, so why the nausea and headaches? Can diabetes be characterized by both?

    Thank you in advance!

    • ANSWER:
      A person newly diagnosed with Diabetes can develop Diabetic Ketoacidosis which has all the symptoms you have described of your friend. Read more below:

      Diabetic ketoacidosis
      most often occurs in people with type 1 diabetes. Symptoms of diabetic ketoacidosis often develop slowly and usually include excessive thirst, frequent urination, dry mouth, high blood glucose levels, and high levels of ketones in the urine.

      Symptoms may also include fatigue, weakness, fruity odor of the breath, confusion, lack of concentration, shortness of breath, nausea and vomiting, dry skin, and flushing of the skin.

      If diabetic ketoacidosis is not diagnosed and treated promptly, ketones, which are harmful acids, will continue to build up in the blood and will poison the body, resulting in diabetic coma and death.

  41. QUESTION:
    BLOOD SUGAR LEVEL.. Is it actually too LOW? Serious symptoms, please HELP! Am I DYING? HELP Someone :( ?
    I’m TIRED ALL THE TIME. After I eat a meal, usually filled with carbs or sugar, I get so tired and weak, to do anything but sleep. I don’t even want to change out of my jeans, get up to pee, or even breathe or swallow I just wanna sleep. How can you be too lazy to breathe?! Of course I do, but it feels like an effort. I sleep 12 to 18 hours a day, naps after both lunch and dinner.

    I get lightheaded and dizzy with the sleepyness, my heart rate feels like it’s slowing down (55 BPM) And my hands get shaky. I’m always thirsty even while I’m drinking water and I pee frequently even though barely anything comes out.

    I’m very scared and I don’t have insurance so I CANNOT GO TO THE DOCTOR until 3 weeks from now.

    I’m 17 years old.

    This has been happening every day for a month now.

    I decided to get my own blood sugar monitor in case of diabetes because I eat SO MANY carbs and sugar, like 500 grams per day so I thought it would be possible, but

    Fasting was 84
    Than after eating rice and a chocolate bar it was 94
    Than I napped
    And for dinner I had chicken and a salad with feta cheese, and another chocolate bar and it went down to 85.

    Now I’m tired again.

    WHAT IS WRONG WITH ME?

    • ANSWER:
      We can’t diagnose something like this because your symptoms could be one of several things (don’t panic – all treatable!) – your dr would be able to run blood tests to diagnose you properly and get you started on treatment so that you get better. Don’t worry – you are not gonna die and you will get better! 3 weeks is far too long to see a dr – phone them today and say that you need to see someone urgently but you don’t have insurance, if they really can’t help then go to a&e. Hope you feel better soon xxxx

  42. QUESTION:
    its about my diabetes. It discovered when i accidently checked my blood sugar level. It was 300 Mg…?
    i started medication. It was glycomet 1 GM earlier. and the blood sugar level were

    135-150 Fasting
    210-240 PP

    But for few days in between i felt the symptoms of low sugar and i left that medicine for few days.

    Doctor changed the medicine to Glimpiride 1MG and the sugar level after 15 days is as follows

    fasting : 125 MG

    PP: 150-210 MG

    But the problem is that after 4-5 hours of breakfast the sugar level comes at 60-90 and i feel a lot of trouble. it happened for last three days.

    I take then juice or cold drinks then it comes to normal.

    I take medicine 30 minutes before breakfast.

    Please advice
    Neeraj
    hi,

    Doctor have changed my medicine .. now i take .25 MG before every meal. Repaglinide is the salt. but there are few other problems.

    I am getting Jerks all the time.
    I am feeling weak at the time.

    Please suggest.

    Sam

    • ANSWER:
      You are not eating right, and your meds may need to be adjusted again. This happens a lot with people that are newly diagnosed and just start medications. When your blood sugar starts to go too low, don’t do juice or sugar, it will raise the blood sugar quickly and then let it drop just as fast. Save these things for when your blood sugar is really bad and you are feeling faint. When you feel a low episode coming on, eat something like a granola bar or some grahmam crackers and peanut butter. These are carbs and will raise your blood sugar, but keep it stable for a longer period of time. You and your doctor will have to work together and find the medications and dosage that works best for your. It may take a little while, but don’t get discouraged. Get a dietitian or nutritionist to help your with your meals. Usually they will tell you to have 45 carbs at each meal. Your snacks should be around 15 carbs each. It can vary from person to person depending on what the nutritionist finds, but this is most common. Stay away from white breads and anything made with white flour, including pasta. No white rice or white potatoes. Eat the proper snack in between meals and you may not get the low readings. If you have a problem with low blood sugar when you are asleep, eat a snack before going to bed.

  43. QUESTION:
    Can high blood sugar cause these symptoms?
    Nausea
    Weakness
    Feeling faint
    racing heart

    I felt like this after I ate breakfast (bowl of cheerios and water) so I checked my blood sugar an hour after eating and it was 179. I didn’t check it before eating though. I’m pregnant and waiting to get my gestational diabetes test in a couple of weeks but have felt for a few weeks now that my sugar is off, so I’ve been testing it on my own. I checked it again at 2 hours and it’s 119 and I’m feeling much better. Is it possible that was all from just the elevated sugar level? Thanks.

    • ANSWER:
      I love to eat cheerios for breakfast. After I eat them it feels like my heart speeds up. I’m 20wks pregnant. I bought a glucometer and today an hour after I ate the cheerios with milk, my bs was 181. Those cheerios are crazy. What’s really in those things. If u look at the box they have a lot of carbs added up and add that to the sugar content they contain. It’s quite a bit, I always thought they were healthier than that, but I guess it doesn’t matter. No matter how healthy it seems always ck the carb and sugar content. Reck ur bs after 2 hrs and c wat it is. I’ve heard if it’s 140 or below ur ok

  44. QUESTION:
    any issues with using relacore and blood sugar levels rising?
    Last year I started taking relacore to help lose weight and I started having symptoms similar to high glucose levels. I thought it might just be the pills but now with a high reading I am not so sure. the only good side effect has been the weight lose. 14 years ago while pregnant with my daughter I developed gestational diabetes and I have family members on my paternal side who had type 2. but since this started pretty much after my relacore use I just wandered if anyone has heard of it causing this or is it just coincedence?

    • ANSWER:
      It could well be a side effect, stop taking it and talk to your doctor

  45. QUESTION:
    Testing at home for blood sugar levels?
    I noticed a drastic change in myself these past 3 to 4 weeks, and I think I might have diabetes. I’ve had a big change in appetite; I usually ate like I always did (regular servings and portions) and now I get full with say more than half of what I usually ate. I’m always thirsty but at home I’m usually too lazy to get up and get water so I don’t go to the bathroom as much, but at work I always have water handy and go to the bathroom as much as 7 times in 8 hours. I also have many of the other symptoms associated with the disease although some are not as bad as others.

    I want to check my blood sugar levels at home if possible, and I’d like to know what I have to do in order to get accurate results (like fast, don’t eat sugar, etc.) before going to see a doctor since I live pretty far away from any clinic. If I check them at home, can I get an accurate reading? If it’s not normal, I’ll have to take the long trip to the doctor, but since it’s expensive, I’d rather do it at home first.
    I’m 18 by the way if it counts.

    • ANSWER:

  46. QUESTION:
    Advice on Blood Sugar Levels – should I speak to GP?
    Hi, using a blood glucose monitor (a bayer, Breeze 2) I did a DIY OGTT (Oral Glucose Tolerance Test) this weekend (not just for fun – I have cysts on my ovaries and think I may be insulin resistant [a symptom of PCOS, plus over the years the GP's have checked my blood sugar levels so many times they must think somethings up with it, and my Dad has Diabetes so I want to be careful] but GP wants to do other tests before the OGTT). Anyway my levels on Saturday morning were:

    Blood Test 1 = 8.2 (after 16hr fast)
    Blood Test 2 = 8.8 (30mins after 380ml of Lucozade original)
    Blood Test 3 = 8.9 (1hr after Lucozade)
    Blood Test 4 = 7.6 (2hrs after Lucozade)
    Blood Test 5 = 4.1 (3hrs after Lucozade)

    By blood test 5 (4.1) I was incredibily shaky and starting to sweat – immediately ate a bagel and drank some fruit juice.

    From my research online, I know that my fasting glucose of 8.2 is a bit high (technically classed as Diabetic), but my 3rd blood test (2hrs after Lucozade) is just within the normal range (though I drank only 380ml of Lucozade instead of the recommended 415ml). As my test on Saturday was high I decided to re-test this morning:

    Blood Test 1 = 4.9 (after 8hrs fasting)
    Blood Test 2 = 4.3 (after 14hrs fasting)

    I believe todays levels seem fine. Should I just put saturdays levels down to an anomoly and re-do the OGTT in a month (with the 415ml of Lucozade this time), or should I see my GP about it now?

    I would be particularly grateful if any Dr’s or nurses could advise me of this please? GP wants to see me in a month anyway, but for another issue.

    Thanks

    • ANSWER:
      Don’t rely on OTC testing. There is a difference in the blood testing your doctor does and the finger sticks you do at home. If you have questions, your doctor or his nurse are your best bet -

      (Read this from WEBMD)

      Blood glucose
      Fasting blood glucose:

      70-99 milligrams per deciliter (3.9-5.5 mmol/L)

      2 hours after eating (postprandial):

      70-145 mg/dL (3.9-8.1 mmol/L)

      Random (casual):

      70-125 mg/dL (3.9-6.9 mmol/L)

      Many conditions can change your blood glucose levels. Your doctor will discuss any significant abnormal results with you in relation to your symptoms and past health.

      High values

      You may have diabetes. But your doctor will not use just one test result to diagnose you with the condition.
      The American Diabetes Association (ADA) criteria for diagnosing diabetes are met when any of the following results have been repeated on at least two different days: A fasting blood glucose level is 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) or higher.
      A 2-hour oral glucose tolerance test result is 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) or higher. For more information, see the medical test Oral Glucose Tolerance Test.
      Symptoms of diabetes are present and a random blood glucose test is 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) or higher. Symptoms of diabetes include increased thirst and frequent urination (especially at night), unexplained increase in appetite, unexplained weight loss, fatigue, erection problems, blurred vision, and tingling or numbness in the hands or feet.

      If your fasting blood glucose level measures in the range of 100 mg/dL (5.6 mmol/L) to 125 mg/dL (6.9 mmol/L), you are considered to have prediabetes (impaired fasting glucose), and you have an increased chance of getting diabetes.
      Other conditions that can cause high blood glucose levels include severe stress, heart attack, stroke, Cushing’s syndrome, medicines such as corticosteroids, or excess production of growth hormone (acromegaly).

      Low values

      A fasting glucose level below 40 mg/dL (2.2 mmol/L) in women or below 50 mg/dL (2.8 mmol/L) in men that is accompanied by symptoms of hypoglycemia may mean you have an insulinoma, a tumor that produces abnormally high amounts of insulin.

      Low glucose levels also may be caused by:
      Addison’s disease.
      Decreased thyroid hormone levels (hypothyroidism).
      A tumor in the pituitary gland.
      Liver disease, such as cirrhosis.
      Kidney failure.
      Malnutrition or an eating disorder, such as anorexia.
      Medicines used to treat diabetes.

  47. QUESTION:
    Could I be diabetic and should I check my sugar levels?
    For a little while now I’ve been experiencing some symptoms .. the same symptoms that could mean you have diabetes. My best friend is a diabetic. Could he check my blood sugar with his tester thing? Also what kind of reading should I be looking for?

    • ANSWER:
      No. You should make an appointment with your family doctor to discuss your symptoms. There are several different tests that your doctor may choose from to make a diagnosis, and each test has its own instructions that you will have to follow ahead of time.

      Testing your blood sugar with your friend’s meter isn’t going to give you any useful information mainly because you won’t know how to interpret the numbers or how to adjust them for meals, carbohydrates eaten, exercise, etc. For example, if you eat a meal that is high in carbohydrates and then test your blood sugar an hour to an hour and a half after eating, you just might show a number that is higher than “normal.” But that number is actually perfectly healthy for someone who has just eaten.

      Only your doctor should evaluate your symptoms and run the appropriate tests.

      Good luck to you. I hope you’re only thirsty because the weather is hot and humid, and I hope if you’re hungry a lot it’s only because you’re hitting a growth spurt!

  48. QUESTION:
    My 45 yr old sister is obese, Blood Sugar Levels high, Triglycerides high and Serious sudden vision problems.?
    My 45 year old sister recently had some pretty serious vision anomolies occur and I very worried about her and I want to make sure she gets the correct diagnosis and treatment right away.

    Here are the details:
    -45 years old
    -Obese her entire life
    -Inactive life style and very poor eating habits
    -Sudden Vision change last week…described at wavy and distorted vision. Serious enough that Dr. told her to not drive and get blood testing done immediately.
    -Blood sugar results 192 (normal range 65-139) Diabetic range starts at 199
    -Hemoglobin normal
    -Cholesterol 134
    -Triglycerides 163 (normal range 0-149)
    -Family history of Stroke (father)
    -She had some exams done in July to look at her Carotid Artery and they came back fine.

    My worry is this: Although the she is not technically considered diabetic yet she is having some pretty bad symptoms which I am worried are not due to her border line Diabetes. And, even though her Carotid testing done in July showed no plack I still feel that a stroke or impending stroke might be a possibility due to the fact that our fathers stroke did not originate from the Carotid Artery.

    So, not being a Physician but knowing a little about medicine I am thinking that she needs to have a CT to see if there is any sort of blockage in the brain or evidence of a stroke that has originated from somewhere else and thus cause the severe visual problem the other day.

    Of course an obvious issue is her elevated Blood Sugar level and her obesity, but I feel that something bigger is going on here that needs to be addressed immediately before it is too late.

    And of course she is at an elevated risk for one in addition to an MI given her elevated blood sugar, hypercholestremia, hypertension, and sedentary lifestyle (dvt for ex.) My initial inclination is to look to her blood pressure as a likely culprit for the visual disturbances.

    Please give me advise on what should be done to prevent something serious from happening besides the obvious obesity and high blood sugar.

    I am worried that she may have a stroke or might have had a small stroke already and that the docs might be missing something.

    Thanks for taking the time to read this and thank you in advance for your help.

    “A Worried Sister”

    • ANSWER:
      A stroke is a definitely possibility. My brother had a massive stroke at age 41, he had a healthy life style, worked outside all his life, but had elevated blood pressure and cholesterol. His only symptoms were dizzy spells lasting a few minutes and at one point had about a 15 minute episode of double vision.
      After the stroke (which he survived, but is totally disabled now) his neurologist told him that any time you had double vision or distorted vision, that a neurological cause needed to be explored.
      The first MRI done on my brother missed the blood clot that caused his stroke, but the one taken the next day showed the extent of it and the damage done.
      I think your sister definitely needs to have an MRI done to rule out a mini stroke.
      Even doing that may not be enough. My brother was in the midst of his stroke when he went into the ER but because of his age and he looked healthy, they did not catch it until the next day, long after the TPA could have been administered to reduce the damage.

  49. QUESTION:
    How high does your blood sugar need to be to get symptoms?
    I was recently diagnosed with pre diabetes because I went to the doctor having all the main symptoms of diabetes. I had lost a lot of weight in just a short amount of time without trying. I was hungry all the time, but my stomach hurt. I was SO thirsty and I had to pee pretty much every 20 minutes. My doctor did the fasting glucose test and the A1C and said that my levels were close, but not quite diabetic yet. She also said that since my dad is diabetic and he has a meter that I should test periodically and if I start seeing numbers consistantly over 120 that I need to be retested. The reason I’m asking about symptoms is because someone I was talking to told me that unless your blood sugar is like 400 or higher you won’t have any of the symptoms I had. I haven’t tested very much, but I have a few times when I started to get the familiar symptoms and my blood sugar was pretty much always over 120. 2 of the times it was 150 5 hours after eating, but the next morning I checked and it had gone back down. So I was wondering if this friend was right or not? Does you blood sugar have to be REALLY high to have symptoms or does even just a little over 120 give some people them? Also, because it’s been high so often I find that I feel sicker when it drops back down again, even though I know it needs to be lower. Is there any way to fix that? I already eat really healthy, and I’ve cut out basically all sweets except on rare special occasions (like Christmas! Haha) Even when I do have them though it’s just in small portions. I’m an average weight, and I’ve started exercising more so that my body would need the carbs and sugar instead of having too much. Is there something else I need to be doing along with that? Does the fact that I’m doing everything my doctor said and still getting the high numbers mean that I’m going to get diabetes anyways? Please help! :)

    • ANSWER:
      Mainly, high glucose levels cause Inflammation in the vessels of the body, which damages the lining of those vessels. High levels of 120 + and over in a consistent manner will damage your body. This makes it easier for plaques to form which can block off the vessel. This affects the following:

      Blocked off vessels in the eyes, causing blindness
      Blocked off vessels in the kidneys, causing renal failure
      Blocked off vessels in the heart, leading to heart attack
      Blocked off vessels in the brain, leading to stroke
      Blocked off vessels in the feet, leading to nerve damage and possible amputation
      Kidney Damage

      Kidney damage can also be caused by large molecules of glucose being forced through the tiny “filter” holes in the kidney. This can create bigger holes that causes protein and other important substances to be lost which should be reabsorbed.

      Poor Circulation

      When blood sugars are high, the blood can become thicker and slower, which causes poor circulation to areas furthest from the heart, especially the feet, which can cause poor wound healing. If wounds become so infected that they cannot be treated, amputation may be necessary.

      As you can see, keeping blood sugars in the best control possible will help prevent the vast majority of complications related to diabetes. Be sure to:

      See your doctor regularly
      Take your medications and test your blood sugars as directed
      Watch the carbohydrate servings in your diet
      Exercise as often as possible
      These things will help keep your blood sugars in control and keep you healthy.

      Hope this helps.

  50. QUESTION:
    I have type II diabetes, I currently have high blood sugar level above 300, I generally feel better when?
    levels are high, the doctor has started me on byetta, now I feel like my arms and legs are lead filled and can’t hardly pick them up, I have a head ache. When I tried Lantus I had similar symptoms and ended up in hospital with chest pain and vomiting.
    What are you supposed to feel when high sugar is coming down to normal levels. I hate this feeling and feel better when levels are high. If there is any specialist out there please help or if you have been thru this too please tell me your experience.

    • ANSWER:
      High blood sugar is like having high blood pressure for a long time and your body gets used to feeling this way. Then when either is lowered to normal ranges, since you are not used to it, you will feel tired and have no energy. Your body has just been used to your blood sugar being high, that’s how you feel “normal”. But please hang in there and this will get better with some time. Then your body will feel normal with a good blood sugar and if you get high or low you will be able to tell something’s not right. If you let your blood sugar stay above 300 for a long time, you are slowly killing yourself. Hang in there, it will get better as your body adjusts to the lower blood sugars.


Blood Sugar Levels After Meals

How does Januvia work?

The medication Januvia is a type of drug utilized in combination with metformin, diet, and exercise to improve the blood sugar levels in adult patients that are afflicted with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Generally the lowering of blood sugar levels will occur after meals.

When will a generic be available for Januvia?

Generic Januvia is available now in the form of its primary ingredient Sitagliptin phosphate monohydrate.

How do I use Januvia?

The drug Januvia is for use by individuals with type 2 diabetes mellitus. A doctor should be consulted prior to usage. This is doubly important if the individual interested in this medication has type diabetes. Januvia can be taken with or without food as there have been no known complications regarding food intake.

How to buy a generic for Januvia?

The generic for of Januvia Sitagliptin phosphate monohydrate can be purchased in many locations. The best method for acquiring it is online however as it allows for the greatest economical purchase of the product. To purchase it online go to http://www.thedrugcompany.com/product/januvia..

How can I buy Januvia online?

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    What should your blood sugar levels be after a meal?
    Hi there, im a little concerned, im alot more tired, shaky, getting more headaches and feeling weak recently. My mum has a blood testing kit(she has diabetes) anyways, i just had my dinner, and tested my blood levels, the machine read 4.7 is this normal? i’ve lost a considerable amount of weight the past 17 months though diet/exorcise(115lb/8stone)

    • ANSWER:
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating

      Your doing great

      Tin

  2. QUESTION:
    Is it normal for blood sugar levels to fall into the upper 60′s 1 hour after a high carb meal?
    I am 20 years old and weigh about 110. About an hour after eating high carb meals my sugar seems to drop low is this normal?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal people do fall back really rapidly to their normal levels.

      60 is a bit low, but not in the danger zone.

      so you are likely a bit Hypoglycemic and need to watch that you don’t eat the high carb meals very often.

      People who are Hypo crash back down and sometimes below their normal levels after eating heavy carb foods.

  3. QUESTION:
    Is a blood sugar level of 122 1hr after meals in Gestational diabetes bad?
    Is a blood sugar level of 122 1hr after meals in gestational diabetes is bad. Doctor told me that it should be less than 120 but i got 120-122 6times in a week. do i need to take insulin.

    • ANSWER:
      I also have gestational diabetes. I find my numbers to be higher after meals with too many carbs. Write down what you’re eating and see if the numbers over 120 correlate with what you’ve eaten. The things that make mine go high are rice, pasta, and potato. You’re not going to need insulin since you’re in the ballpark, but you may need to cut down on your carbs. Best of luck to you!

  4. QUESTION:
    my blood sugar level after meals is 180mg and m taking glimipride 1mg n metformin 500mg what should i do?

    • ANSWER:
      You and your health care team need to discuss your situation and come up with a better way to control your diabetes.
      Good luck.

  5. QUESTION:
    When should I check my blood sugar level after meal?
    Should I check after 2 hrs or 1 hr after meal? because my sugar levels peak 140 after 1 hr after meal and start coming doing afte that . During regular hours it is below 120. My question is should I check after 1hr after meal or 2 hrs after meal. Appreciate if you could give reason for it. Am I having problem?

    • ANSWER:
      One hour is too soon. It’s best to check at 2 hrs to see where you are heading and then again at 4 hrs when your food is usually digested enough.

  6. QUESTION:
    What are the “normal”, (non-diabetic) blood sugar ranges, before and after meals?
    I have diabetes II, and want to use diet and exercise to improve my health. My doctor doesn’t spend much time answering my questions, and I can’t get a straight answer about the normal ranges for blood sugar for non-diabetics, which I want to compare to my own, to see how far off I am (rather than just pulling out pills or insulin to normalize my blood sugar levels. If I find a particular food or activity makes my condition worse, I want to modify my activity level, or food choices. I want to take control of my condition, not just be lazy and take pills.
    I am 62, and have diabetes II. I am not significantly overweight (only 20 lbs). I want to take control of my own health, and use diet and exercise to improve my health. I know how my blood sugar reacts when I eat certain foods, but would like to know what the ranges are for “normal”, non diabetics, (before meals, 2 hours after, etc.) so that I can have a goal to work towards. I can’t seem to get a straight answer on this. My doctor said to use insulin “temporarily”, then later said that most people have to stay on it once they start. I know other diabetics whose blood sugar levels are much worse (double what mine are), who don’t use insulin, (though significantly overweight, and inactive) and while I want to improve my condition, I don’t want to do anything stupid, and make my condition worse.

    If I have the “normal” range as a goal, and can see how certain foods or activities effect me, I can attempt to modify my food choices and activity level to improve my health.

    • ANSWER:
      I just received this information that you are asking for from my nutritionist last week.

      People without Diabetes
      Fasting – 70-100
      2 hours after meal – 70-120

      People with Diabetes: Ideal
      Fasting – 80-120
      2 hours after meal – 100-140

      People with Diabetes: Target
      Fasting – 80-140
      2 hours after meal – 100-160

      I am a T2, diagnoised 2 months ago. My doctor set these goals for me.

      Fasting – less than 105
      2 hours after meals – less than 130

  7. QUESTION:
    My fasting blood sugar level 160av and post meals after 2 hrs it is 150 why, am I diabetic?

    • ANSWER:
      Yes. But you can probably control it by losing weight, and sticking to diet and exercise. Get this book:

      http://www.amazon.com/Reversing-Diabetes-Eliminate-Dependence-Insulin/dp/0446676586

  8. QUESTION:
    i m diebetic since 25 years now i m taking glycomet- gp 2 tablet before meals my sugar levels go high to 325?
    after meals blood sugar level go up to 325 and with in 2 hours it will come down to 125. can any one answer why it happens and how to control it . and will it do damage to my body with in that two hours

    • ANSWER:
      I found that, personally, eating too many grams of carbohydrate at a meal or eating too many simple sugars can make blood sugar rise like that after a meal. Try eating more complex carbohydrates and fiber during your meal (i.e whole grain bread and rice, beans, fresh fruit and vegetables, etc.) It would benefit you to check your blood sugar more often every day to detect patterns and to consult your doctor and a nutritionist/dietitian. It may be as simple as getting your dose changed.

      About any damage to your body. Long-term elevated blood sugar can increase your risk for diabetes related complications, so this should be incentive to make some changes. Best of luck to you!

  9. QUESTION:
    Fasting blood sugar level is 94 but post meals level is 240 even using tablets.?
    But this 240 level is reducing after 2hours and coming down to 90 with in four hours. Kindly advise how to maintain correct levels.

    • ANSWER:
      That great that you come down to the 90′s. But to bring them down quicker , walk. For about 30 minutes. Also you may need more medicine.
      Try a LOw Glycemic Index and load diet. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      This table includes the glycemic index and glycemic load of more than 2,480 individual food items. Not all of them, however, are available in the United States. They represent a true international effort of testing around the world.

      The glycemic index (GI) is a numerical system of measuring how much of a rise in circulating blood sugar a carbohydrate triggers–the higher the number, the greater the blood sugar response. So a low GI food will cause a small rise, while a high GI food will trigger a dramatic spike. A list of carbohydrates with their glycemic values is shown below. A GI is 70 or more is high, a GI of 56 to 69 inclusive is medium, and a GI of 55 or less is low.

      The glycemic load (GL) is a relatively new way to assess the impact of carbohydrate consumption that takes the glycemic index into account, but gives a fuller picture than does glycemic index alone. A GI value tells you only how rapidly a particular carbohydrate turns into sugar. It doesn’t tell you how much of that carbohydrate is in a serving of a particular food. You need to know both things to understand a food’s effect on blood sugar. That is where glycemic load comes in. The carbohydrate in watermelon, for example, has a high GI. But there isn’t a lot of it, so watermelon’s glycemic load is relatively low. A GL of 20 or more is high, a GL of 11 to 19 inclusive is medium, and a GL of 10 or less is low.

      Foods that have a low GL almost always have a low GI. Foods with an intermediate or high GL range from very low to very high GI.

      Both GI and GL are listed here. The GI is of foods based on the glucose index–where glucose is set to equal 100. The other is the glycemic load, which is the glycemic index divided by 100 multiplied by its available carbohydrate content (i.e. carbohydrates minus fiber) in grams. (The “Serve size (g)” column is the serving size in grams for calculating the glycemic load; for simplicity of presentation I have left out an intermediate column that shows the available carbohydrates in the stated serving sizes.) Take, watermelon as an example of calculating glycemic load. Its glycemic index is pretty high, about 72. According to the calculations by the people at the University of Sydney’s Human Nutrition Unit, in a serving of 120 grams it has 6 grams of available carbohydrate per serving, so its glycemic load is pretty low, 72/100*6=4.32, rounded to 4.

      Good luck Kitty

  10. QUESTION:
    Is a blood sugar level of 81 two hours after a meal considered normal? How about 89?
    This is the meal I have after breaking fast(of almost 14 hours). Also, before breaking the fast, the blood sugar levels have been 76 and 79. Is that normal too?

    • ANSWER:
      yes. below 71 is too low and above 147 is too high.

  11. QUESTION:
    I am 82 years. My blood sugar level is Fasting 79 and after meals 219. What does the wide gap between two?
    I presume the normal level is 100 and 120.

    • ANSWER:
      Blood sugar levels fluctuates. It really depends a lot on the type and amount of food you eat. I have to measure my husband’s food, especially the starchy foods such as corn, peas, and potatoes so that he will not get too many carbohydrates.He is allowed 1/2 cup per meal of starchy veggies. Carbohydrates will cause a person’s blood sugar to go through the roof if not limited.

      We had to go to a dietitian who taught us about how many carbohydrate to eat and how they affect a diabetics blood sugar level. This has really made a world of difference in regulating the high blood sugar levels.

      I sure hope this will help you. I would also talk to your doctor and if you have not been to a dietitian, then I would ask him to set you up an appointment with one.

  12. QUESTION:
    Gestational diabetes…why are my blood sugar levels sometimes smaller AFTER I eat?
    I have to take my blood sugar levels 7 times a day. Before each meal, an hour after each meal and before I go to bed. Sometimes my blood sugars are higher before I eat and then go down after I eat…shouldn’t it be the other way around??

    • ANSWER:
      I dont think this is uncommon, I am a diabetic type 2 and I have 2 healthy lil ones. I really had to watch what I ate all the time too, whatever i ate affected my sugar levels, but the more you check your sugar and eat properly you’llget familiar with this process and better control your diabetes. I also know it’s hard to do. But when all is said and done and you see that lil face looking at you, You’ll know it’s all worth it. Just ask your doc if you have any ?’s.

  13. QUESTION:
    is 299 blood sugar level high after meal?
    my grandmother was admitted and discharged for low blood sugar over the weekend. Now being home after having lunch her blood sugar tested at 299…is that normal?

    • ANSWER:
      It depends blood sugars should NOT be measured with in two hours oeatingng or drinking, as even in a healthpersonon this will most likely show a high reading. What you need to do is test her sugar levels after at least two hours, in thPackagege her testing strips came in it should have a chart telling you the normal range. Different machine company’s may use slightly different ways of testing and have slightly different ‘normal ranges’. Whoever told/suggested to you to test her levels should have given you some idea of the range they wanted to try and keep your grandmothers in if not then contact them and ask, if you do not know what levels to expect and what to do if they fall outside these levels then all testing will do is cause stress which will mess with the levels anyway. See website below for more help

  14. QUESTION:
    What foods raise your blood sugar levels VERY high, and how long do they stay high after a meal?

    • ANSWER:
      I was going to start my answer with I had a friend, but will skip that and go to…. White rice, pizza, fried food, soft drinks, juice, anything with sugar in it period! If your worried about your sugar in take and want to keep your blood sugar level then you’ll need to eat like a body builder. I know that sounds weird, but what they eat and what I’m trying to accomplish is this! Nothing Fried! Boiled chicken breast with a half cup of brown rice every 2-3 hours the brown rice or sweet potato’s are a slow burning carb and in turn digest slower keeping your metabolism and blood sugar level at all times. Test your self often, please! Make sure you have your friends and family aware of your condition and to know what to do in case of an emergency! This isn’t something you should care about being embarrassed about! Like I said, I had a friend!

  15. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar level was 180 before meals and 160 after meals. unusual. why? ?

    • ANSWER:
      Are you taking any OTC supplements or medications that you don’t normally take? They could be having an impact. What about extra stress or a recent lack of sleep? Or even less exercise then normal could affect your numbers. Try keeping a log of activities and other issues and see if you can find a link.

  16. QUESTION:
    is blood sugar level of 165 after a meal normal?
    Just ate subway sandwhich on wheat with just meat and veggies. Diet coke. Blood sugar jumped from 137 to 165. measured it 2 hours after I ate. Is this normal to spike like this? We had big meal last night and had desserts.

    • ANSWER:
      No, it is not normal. The target is 140 2 hours after a meal. A non-diabetic would be back under 100 at that point.

      The reason why your blood sugar spiked to 165 was because of the bread. Bread is high in carbs and turns straight to sugar.

  17. QUESTION:
    What is going on with my blood sugar levels?
    I am 30 weeks pregnant and borderline gestational diabetes. My question is, does anyone ever high a higher 2 hour reading than than 1hour reading after a meal? Today I took my blood at 1 hour and it was 167, then at the 2 hour mark it was 197! Every other time I have taken my levels with my old monitor in the past month, my sugar goes down at the 2 hr, mark. I tested the machine and it says it is OK, but I have had some crazy readings in the few days since I bought it. Could my body change this quickly? Do people with diabetes have blood sugar levels that rise after the first hour? Thanks.

    • ANSWER:
      Gestational is a little different than other types. The peak is about 90 minutes, but blood sugar is a moving target and meters can vary up to 10% even if you took another reading with the same blood prick.

      BTW, your readings sound higher than borderline for gestational, and this is not something to take a wait and see attitude with. I suggest you get in with your provider and review your plan very soon.

  18. QUESTION:
    Fasting blood sugar level, one hour after eating and two hours after eating?
    I am really confused about trends regarding my blood sugar levels. From last year or so I am facing this problem. My fasting blood sugar level is in the range of 100-115 mg/dl , my Doctor told me that nothing to worry about and more precise test is HbA1c, during last year results of HbA1c were 5.7 and 5.9 . According to the Doctor though it is on higher side but still it is absolutely ok and by adopting some changes in food habits and life style it will quickly go down . I acted on the advise and reduced my weight from 82 Kg to 74 kg in 3 months by exercises (my height is 176 cm). Reduced carbohydrate intake but still i always felt light -headedness after eating (that was the main reason i went to Doctor and I suspected that it has something to do with blood sugar levels) . I also started monitoring my blood sigar levels at house with glucometer and for me it was aways surprising that blood sugar level one hour after eating looks very good but it increaes two hours after eating , as we know it should be other way around. e.g. My Typical Blood Sugar levels after taking full meal

    Fasting Blood Sugar Level: 104 mg/dl
    One hour after eating : 120 mg/dl
    Two hours after eating : 145 mg/dl
    then it comes back to below 110 mg/dl 3-4 hours after eating. Same trend i observed again and again repeatedly almost every day.
    Then I went to an internal medicine specialist and showed by HbA1C results and trends in blood sugar level after eating. He found it surprising that blood sugar level increases after two hours as compared to the readings after one hour. He suspected that there is something wrong with testing instrument and my technique of testing , infact he did not pay much attention to my observation and once again he said that HbA1c and fasting blood sugar levels are ok. No need to worry..just relax and sleep well. Anyhow, he also recommended an Oral Glucose Tolerance Test with the comment that it is only for my satisfaction and in his opinion everything is good and ok.
    Oral Glucose Tolerance Test confirmed my results which I observed always:
    Results of GTT
    Fasting: 111 mg/dL
    One hour after taking Glucose solution : 138 mg/dL
    Two hours after taking Glucose solution : 155 mg/dL

    The lady which performed these tests in the laboratory was also surprised with this trend.
    I know that things are not very alarming, it is pre-diabetic state but question is:

    What could be the reason for such a trend ? anybody has also same experiences? what could be the remedy ?
    I have to go to my doctor once again in two weeks to discuss with him the results. But I can imagine that he would perhaps ask for repetition of the test, because this trend is an exception.
    Your comments on this trend will be highly highly appreciated.
    I am only 32 years old, go to gym 3-4 days per week and successfully reduced my body weight .
    Loking forward for your comments and advises.

    • ANSWER:
      If you have not been diagnosed as a diabetic, then that A1C is at the high end of the normal range, and indicates impaired glucose tolerance.

      This is backed up by the results of the OGTT. I am sorry to tell you that is not a pre-diabetic result. That is diabetes. A non-diabetic would test at well under 140 two hours after the glucose.

      100-115 fasting BG also is problematic, as truly normal fasting BG is 80-100.

      It is perfectly possible for your 2 hour post meal reading to be higher than your 1 hour post meal reading. It was probably because of the fat content of the meal. Carbohydrates hit the blood very quickly, but any fat eaten with the carb will slow down the digestion considerably. The spike will only hit the blood later, sometimes 2-3 hours later. The classic example is pizza (high carb high fat). The 1 hour reading will not be high, because the fat is delaying the digestion of the carb. But about 3 hours later, all that carb will hit the blood and you will get a huge blood sugar spike. Whereas a slice of white bread (high carb low fat) will give a high 1 hour reading, then the 2 hour reading will be lower.

      A final word. It is possible to be young, fit, active and normal weight, and still get diabetes (Type 1 or 2, but I suspect you are referring to Type 2). It is a wicked media myth that ‘bad lifestyle’ causes Type 2 diabetes. There are millions of people in the world who are thin, exercise and eat healthily, yet they still have Type 2 diabetes!

  19. QUESTION:
    what would be a normal blood sugar level after a small meal?
    If your blood sugar is 130 an hour after you eat is that bad?

    i had a diet coke with splenda 1 cup baked sliced potatos and thats all i had all day my doctor has never said any thing about my sugar levels my drugest gave me a montor and told me to check my blood sugar he thought it was high and thats the reason i was having dizzy spells

    • ANSWER:
      Before food the normal blood glucose should be somewhere between 80-100 and after Food needs to be 120-40. So i dont think that you need to be worried….

      Go for a complete GTT (Glucose Tolerance test) ask for your doctor abt this…. that should rule in/out the possibility..

  20. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar level after meal?
    I’m not a diabetic. What should normal blood glucose be two hours after meal? Is 80 acceptable? I thought it should stay above 100.
    Meal was taco salad. (hamburger, lettuce, tomato, cheese)

    • ANSWER:
      That number makes perfect sense based on what you ate. You ate a virtually carb-free meal (except the taco shell). If you’re concerned, have diabetes in your family, or want to learn more about blood sugar levels, continue to check and make a record of what you ate. Good luck, that number is good based on your meal.

  21. QUESTION:
    What should someone’s blood sugar level be 1 hour after a meal?
    Should I test my blood sugars 1 hour or 2 hours after a meal?

    • ANSWER:
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      I would check after 2 hours

      Tin

  22. QUESTION:
    What should be blood sugar levels with gestational diabetes?
    I know the fasting level should be 90 or lower and lower than 140 an hour after meals and lower than 120 two hours after meals, but when I eat my afternoon snack, should my sugar level stay constant? Yesterday, I had a dessert for a snack and checked my sugar an hour later. It was 126. A couple hours later, I ate dinner and checked my levels after an hour and everything was under 140. So I guess the question is do I aim for the same guidelines for my snacks as I do for my meals or lower?

    • ANSWER:
      i would aim for the same guidelines for snacks as for meals. although your doctor may have a different opinion- i’d be sure to at least ask at your next appt either with your OB or your endocrinologist. it sounds like you’re doing just fine though :) best of luck!

  23. QUESTION:
    My father has blood sugar level 169 before taking meal & it is 230 after taking meal. is he diabetes patient?
    Please tell me precautions for diabetes patient & what to take & what to avoid in food.

    • ANSWER:
      YES. He is a diabetic.
      Normal range is-Fasting-60-110, PP- 80-140.

      He won’t have to use medicines at all, if he controls his diet. It should be sugar free. No rice.Plenty of Vegetables. No sweets.
      You can use this juice-
      1 medium size karela (bitter gourd)
      1/2 medium size khira (cucumber)
      1 Tomato
      4-5 leaves of Tulsi
      5-6 leaves of Sadabahar
      Cut them in small pieces, and make juice in the Juicer.
      It will be nearly a glass.
      Let him Drink empty stomach in the morning.
      Sugar will come down.
      He must walk at least for 5 -6 daily.
      Diabetes is NOT like that kind of a ghost, which can not be easily kept under control.
      It only needs self control.
      But if diet is not controlled, diabetes assumes dangerous preposition.

  24. QUESTION:
    what should be the normal blood sugar level for an adult after meals-1,,,2…3…4 hours?

    • ANSWER:
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      tin

  25. QUESTION:
    How long after a meal should I wait before taking my blood sugar level?
    I am diabetic and am trying to monitor how different foods effect my levels throughout the day.

    • ANSWER:
      You should be monitoring your blood sugars with a glucometer at least 7 times a day if you are giving insulin. Checks should be done before meals and 2 hours after and before bedtime and any other time you feel you need to such as during a low blood sugar. Keep in mind that if you are insulin dependant and use a sliding scale you may need to check more frequently to check how the insulin you administred is keeping your glucose in control. If you are a type 2 and taking oral hypoglycemics you should still be checking your blood sugar at least a few times through the day especially after meals to see how if your medication is working to stimulate your islet cells to make insulin.
      Checking your glucose and writing it down will help your physician to know what to order for you in the way of medications and blood tests. Your glucose should be 140 or less 2 hours after eatting and 120 or less in the morning when you get up. Any prolonged blood sugar above 140 will cause problems with the vessels leading to your heart and kidneys. Causing coronary artery disease and kidney failure. Doing your very best at this will help ensure health. Good luck, I hope I have helped you

  26. QUESTION:
    whats a normal blood sugar level after drinking Gatorade and a meal?
    1-2 hours after drinking 8oz of Gatorade and having a meal?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.
      A1c
      A truly normal A1c is between 4.6% and 5.4%

      A1cs are not as good a measure of actual blood sugar control in individuals as they are for groups.

      Take care

      TIN

  27. QUESTION:
    When should you test your blood sugar levels?
    Should you test them 1 or 2 hours after a meal? It’s just my doctor keeps asking me to test them 1 hour after a meal but personally I don’t think that’s giving my body enough time to digest my food. My levels 1 hour post meal are still pretty high, but after 2 hours they are pretty much right back down to a perfect level like they were before the meal. Which is most important 1 or 2 hours?

    • ANSWER:
      I agree with you, but you should also follow doctors advice
      Why not test 1 hour after and when you feel you should?

  28. QUESTION:
    What is a normal blood sugar level for 30 minuates after eating a meal ?
    I ate cheese on toast. Then a chocolate biscuit.
    30 minuates later, my doctor did the fingerprick test on my thumb.
    He said that the reading seemed okay, but I didnt tell him that I had just ate.
    So what would be considered normal for 30 minuates after that sort of meal ?
    He said it was 5.9
    I have no idea what that even means :/

    • ANSWER:
      wtf is that

  29. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar levels increasing after no food?
    I have just been diagnosed with Gestational Diabetes – I am 30 weeks pregnant.

    This is my first day of testing blood sugar and I was asked to check 6 times today.

    These are todays results so far:
    before breakfast – 5.3
    2 hours after b/fast (toast) – 4.9
    before lunch – 3.4
    2 hours after lunch (pasta, cheese, tea with 1 sugar and a biscuit) – 7.1
    another 3.5 hours after lunch (no more food or drink) – 7.7

    I dont understand how it went from 7.1 to 7.7 when no food or drink was consumed between these two tests. Does anyone who understands it better have any idea if this is normal or not??

    I have been asked to aim for less than 6.0 before meals and less than 7.0 two hours after meals.

    Thanks!

    • ANSWER:
      Those numbers look great actually! If I were your doctor, I’d be very happy with those numbers.

      As to your question about higher BG even after no food:

      BG can go up for all sorts of reasons. Food is only one of them. Dawn phenomenon, liver dump, stress, exercise, illness, infection – all these can raise your BG without any input of food.

      Food also has different rates of digestion. Carbs spike BG fast, fats tend to delay digestion. That’s probably the cause of the 7.7. It was probably because of the combination of high carb+high fat.

      Personally, I find that low carb+high fat or high carb+low fat wreak less havoc on my BG. The trickiest combination is high carb+high fat.

  30. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar really high before meals, low after meals?
    I am very confused by my readings with my home monitor. My daughter has the same exact problem (she’s 7 and has very high blood sugar-having her checked for Type 1).

    I’ve been testing for 3 weeks (I have Type 2)and my readings are fairly consistent. Fasting levels high. Very low early in morning. Low late at night. Now it’s around meals that’s confusing me and all the diabetic family members that I ask for advice…

    About 30-60 minutes before meals, my blood sugar will be high/sometimes very high. About 30-90 minutes after meals, my blood sugar drops a lot! I’ll go somewhere around 170 to 100 just from eating a small meal. Everything I’ve heard and read said non-diabetics and diabetics, their blood sugar increases after meals, logically. Why is mine dropping after meals. I don’t take insulin or oral meds (for diabetes) and my meals are basically the same each day. I don’t take any meds that interfere with blood sugar. Has anyone heard of this? I really need help! Thx

    • ANSWER:
      Man, did you get some goofy answers, or what?…. no wonder you emailed me.

      Hmmm…. this is quite interesting. Exactly the opposite of how it normally goes… Wow. Unfortunately, I have no clue…. unless the food you’re eating lowers blood sugar, and there are very few foods that can do that. Cinnamon, some melons, and a few herbs can help slow glucose absorbtion and assist our insulin’s effectiveness, but their effect is minimal. I am very interested in exactly what you are eating, how many calories, etc.

      The most likely possibility is, eating is triggering your pancreas to produce more insulin than the rest of the time. Something could be fooling the body into backing off production a few hours after eating. Read up on the glucagon, glycogen, and glucose production cycle that goes on between the pancreas and the liver… it’s quite interesting. I would suspect that your problem has something to do with what you are eating and this process getting out of balance. As long as you’re not going below 70 and above 170 (for too long), you shouldn’t worry too much. We’ll figure something out.

      You didn’t give me much in the way of numbers. How high? How low? Why not keep a chart throughout the day? This would be very helpful. I’m mainly interested in your fasting (morning before breakfast) and one, two, and three hour after meal readings. I’m curious about the accuracy of your meter, too. I’m also interested in your weight and how much dairy you’ve been on. Read my web page (below) for more on this.

      Both of you might want to consider adopting a primarily vegetable diet with minimal beef and dairy. Cut out the “empty” carbs and stick with whole grains, too. Diet and exercise play a crucial role in how well our body deals with carbs and sugar. I would also recommend some supplements that are proven to help regulate blood sugar. Especially, cinnamon and alpha lipoic acid. See my webpage for more….

      http://www.geocities.com/seabulls69/Type_II_Diabetes.html

      I will email you with my “real” email, so we can keep in touch. I’ve done lots and lots of reading on this, so maybe we can figure this out together.

      As far as diet not making a difference, you might want to read these before you swallow the good nurse’s advice:
      Milk information:

      http://www.drmcdougall.com/misc/2007nl/mar/dairy.htm

      http://www.notmilk.com/d.html

      http://www.notmilk.com/tudrmac.html

      http://www.rense.com/general63/ddia.htm

      http://www.sciencenews.org/pages/sn_arc99/6_26_99/fob2.htm

      http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/ency/article/002448.htm

      http://www.strongbones.org/

      http://www.nature.com/ejcn/journal/v59/n3/abs/1602086a.html

      http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&list_uids=15910636&dopt=Abstract

      As far as I’m concerned, there is no doubt that cow’s milk is not good for you. Not even baby cows drink the stuff after their infancy… it’s too rich. There’s a ton of evidence out there proving that it’s not good for you, yet even doctors continue to spread the myth that it is good for you. It’s just like their wreckless dispensing of harmful medications that they know full well cure nothing. Yes, they might reduce the symptoms a little, but are they worth the side effects? Of course not. Doctors (and nurses) are human and subject to the same brainwashing that goes on day in and day out in our society…. milk is good because it has calcium and vitamin D. This drug is good because……. (the drug manufacturer says so and I make a ton of money off you by herding you out of here with another useless “remedy”). It’s an incredibly well crafted belief system. Upon scrutiny, however, the whole thing unravels. I’m not asking you to believe me or her… I’m asking you to do the research yourself. Read some of Kevin Trudeau’s stuff if you want an eye opener. Don’t believe all of his stuff either. Gather as much information as possible from as wide a variety of sources as possible and make your own judgements. I did. Here’s another tip… you can learn more about diabetes than any nurse or doctor in less than a month. Think about it…. how long did they spend on the subject in med school? A week? Two? Here’s another item… how many diabetics have they cured? Personally, I put doctors and nurses in there with chiropractors and fortune tellers. It’s your body that does the healing… not them.

      Here’s more on hyperinsulimia: http://www.drweil.com/drw/u/QA/QA94119/

      It’s pretty much what we all go through as we become type 2 diabetic. It’s just a fancy name for insulin resistance… the precursor to type 2.

      And the pancreatic tumor the good nurse is referring to is called: insulinoma: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Insulinoma

      The trouble with insulinoma is, it’s completely unpredictable and people often end up with unexplained hypoglycemic episodes. This doesn’t appear to be what’s happening to you. Watch your numbers very carefully throughout the day. If your numbers are consistently similar before meals (high) and after meals (low) day in and day out, you should be able to rule out insulinoma since it’s claim to fame is as suggested on the webpage I linked… generally the opposite of what you are claiming happens.

      I’ve got a buck that says you run out of money or die of old age before you find a doctor (or nurse) that can explain your symptoms.

  31. QUESTION:
    What are normal blood sugar levels supposed to be at?
    What are normal blood sugar levels supposed to be before meals & what are they supposed to be after meals?

    I tested my blood sugar before I ate anything and it was 130. Is that a normal level?

    I’ve never been tested for diabetes but I decided to start checking my blood sugar levels because I havent been feeling right lately.

    I feel ill everyday. Before I eat meals my whole body shakes and I feel really nervous and sick like Im gonna pass out. My hands shake so much its hard to function. Then when I do eat something I feel so tired that I can barely move.

    Advice please??

    • ANSWER:
      Think the normal blood sugar is around 100. 130 is a little high for a pre-meal reading. The shaking sounds like too low a blood sugar, though. But, I don’t know what to say about tiredness.

      See a doctor about this, since other factors may be at work.

  32. QUESTION:
    Post meal blood sugar level?
    Hi,
    I’m 19 and Few members of my family have diabetes. I’ve been getting some symptons like, constant thirst, tiredness and the occasional shakes.
    I took a diabetes blood sugar level after I’d eaten breakfast, lunch, crisps and a packet of sweets – it read at exactly 4.
    My aunt a diabetes sufferer told me this was low post meal.
    What are the normal levels for non diabetics?

    Thankyou in advance

    • ANSWER:
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      You are perfect. Not to worry!
      Just include a low carb intake and daily exercise.

      Take care

      Tin

  33. QUESTION:
    How does the body regulate blood sugar levels?
    Is it after a meal? Or between meals…
    Also does it regulate when your feeling stressed?

    • ANSWER:
      The body releases a hormone called insulin after a meal that helps cells absorb blood sugar.

      If you have way too much blood sugar, then your body will try and rapidly dump it out through urine. That’s why people with hyperglycemia frequently have to urinate and are thus often thirsty.

      If you are hypoglycemic (too little blood sugar) the body will tell you that you’re hungry, which is self-explanatory.

      I’ve never heard of a connection between blood sugar levels and stress, though.

  34. QUESTION:
    Fluctuating Fasting Blood Sugar Levels with Diet?
    My fasting blood sugar last year used to be 115-119 mg/dl. After that I started exercise and some diet control and fasting BS stays between 85-95 mg/dl. Now if I eat lot of sugar foods in a stretch of 3-4 days then the fasting blood sugar next days usually reads around 103-108 mg/dl range. But after 2-3 days it comes down to 90-95 mg/dl. I have been doing exercise regularly.

    Is it OK to let my fasting blood sugar go up to 100-110 mg/dl range when I eat high sugar food and let it get down in 2-3 days to below 100 mg/dl. Is this OK or do I need to always keep it under 100 mg/dl by not eating high sugar snacks. My doctor told me not to check my blood sugar often because he noticed that I am usually maintaining it below 100 mg/dl most of the time. But I like to assess my body and my fasting blood sugar pattern when I relax my diet. So I do check my fasting BS at home everytime I eat excess of high fatty or sugar meals.

    Please advise if I can let myself loose on diet occasionally and let the Fasting BS read between 100-110 mg/dl as long as it reads below 100 mg/dl in next 3-4 days.

    PS: For clarity of readers. I am not a diabetic nor do I take any medicines. The reason I go to my doctor is because of my high cholesterol that is controlled by exercise.
    My blood sugar 2 hours after meals is between 100-115 mg/dl.
    My HbA1C is 5.7%

    • ANSWER:
      If you were non-diabetic, then eating sugary foods wouldn’t be elevating your blood sugar well into the next day. I’ve tested enough non-diabetics in my life to know that they are usually below 100 mg/dL by two hours after eating a meal, regardless of the carbohydrates, and 100% normal by the next morning.

      Also, your fasting levels last year and this year (after indulging in sweets) are firmly in pre-diabetic range. Pre-diabetes IS diabetes; it’s just diabetes caught early. Pre-diabetes is not the first step on the path to diabetes. There are many earlier steps, like metabolic disorder and insulin resistance. Based on your high cholesterol and pre-diabetic fasting blood sugar, I’d say you do have metabolic disorder and are diabetic, but early staged and well controlled by diet and exercise. I’m not criticizing you. In fact, I think you’re doing a great job. I just also think that your doctor is doing you a disservice by not emphasizing to you that you are diabetic.

      Here’s another problem – because you don’t test after meals, you don’t see how high your blood sugar is after eating. In the early stages of diabetes, blood sugar can drop after a while into normal or near-normal range, so it’s entirely possible you’re spiking well into the 200s. We just can’t know.

      As for whether it’s “okay,” that just depends. If you’re over 140 mg/dL for several hours, I’d say that’s not okay to do very often. As a diabetic, I aim to fast under 100 mg/dL always because it’s truly normal, but a few days of slightly elevated fasting blood sugar won’t give you complications. Your blood sugar after meals may be damaging you, though. It’d depend on how high you’re spiking and how long you’re staying up there, as well as how often you are breaking your diet.

  35. QUESTION:
    How long should I wait before checking my blood sugar after a meal?
    I have been checking my own sugar levels. My morning fasting levels have been between 86-99 for the last 4 consecutive days. I read that to get an accurate blood sugar level I should be testing my blood after I eat a meal and watch for “spiking”.. What should a normal blood sugar level be for a non diabetic and how long should I wait till after I eat to get an accurate result. I starting testing myself to see if Im pre-diabetic or high risk for diabetes.

    • ANSWER:
      when i was pregnant i had gestational diabetes and the proper way to test your blood sugar levels is eat something then 2 hours later check you sugar levels.
      A normal sugar level is 4.7.
      If its much higher than that than its likely you have diebetes and you will have to go to your doctor and get a blood gloucose test.
      With this they make you fast for 12 hours. You cant even take a sip of water.
      They will take you blood, give u a controlled amount of lucozade and take you blood 2 hours after you drink the lucozade to see how high it is…..
      I hope this helps xxxx
      Best of luck

  36. QUESTION:
    what is normal blood sugar levels?
    what is normal blood sugar levels?
    Hi,
    does anyone know the normal post prandial (following meals 1-2 hrs) blood sugar level. I googled it and was suprised that there are different cut off values given by different sites. So I checked the two main sites
    1) american diabetes association and (ADA)
    2) american clinical endocrinology (ACE)

    was suprised to see that values differs between these two well known organisations:

    1) ADA – 1-2 HRS after meals : < 180 mg/dl
    2) ACE - 1-2 HRS AFTER meals: < 140mg/dl

    why is there this much variation. Which one should I follow... thx in advance

    • ANSWER:

  37. QUESTION:
    Is 91 a good Blood Sugar Level after eating something?
    Diabetes runs in my family, so i’m always watchin my sugar levels. I was just wonderin what is a good rang of sugar levels beforee and after a meal. I just ate and have a level of 91. is that good or bad?

    • ANSWER:
      Great!My best friend who has been diagnosed with diabetes is glad when she has that 91,three hours after the meal,let alone just after the meal.You are a star!

  38. QUESTION:
    Why would a person’s blood sugar level rise after eating a meal that contains carbohydrates?

    • ANSWER:
      Hey mate Carbohydrates are complex forms of glycogen, which is basicly sugar. Your body breaks these carbs down into glycogen and transports them to your liver and muscles through the blood stream, thats why your blood sugar levels go up after eating carbohydrates.

  39. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar levels, after I’ve eaten?
    I’m not a diabetic or anything, I think.
    I’m a 15 year old female.

    My mom is a diabetic and so is my sister and they checked my sugars for me.
    I was at 81 after I’ve been eating throughout the day, is this normal?

    The highest I’ve been is 120, after a meal and soda.

    Who knows how low it is when I’m fasting.

    • ANSWER:

  40. QUESTION:
    What are your blood sugar levels expected to be?
    I was diagnosed with Gestational Diabetes this week and I think they are being a little harsh on my levels. My fasting is supposed to be below 90 and my one hour after meal is supposed to be below 120. What is expected of you if you have gestational diabetes?

    • ANSWER:
      My levels are around 110, I’m nine months, and they don’t even consider it gestational diabetes, my doc says the levels are slightly high. It does seem that they are being a bit strict, but I don’t know the rest of your medical condition or history. If you’re worried about it, ask another doctor.

  41. QUESTION:
    Why my fasting blood sugar levels are high?
    Hi, I have been diagnosed pre diabetic before a month. I started diet controlling and exercising. I see my blood sugar levels are normal during post meals and random. But i am not able to control my fasting sugar levels. I finish my dinner around 7.30. When i see my fasting blood sugar when I woke at around 5.30 am I see it to be 110. After exercise i see it to be 134 :( (. I eat very less in the night times. Still I see the high blood sugars in the morning. Please let me know if anyone have faced this and found a way to control fasting bg. Thank you.

    • ANSWER:
      134 is not high. Anyway, I bet it comes down after exercise.

  42. QUESTION:
    Can somebody help me with my blood sugar levels?
    Since becoming pregnant, I’ve had a hard time maintaining my blood sugar level. My doctor told me that I was hypoglycemic and that I need to start testing. I was told that if my blood sugar goes under 50, to treat myself and call the OB. I was told it should be under 100 when I wake up in the morning, but I can’t remember what my doctor said it should be 2 hours after meals. I’m almost positive he said it should be at least 100. I just tested 2 hours after a meal, and my blood sugar was at 74. What does this mean? Should I tell my doctor? Is that bad?

    • ANSWER:
      74 isn’t critical, but it could head that way. Eat a protein rich snack.

      The normal range is 80-120. Above 60 is borderline, meaning eat a snack and you should be fine shortly. If you are becoming hypoglycemic often, you need to eat more times a day, but smaller amounts, and higher proteins, lower carbs.

  43. QUESTION:
    what is the ideal blood sugar level for non diabetic 2 hours after eating a meal?
    please give me a number or healthy range,thank you very much.

    • ANSWER:
      “A truly normal person eating the high carb typical American diet does not go over 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal and many are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.”

  44. QUESTION:
    What is the ideal blood sugar level for non diabetic 2 hours after eating a meal?
    please give me a number or healthy range,thank you very much

    • ANSWER:
      Here are some norms my doctor gave me:

      Non-Diabetic:
      Fasting – 70-100
      After Meals (2 hours) – 110-125
      Random (taken at any time) – under 180

      Pre-diabetic:
      Fasting – 100-125
      After Meals – 125-150
      Random – under 200

      Diabetic:
      Fasting – 126+
      After Meals – 150+
      Random – 200+

      Hope this helps!

  45. QUESTION:
    Is a blood sugar level of 137 after eating a meal to hours earlier considered high?.?

    • ANSWER:
      No, my friend, a blood sugar (glucose) reading of 137 mg/dL is absolutely perfect for a non-diabetic reading.

      Two hours post-prandial (after eating) and a non-diabetic’s blood sugar level would not normally rise above 140 mg/dL. I say normally as there are occasions when the number could go higher, such as if you have an underlying infection, you are going through a period of extreme stress, or you are taking certain types of medications which are known to cause rises in blood glucose levels. These medications include those prescribed for the treatment of asthma, and treatments for other types of infection.

  46. QUESTION:
    What is the normal blood sugar level of a non-diabetic, 2 hours after a meal?
    just curious, mine was 116 and im 20 yrs. old.

    • ANSWER:
      My husband is not a diabetic and we have experimented on him. His blood sugar before eating something sugary and bad like an ice cream sundae – 95. 1 hour after that sundae – 95.

  47. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar levels.?
    My daughter is 32wks now and for the last couple weeks her blood sugar level keeps dropping. It will drop as low as 55 and she gets really sick and throws up. She is eatting all the time and this always happens about an hour after she eats a meal when her sugar level should be going up. My question is has anyone had this and if so what are the effects that it can have on the baby. I have only heard of high blood sugar levels with pregnancy.

    • ANSWER:
      its because her baby is also consuming the sugar that your daughter is taking in…her throwing up could really bad for herself and her baby..i suggest small frequent feedings during the day, and orang juice in time when her blood sugar is really low…

  48. QUESTION:
    Is it possible for your blood sugar level to decrease after eating?
    I’m just curious if this has happened to any one else and what could possibly explain this. I was diagnosed with pre-diabetes and have to test my blood sugar before and after each meal. Before I eat my levels tend to be higher and after my meal they are drastically lower. For examplye I’ve tested at 230 before and after eating it decreased to 92. I’ve done a control test on my meter and it’s working fine and I’ve also purchased a second meter that does the same readings. Anyone have the same experiences?
    I usually test about an hour after eating. Sometimes a little longer (but still in a 2 hour range) And I test from my finger not an alternative spot.

    • ANSWER:
      This is actually a common response. When your body digest sugars into the bloodstream, the blood sugar goes up. Then your body reacts by shooting insulin in which causes blood sugar to drop back. Well the pancreas which creates the insulin doesn’t respond to signals right away and so it will continue to shoot insulin a little too long sometimes, which causes the blood sugar to drop below normal.
      This by the way is why about 20 minutes after having a pop or some other sugar rush, people often feel tired.

  49. QUESTION:
    checking blood sugar levels..(with gastational diabetes)?
    i m almost 35 weeks preg and diagnosed with gastational diabetes…
    i m checking my blood sugar every day after meals…
    usually fasting sugar comes up to be around low 70s..which i know is fine…but after meals i check after 1 hour and it comes in 120s range…i just want to know if that is too high…my dr told me that my sugar should be less than 120 so i m just a lil worried..as far as my diet, i m not eating anything sweet..only fruits and vege….and i usually eat 2 chapati, roti or bread…
    so just wondering if my sugar is normal and if i m really suppose to check after 1 hour of meals…

    • ANSWER:
      TALK TO THE DIETICAN…

  50. QUESTION:
    Average diabetes type 2 blood sugar level (in mmol/l) after 2 hours of meal?
    For diabetes type 2 only please :)

    What is your average blood sugar level after 2 hours of meal?

    I have been diagnosed with diabetes type 2 and I now try to control it, however, my blood sugar level after 2 hours still looks pretty high (ranging from 8-15, average around 10), but it usually goes down back to around 5 after 5 hours.

    I know the blood sugar level is all depends on what you ate, activity, level of stress, hormone, etc etc, but I just want to know what is your average approximately?

    Thanks.
    By the way, I didn’t take any medicine or insulin, 27 in age and would be interested to know people with similar circumstances (age around 20-30 without any medicine or insulin).

    • ANSWER:
      Most of us are about twice your age limit! and we aren’t afraid of the meds either!!

      I work hard to keep mine back down to close to 8 after meals, around 2 hours.

      I also absolutely never go more than 4 hours without eating a small meal. Good control means never spiking more than 175 and never getting hungry. It is a little hard to do, but can be done – with or without meds and insulins.

      Eating very low carb food plan is best plan. I never eat potato, carrots, corn, peas, dried beans/lentils, pastas, breads, cereals, rices and have very little milk product.


Blood Sugar Levels And Diabetes

The symptoms of adult diabetes are symptoms that should be recognized. Recognizing a symptom or sign for diabetes is important because diabetes is a condition that can be life-threatening. Diabetes is a disease where high levels of sugar in the blood exist, creating a symptom or sign for diabetes. Diabetes can be caused by too little insulin in the body, by the inability to use insulin or both of these. Insulin is a hormone produced by the pancreas to regulate blood sugar levels. About 17 million persons in the USA suffer from symptoms of adult diabetes.

Diabetes consist of three main types:

* Type 1 Diabetes – is usually diagnosed in childhood. The body makes very little or no insulin, and daily injections of insulin are required to keep the person alive.

* Type 2 Diabetes – accounts for about 90% of all cases of diabetes and usually occurs in adults. The pancreas do not make enough insulin to keep blood glucose levels normal, frequently because the body does not use the insulin produced very well. Symptoms of adult diabetes and Type 2 diabetes is becoming more common with the increasing number of elderly Americans, with the failure to exercise and increasing obesity rates.

* Gestational Diabetes – is high blood glucose that develops during pregnancy in a woman who does not have diabetes.

Here are the most common Type 2 symptoms of adult diabetes:

1. Blurred Vision
2. Fatigue
3. Impotence In Men
4. Increased Appetite
5. Increased Thirst
6. Infections That Heal Slowly
7. More Frequent Urination

How does one know if symptoms of adult diabetes that are being experienced are actually indicating diabetes? The best way is to do a blood test called the fasting blood glucose level test. Diabetes is diagnosed if this test shows blood glucose is higher than 126 mg/dL on two different tests. If levels are between 100 and 126 mg/dL, this condition will be referred to as impaired fasting glucose or prediabetes and should be considered a risk factor for Type 2 diabetes.

What does one attempt to do for stabilizing blood sugar levels and diabetes? While there is no cure for diabetes, the immediate objectives are to stabilize blood sugar and eliminate any symptom or sign for diabetes and high blood sugar. Long-term, the goals of treatment are to prolong ones life, to relieve symptoms of adult diabetes and prevent long-term complications that may result such as heart disease and kidney failure.

A person with symptoms of adult diabetes should work closely with their physician to keep blood sugar levels within acceptable ranges. In addition, the more you understand a symptom or sign for diabetes and how to treat it, the more proactive you can become in making lifestyle changes that will improve your health. Besides oral medications, the good news is that Type 2 diabetes may respond to treatment with exercise, diet improvements and weight management.

Copyright 2005 InfoSearch Publishing

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    Type 2 diabetes, blood sugar levels started fluctuating recently between 60 pts and 200 pts per 24 hr. period.
    My father has had type 2 diabetes for a few years. What’s a good blood sugar level for him to shoot for and sustain. One problem is the fact that his doctor is pretty useless–except that he can prescribe diabetes medication, and dad won’t switch doctors. Finding the right med.s and dosage is too. But this last week dad’s blood suger levels started fluctuating wildly, as low as 30 and as high as 200, he can’t figure out why. His levels have never been lower than 60 nor higher than 140 or so. He has a very good dietary regiment and keeps to it…except on Sun.s he has desert in a fairly moderate amount, but he has always done that and his levels have never been this high, nor have they fluctuated so greatly. I am very concerned and I’d appreciate it greatly if someone experienced in this could clue me into these recent blood sugar fluctuations. What could be going on? Dad’s Dr. appts isn’t for another 4-6 months, as little help as that might be. Thank you so much.

    • ANSWER:
      Some fluctuation after eating a meal is normal, but your dad’s blood sugar doesn’t seem like it’s done that much in the past. Even so, people’s “normal” levels and ranges can change with time, and that might be happening here. I would give this one more week to see if his insulin levels even out and the fluctuations stop. If it keeps up, call his doctor and move up the appointment. Something like this shouldn’t wait several more months. If his sugar dips to 30 again- take a trip to the ER. A level that low is dangerous. Even if he has recovered quickly before, there’s no guarantee he will every time; he could easily bottom out.

      As to his doctor- I’ve seen how *not* easy it is to get an older person to change doctors. Try talking to him and see why he’s so adamant about not changing doctors. Also, try calling the office yourself to talk to the doctor (or one of the office nurses- an invaluable liason/tool sometimes). Tell him your concerns, and see if there’s a reason he’s been treating your father as he has. It could be that he’s afraid of insulting a long time patient, or your dad may have forgotten to tell him everything during his previous visits. If Doc doesn’t seem responsive to your concerns- or your dad’s change in insulin levels- try again (and again, etc) to change doctors. Not doing so could be detrimental to his health. Good luck!~

  2. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar levels possible diabetes?
    I’ve been having trouble with my blood sugar for the past few years. I have had levels from as low as 30 to over 200 frequently. Ive been having all the symptoms of diabetes. Im 22, weigh 110, and in good shape. I saw an endocrinologist two years ago and he told me I shouldn’t be concerned. I have a doctors appointment with a new doctor but it’s a few weeks away. Are these numbers bad? Diabetes run in my family. Is it possible that I might be? Any comments will help. Thanks

    • ANSWER:
      30 mg/dL is hypoglycemic, but over 200 mg/dL is firmly in diabetic range. In a doctor’s office, any random reading over 200 mg/dL is diabetic.

      Yes, that’s a bad number. You absolutely should see your endocrinologist and tell him that you’ve been seeing frequent blood sugar readings over 200 mg/dL on your home meter. That’ll hopefully get his attention.

  3. QUESTION:
    Blood Sugar levels for pregnant women (without diabetes)?
    Hi, now I am 20 weeks, what should be the Blood Sugar levels (without diabetes)?, Before food and after food. Please advise.
    Thanks

    • ANSWER:
      before meals you should be 60-105 and two hours after meals 100-120.

  4. QUESTION:
    What should be blood sugar levels with gestational diabetes?
    I know the fasting level should be 90 or lower and lower than 140 an hour after meals and lower than 120 two hours after meals, but when I eat my afternoon snack, should my sugar level stay constant? Yesterday, I had a dessert for a snack and checked my sugar an hour later. It was 126. A couple hours later, I ate dinner and checked my levels after an hour and everything was under 140. So I guess the question is do I aim for the same guidelines for my snacks as I do for my meals or lower?

    • ANSWER:
      i would aim for the same guidelines for snacks as for meals. although your doctor may have a different opinion- i’d be sure to at least ask at your next appt either with your OB or your endocrinologist. it sounds like you’re doing just fine though :) best of luck!

  5. QUESTION:
    Can blood sugar levels be high without having diabetes?
    I’ve heard that blood sugar levels don’t go high if you don’t have diabetes.

    Today I did my blood sugar randomly and it was 6.9. The other day it was 11 I think… Isn’t that high? The right level is in the 5 range isn’t it? I had eaten fatty foods a few hrs before taking it.

    I’m 21 in a few days and overweight. Practically everyone has diabetes in my family including my mum.

    • ANSWER:

  6. QUESTION:
    Diabetes blood sugar levels?
    I have a friend with Diabetes type 2, and she has a blood sugar level of 500. Is this normal or is this a concern

    • ANSWER:
      My husband has type 2 diabetes and had levels that high for a while. His doctor rang him when he saw the results and asked my husband to come to the doctor’s immediately. With medication his levesl are now under control.
      Here are the main symptoms to look for:
      Feeling thirsty.
      Having to urinate more than usual.
      Feeling more hungry than usual.
      Losing weight without trying to.
      Feeling very tired.

      Here are the more serious ones:
      lots of infections and cuts and bruises that heal slowly;
      blurred vision;
      tingling or numbness in your hands or feet;
      lots of skin, gum, or bladder infections.

  7. QUESTION:
    Blood Sugar Levels / Diabetes unsure / Comfirmed with Epilepsy?
    Confirmed with Epilepsy and have recently changed meds due to the side effects. My blood sugars have been weird lately, last but two reading was 3.2 and after a seizure on Thursday had one taken in the ambulance which was 9.0 and then about 3/4 quarters of an hour later in hospital which wsa 8.8. These would have been about 4+ hours since my last meal.

    I have an appointment, week on Tuesday, for an Oral Glucose Tolerance Test, Insulin Test and Pro Insulin Test.

    I have also noticed that round about meal times, I can go weird – what I can describe as my auras I get with my Epilepsy.

    I realise that you are not medical experts and everyone is different, but what is the normal BS range for a non diabetic?

    Thanks if you can help

    Andy

    • ANSWER:
      Your elevated glucose levels could be causes by stress from the seizures. Your 3.2 is on the low for most people. Wonder if you’re hypoglycemic and it’s contributing to your seizures?

  8. QUESTION:
    How to lower blood sugar levels with type II diabetes?
    My mother is a diabetic and she does her best to control her blood sugar. She used to drink lots of green tea after eating foods high in glucose and it used to lower her blood sugar. Unfortunately, she has just realized that she has kidney stones and the doctor told her to stop drinking green tea. Do you know of any other home remedy that she could use?

    Ps: she does take Gen Glybe ( perscribe medication) for her diabetes.

    • ANSWER:
      There are several home remedies other than green tea. They are all natural herbs that you can find in specific regions, together with certain vitamins and minerals.

      -Bitter melon juice
      -Cinnamon
      -Gymnema Sylvestre
      - Banaba

      Some of the home remedies are very difficult to get, it depends where do you live.
      For more info check the source below

  9. QUESTION:
    high blood sugar levels diabetes?
    i had a blood test recently and the nurse told me to see my doctor. said my “blood glucose levels” were 289.

    how high is that???

    i remember a year and a half ago…the numbers were 106 and the doctor at that time said i was “pre-pre diabetic”.

    the test to determine both was a fasting before the blood test.

    • ANSWER:
      That’s very high (289). You don’t want your blood sugar to go over 200 at any given time, even right after eating. With a fasting score of 289, your very likely diabetic. Some doctor’s don’t even bother to do a follow up test fasting or non if your over 200.

      Your doctor is going tell you that your diabetic. It’s not the end of the world and it’s not the end of a normal life either. However, to keep in good health, your going to want to make some lifestyle changes. Your doctor can be quite helpful and point you in the right direction.

      Diabetics is very manageable. Again, it requires lifestyle changes though, such as first, avoiding sugar and cutting down simple carbs in your diet. Getting regular physical activity. All those things will help lower your blood sugar. Also, your doctor is going to advise you that you monitor your blood sugar daily and may prescribe some medicines to help your sugar levels.

      Hang in there, you can get control of your blood sugar and led a very happy, productive, and healthy life.

  10. QUESTION:
    A question about the low blood sugar levels happening while taking diabetes medicine?
    I’m taking the medicine to treat my diabetes type2 as the doctor’s prescription but sometimes having the symptoms of dropped blood sugar and this make me tired, worried …
    What does it happen and how to overcome?
    Tks for answering this question.

    • ANSWER:
      Speak with your doctor.
      You will probably need to reduce your medication.
      Eat a low glycemic index diet to help reduce quick highs and lows.
      See a dietitian or nutritionist for advice.
      When your sugar is low have some thing like sugary soda to bring it up quickly, but then a banana or fruit to keep it up at a lower speed

  11. QUESTION:
    Is excessive urination when blood sugar levels are low an indication of diabetes?
    I’m 5’0 and 94 pounds and whenever my blood sugar levels are low, I urinate excessively- about 4-5 times within an hour. Is this a sign of dietary controlled diabetes? Answers are preferred from medical professionals.
    My urine is often cloudy after I eat.

    • ANSWER:
      To know blood sugar levels, blood sugar must be tested with a glucose meter. You’ll then know if you have a blood sugar problem (diabetes).

  12. QUESTION:
    Women who have/had gestational diabetes, did your blood sugar levels spike right before the end?
    I am 35 wks pregnant and this past week my levels have just been on the rise even after having an insulin increase. I haven’t changed my diet and have increased my activity level and it has done nothing to bring it down. I don’t understand why it’s staying so high.

    • ANSWER:
      It’s two days after Thanksgiving and your diet didn’t change at all? Wow! I guess they increased your insulin because it was already increasing, so maybe it is related to your pregnancy more than your diet, but I don’t know for sure. Just don’t forget that drinks count too, and so do cough drops and medicines. I hope everything is okay, and your doc gets it all sorted out soon. Good luck!

  13. QUESTION:
    gestational diabetes blood sugar levels…?
    Ok, so I am 9 weeks pregnant and was tetsed for the gestational diabetes, I took the one hour and my levels were 161, so then I was retested with the three hour test, and the doctor called and told me my levels were in the 200s. I have already went through this before and it sucks. But I followed the doctors ordered and honestly watched eveything that I ate or drank. But my levels were still always high. What causes my suagr level to be so high, and how can I lower it?

    • ANSWER:
      trust me instead of looking at sugar on lables use carbs u should eat about 70 carbs per meal & 20 per snack.. or 300 carbs per day, this should work pretty well includeing drinks

      try to stay away from pasta bread & rice unles it’s SMALL portion
      & pops & juices

  14. QUESTION:
    Gestational Diabetes blood sugar levels?
    I just found out that I have GD and had a nurse visit me for the first time yesterday. She explained to me how to take my blood sugar readings and gave me an example of what to eat and I started testing last night. Well she said that I should also test in the morning before I eat and that my fasting blood sugar should be under 95. I tested this morning and it was 97. How bad is that? Do 2 points really make a difference?
    PLEASE keep in mind that Gestational Diabetes is not the same as Type I and Type II diabetes.

    • ANSWER:

  15. QUESTION:
    why would certain people have a tendency towards high blood sugar and diabetes?
    i am very active and have a decent weight but i have now a high blood sugar level (or pre-diabetes). is this due primarily to genetics? I have some native american in my background which i know is a high risk group.

    • ANSWER:
      Yes, certain ethnic groups do have a higher genetic tendancy towards developing type 2 diabetes (such as native americans).

  16. QUESTION:
    Can chemotherapy raise your blood sugar levels if you have type 2 diabetes?
    I am having chemo for colon cancer and my sugar levels are really high (almost 20 at night and around 10 in the morning) regardless of what I eat.

    • ANSWER:
      Yes. Also, the stress from any illness, including cancer of course, can cause BG levels to skyrocket. You need to work with your doctors and/or diabetes care team to find a way to try and manage your blood sugars through this difficult time.

      You will need to adjust your oral medication/start medication, and may need insulin if you are not already on it. If you are on insulin, you will need to learn how to increase your dose when needed.

      Please ask your diabetes care team about finding out the right dosage adjustments you will need.

  17. QUESTION:
    A question about low blood sugar levels in type 1 diabetes?
    I have been suffering for anxiety lately and as result, my blood sugar level dropped from 6.5 millimols per litre to just 1.1 today. I don’t understand why this happens when I worry a lot?

    • ANSWER:
      Because stress will cause your blood sugar to drop. If you ask your doctor they will tell you the same thing. It has to do with the fact that when you are stressed, you blood pressure may go up a bit, as does your heart rate and respiration. Kind of the same thing as mild activity. The best advice I can give you is to try to relax and not let things stress you out so much. As human beings, we tend to stress about many things that will work out the way they will based just on making common sense choices. So try to relax and go with the flow a lilttle more. There is really nothing else you can do about it, stress WILL cause your blood sugar to drop. I hope this helps. Take care, good luck!

  18. QUESTION:
    Symptoms of diabetes but blood sugar levels when tested seem ok?
    Okay, so I’m currently with my GP about to visit a specialist about testing for Coeliacs, because I have all the symptoms. Another thing thats bothering me though is that for a while I’ve had diabetes like symptoms, but my blood sugar levels have been tested once in a blood test about two months ago and once last year with a glucuse monitor and they were both apparently fine. I have a constant thirst, I urinate many times during the day, I have freezing cold (unnaturally cold) hands at times, I am generally cold a lot of the time nowadays, but I also feel shaky, particularly when eating, and I also have ‘blackout’ moments a few times a day where everything goes black in front of me and I think I’m going to faint. I’m 13 years old, a BMI of 19.5 and I have a very healthy diet. Why do I when I look up all the symptoms of diabetes on the internet seem to have all the symptoms, but I’ve been tested before and it comes back ok? Please help, thank you!

    • ANSWER:

  19. QUESTION:
    Symptoms of diabetes/weird blood sugar levels, but tests clear?
    I wonder if anyone can shed any light on my strange problem…

    Every year at about this time, the same thing happens. I get really intense sugar/carb cravings that nothing seems to subdue; I also get really thirsty and have to go to the loo more often. I usually end up putting on weight – every year for the past 3 years I’ve lost half a stone between summer and winter, but gained it again during the spring because I get SO hungry. What I eat doesn’t seem to make any difference – I eat a healthy diet that contains plenty of fruit+veg (almost always get 5 a day) and is generally low in fat and sugar, but not obsessively so – I don’t deny myself treats here and there.
    I’m 5’6 and 9st 12lb at the moment which is right in the middle of the healthy weight range, but I’ve put on 3lb in the past 2 weeks and I know it’s due to eating a bit too much, but it’s been because I’m really, really hungry, and if I don’t eat something I feel all shaky and dizzy. I’ve tried everything – wholegrain bread, rice, pasta etc to try to release energy slowly; I don’t have much in the way of sweets/chocolate, I eat slowly, drink plenty of water… so I haven’t got a clue why it happens. I also bloat up like a football if I commit the ultimate crime of having anything in the way of potatoes or non-wholegrain carbs – I had a white bagel earlier and now I look like I’m six months pregnant! It goes down again by morning, but it’s really uncomfortable and makes toning up a nightmare as my stomach stretches a good few inches every day – it also makes me reluctant to eat any lunch some days in case it happens and I look pregnant for the rest of the day!
    Last year as soon as I felt it happening again I went to the doctor because I was sure something must be wrong, and I fitted most of the symptoms of diabetes, but my blood sugar levels came back as totally normal and he couldn’t suggest anything – all he did was tsk at me for putting on a bit of weight – REALLY helpful!!

    So does anyone have any idea what this could be, and also why it always happens at the same time of year? It does seem strange, but for me it’s a very real problem and if there’s a way I can stamp on it, I’d be very grateful.

    PS – anyone suggesting acai berries or any other weird supplements gets growled at loudly!

    • ANSWER:
      I agree with you about the acai berries and colon cleanse scams – they should be severely chastised and REPORTED for a violation of community guidelines.

      Now, about your problem – have you ever though about what’s called ‘circadian cycles’?

      Other things that can cause you to want to eat more is perhaps a lack of sunlight (this is a real medical condition) causing you depression.

      It’s quite possible that you have your seasons a little mixed up, biologically speaking.

      Another item of interest might be that you are allergic to one or some of the foods you are eating.

      You would need to keep a very detailed journal of the foods you ate, how they reacted in your body, any stress or other possible outside factors, then share them with your doctor.

      This might take a few months to do to establish a direction for them to pursue.

  20. QUESTION:
    Diabetes and blood sugar levels: fasting levels in pre range and random in normal range.?
    For those who have diabetes or experts in the area of endocrinology: I have to wait until I have health insurance for a blood draw from a vein to confirm or rule out diabetes officially. I have been using accuchek to do fasting tests and those have been in the pre-diabetes range. I have done a couple of random tests and they seem to be in the normal range- 126 and 111 consequetively (different days) withint 2 to 5 hours or so of eating. What I can’t figure out is why then is my fasting test result elevated (after at least12 hours) ? I am not on any insulin so the somogyi affect doesn’t apply. I have had increased thirst of late. Might have some other symptoms but have to wait and see if those are temporary. A lot of symptoms I don’t count because some are normal for me so they woud have to be really noticeable or extreme. I haven’t been sleeping well lately either. I figured at first maybe that would go away but it hasn’t.
    I think my health insurance starts in June sometime. I don’t want to add another pre-existing condition…want this to be covered whatever it turns out to be.

    • ANSWER:
      get you health insurance girl===something is going on that isn’t right by the look of your description=good luck

  21. QUESTION:
    What is going on with my blood sugar levels?
    I am 30 weeks pregnant and borderline gestational diabetes. My question is, does anyone ever high a higher 2 hour reading than than 1hour reading after a meal? Today I took my blood at 1 hour and it was 167, then at the 2 hour mark it was 197! Every other time I have taken my levels with my old monitor in the past month, my sugar goes down at the 2 hr, mark. I tested the machine and it says it is OK, but I have had some crazy readings in the few days since I bought it. Could my body change this quickly? Do people with diabetes have blood sugar levels that rise after the first hour? Thanks.

    • ANSWER:
      Gestational is a little different than other types. The peak is about 90 minutes, but blood sugar is a moving target and meters can vary up to 10% even if you took another reading with the same blood prick.

      BTW, your readings sound higher than borderline for gestational, and this is not something to take a wait and see attitude with. I suggest you get in with your provider and review your plan very soon.

  22. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar levels for gestational diabetes?
    I am 38 weeks and have gestational diabetes. I know I’m almost done but I’m struggling with my blood sugar levels recently. I was told that I need to keep my blood sugar levels below 120 but I feel like I’m starving to death on the diet they put me on! I’ve been so hungry lately that I’m eating more than the diet says to eat. I just tested my sugar and it was 150. I was so frustrated that I tried looking up blood sugar levels online and all I could find were numbers like <140 or <180 for a normal person. If this is true then why do my blood sugar levels have to be <120?????
    They also told me after my 3 hour sugar test that I just barely qualified as diabetic.
    I'm worried about my baby being too big or having some other problems, but I've hardly gained any weight at all since I've been on this diet.

    • ANSWER:
      Oh honey I hear ya!
      I hate GD, I feel like I am permanently starving to death and I just want to eat!!! But I’m good and I stick to my diet and still have trouble keeping my levels down.
      With my last baby I had GD and I stuck to the diet and exercise plan, I only gained 2kgs (approx 4lbs) and my levels still remained high. I had to go on insulin and when I reached 37 weeks the Dr started planning to induce me as I was just unable to control my levels. Thankfully my son was born at 38 weeks with no induction. He weighed an average 7lbs and had no problems, thank god.

      Currently with this pregnancy I have GD again and am starving all the time. It really drives me mental. I am on insulin again and although my levels seem to have calmed down, its the insulin keeping them like that. I’ll be 37 weeks on Tuesday and am praying this little man comes soon so I can eat and actually feel full. And I’m the same as you, my levels were off by only one point on my test but it still makes me have GD.

      I know its really hard (well it is for me) but you HAVE to stick to the diet and meal plan they gave you. Just remind yourself your doing all this for your baby. And it should all be over soon and then you can eat what you like, when you like and how much you like. Sticking to the diet/meal plan is a small price to pay to ensure the health of our babies.

      I’m not sure exactly why our levels have to be different from those of other people with GD, but I think it has to do with the fact that our blood sugar levels are not just effecting us but the baby also. Plus all the insulin resistant hormones we have floating around and the fact that the baby is producing more or less insulin to make up for our sugar levels.

      I really really do know where you are coming from. And it sucks majorly, but we just have to deal with it until our little ones are born. Thank God we are both not far from our due dates, lol. Just keep telling yourself its only for a couple of more weeks, only a couple more weeks.

      I wish you all the best and hope you manage the next couple of weeks. Its hard but we are nearly at the finish line!!

  23. QUESTION:
    If blood sugar levels are in normal range,can you still have diabetes symptoms?
    Ive been checking on my blood sugar levels because i have a history in my family and because im over weight,i also have been getting these weird symptoms like; fatigue,shaky hands,some mood swings,and my eyes be feeling weird but not blurry nor out of focus they feel like they want to sink in,but i have been checking my sugar for the past week and its always in normal range,can someone give me good advise?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal range blood sugar will vary throughout the day based on what you have eaten, how much physical activity you have gotten and how long it has been since you have eaten. On an empty stomach, blood sugar levels should be between 70 and 100mg/dL for a non-diabetic. However, you still not considered a diabetic until blood sugar levels following an overnight fasting are above 126mg/dL.

      Let’s say that your blood sugar level on an empty stomach or after an overnight fast is around 115mg/dL. You may assume that you have diabetes – since it is above the high range or “normal” – but you do not. Rather you have what called pre-diabetes or IFG (impaired fasting glucose) and sometimes known as IGT (impaired glucose tolerance).

      http://ezinearticles.com/?Are-Normal-Range-Blood-Sugar-Levels-the-Same-For-Everyone?&id=2070331

  24. QUESTION:
    If you have diabetes mellitus what hormone injection do you receive to lower blood sugar levels?
    This is bio 30, the subject ate a meal prior to this and then received an injection that made blood sugar levels rise. Is it insulin or glycogen? I’m not sure … Please help :)

    • ANSWER:
      The answer to the question if it RAISED blood sugar levels it’s GLUCAGON… Which stimulates glycoGENolysis :-) ….

      Insulin, blood sugar drops because it’s going into cells
      Glucagon, blood sugar increases
      Glycogen, storage form of glucose in hepatocytes, muscle and some small pockets in kidneys and intestines.

      Hope this helps :)

  25. QUESTION:
    I need to know how my heart murmur is affecting my diabetes 2 blood sugar level when I am under stress.?
    I monitor my blood sugar regularly through out the day, fasting, before & after meals and at bedtime. On normal days my readings are normal but whenever I am stressed emotionally or physically I see significantly higher blood sugar levels than normal. I exercise regulary and watch my diet; I am keeping a journal of what I eat, my readings and how my day has gone. I am seeing a pattern of increased blood sugar levels on the occasions I feel extreme stress and I am aware at these times that my heart is responding with “fight or flight” symtoms. I would really like some help and insight with this and what types of things I can do to help myself. Thank you,

    • ANSWER:
      Elevated blood sugar levels are perfectly normal when the body is under any type of stress. Mine goes up every time I get sick or stressed out. The more you exercise, the lower the spikes will become. Get the book I recommend on my diabetes info webpage. It will help you understand the disease better and how to treat it more effectively. Plus, there’s all kinds of useful info there:

      http://www.geocities.com/seabulls69/Type_II_Diabetes.html

  26. QUESTION:
    pregnant, normal blood sugar levels after eating?
    just wondering, do people without diabetes blood sugar levels spike like up to 7.2 after dinner. I have never noticed this before, and have been keeping an eye on my blood sugar levels over the past week or so, and they seem to be 5.8 – 2 hours after eating, and just then i checked and they are 7.2, just after i finished eating, I dont have diabetes that i know of, and im 25weeks 6 days pregnant, couldnt this be the onset of gestational diabetes?

    • ANSWER:

  27. QUESTION:
    Does having high blood sugar levels necessarily mean you have diabetes? HELP!?!?!?
    My 65 year old Dad just told me that his doctor informed him that he has high blood sugar levels and may have diabetes. I am so worried that this is true. I am not that familiar with blood sugar levels, so how would you know? They are going to do another test to be sure. Does anyone know if there is a chance that he doesnt have diabetes, or maybe just pre-diabetes? I know that having diabetes can be potentially life-threatning at times, so I am so worried for him as I love him so much and want him around to see his grand-daughter grow up. I lost my mom a few years ago and i want to do whatever I can to keep my dad healthy. Is there any way to get rid of diabetes once you get it? How do you treat it? What can I do to help him? Please help, I am so worried I cant function right now…

    • ANSWER:
      1. If he has high blood sugar levels after not eating for 2 hours then he probably has diabetes.
      2. You can never get rid of diabetes
      3. Injections if type 1 but if he’s 65 then it will be type 2 so it could be injections but probably tablets or diet.
      4 Comfort him although if he controls it well it isn’t life threatening

  28. QUESTION:
    checking blood sugar levels..(with gastational diabetes)?
    i m almost 35 weeks preg and diagnosed with gastational diabetes…
    i m checking my blood sugar every day after meals…
    usually fasting sugar comes up to be around low 70s..which i know is fine…but after meals i check after 1 hour and it comes in 120s range…i just want to know if that is too high…my dr told me that my sugar should be less than 120 so i m just a lil worried..as far as my diet, i m not eating anything sweet..only fruits and vege….and i usually eat 2 chapati, roti or bread…
    so just wondering if my sugar is normal and if i m really suppose to check after 1 hour of meals…

    • ANSWER:
      TALK TO THE DIETICAN…

  29. QUESTION:
    If pancreas removed what will happen to blood sugar level and diabetes conditions?
    please explain with glucagon and insulin secreation
    What can we do to save patient from diabetes.

    • ANSWER:
      Well if you have your pancreas removed you wouldnt be producing any insulin so you would have to take insulin shots or be put on an insulin pump. Without either one, high blood sugar levels in your body will destroy your body and eventually kill you.

  30. QUESTION:
    Type 2 Diabetes: Blood sugar level reducing from above 300 to 150 – 180 range?
    Over the last 2 years I have been losing weight, almost 25 pounds, my waist reduced by almost 2 inches, and during this period started feeling very tired during all day. Finally I visited my family primary care physician in Oct 2010. After lab test I realized that I had type 2 diabetes condition, with my blood sugar levels about 286 ( after lunch).

    Primary care physician referred me to a endocronologist, who wanted to put me on insulin ( a dose of 16 ) straight away. I did not like the idea. My reason was that, now that I know the cause of what is going wrong in my body, I need to give myself a chance to do all that is possible to redress the situation for a couple of months, and at that stage re-assess and take the decesion to get on to insulin.

    It has been two weeks since I started making changes to my life style like switching to low glycemic foods ( of below 40 ), and exercising on a daily basis at a medium level, and checking my blood sugar using ONE touch Ultra2 on a daily basis ( at least 8 to 10 times) to understand the increase and decrease in blood sugar levels in response to my eating times, excercise, stress etc. The other big change I have brought about is to give up battles in my mind which I dont need to fight, out of all the changes this has proved to be tough and is still proving to be tough.

    To my surprise and happiness, Im seeing my blood sugar levels dropping as a result of my above efforts. During the course of my monitoring I realized that there is a upper cap of my blood sugar in 320s and lower cap in early 200s. This was before 2 weeks.

    Since the time I have been eating low glycemic breakfast lunch dinner, lots of water, excercise at least once a day ( 40 minute brisk walk), my blood sugar levels have gone down to a range of 114 to 197. Since the last 4 days there has been only once instance when my blood sugar went above 200.

    My early morning reading i.e. fasting reading is still high it is averaging about 130 – 140 over the last 10 days, my after meal reading is average between 155-175.

    3. questions:

    1. What should I do to reduce my early morning i.e. on fast without food or water reading ? I want to bring it down to around 75 to 85.

    2. I have reduced carbs which has helped a lot, and switched to salads and meat. But body also needs carbs. What are the best sources of carbs in my context?

    3. I have observed that even though my blood sugar is less than 140 ( which is the standard for after meal) or in specific between 120 and 140, I feel some level of dizziness, and also some head ache early in the morning. Is this because of the reason that my blood sugar levels are coming back to normal after a long time i.e. I might have been in the 200s and early 300s for a long time, and over the last couple of weeks due to changes made to food and excercise it is being in the range of 130s – 180s ?? Is my body in the process of getting adjusted to the new relatively low blood sugar levels ?

    What are the symptoms we should expect when blood sugars are coming down to relatively low level from higher levels?

    Thanks in advance.

    OTN
    Just want to add that my urine still smells sweet and is yellow in color. At what stage can I expect this to reduce. Note that when my blood sugar level is less than 150, the sweet smell in the urine goes down and the urine color is also light.
    My early morning fasting reading is the issue here. It is averaging around 150 to 160 over the last 2 weeks i.e. since I started taking low glycemic foods, excercise daily. Im quite sure it must have been much higher earlier. I want to tackle this area first, please suggest. What and when should I be eating the evening before to get my early morning readings to around 120 which is my first goal, before trying for 90.

    Im not on any medication.

    My readings during the day i.e. after breakfast, lunch, dinner currently are 150 to 160 before , and 2 hours later they settle at the same i.e.150-160 or go a little lower into 140s.

    It is obvious that I should be tackling my early morning readings first.

    • ANSWER:
      You seem to be on the right track.. But you never mentioned if you are taking Metformin.
      Here’s the Key:

      There are 4 key steps to controlling glucose levels :

      1) EXERCISE- Walking is fine but Nordic Walking is Great. Exercise also lowers Glucose levels , lowers Cholesterol and lowers Blood Pressure. Google it.Exercise is Non-Negotiable !!!Thats why it is Number 1 on the list.
      2) Knowledge- http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.ph… This is a great site for info
      diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can’t count carbs so I use Mendosa’s Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      3) Meds. Metformin to start. Never , ever take Actos or Avandia. They may kill you. Bone fractures, heart problems and what diabetics really don’t need is that they change Bone Stem Cells to Fat Cells.
      4) Diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can’t count carbs so I use Mendosa’s Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      My fasting is 96 and HBA1C is 5.2.
      There are no miracles, just attitude and dedication. If you have depression , treat it . Because when depressed you don’t take care of yourself properly.

      Take care

      TIN

  31. QUESTION:
    question for our american friends, in diabetes how do you measure blood sugar levels.?
    in england we measure in mmoles and normal level is about 6-7 mmoles, what is yours. i heard the other day normal was about 106, whatever that is, in england that would mean the person is dead, 20 is high, so what is normal in america. thanks.

    • ANSWER:
      Americans measure it in milligrams per deciLiter (mg/dL). The normal is anywhere from about 70-110 mg/dL.

      To convert, take mmol # and multiply it by 18 to get the mg/dL equivalent, OR take the mg/dL number and divide it by 18 to get the mmol equivalent

  32. QUESTION:
    Diabetes – blood sugar going from hypo to hyper?
    I was diagnosed with diabetes on Monday and have just started taking glyclazide.

    Today is a bit wierd, in the hour my blood sugar level has gone from 3.7 to 9.9 (before eating to after eating).

    I feel a bit wierd and shakey, are these normal levels?

    • ANSWER:
      A BGL of 3.7 is considered hypoglycaemia, explaining the feelings of being unwell and shakey. You should treat a hypo with something like 5-7 jelly beans (that’s what I use) in order to bring the glucose back up to normal.

      You have probably experienced a re-bound effect of having a low BGL and then your body compensating for this by dumping glucose into the bloodstream. Also, you had something to eat, so naturally the BGL would rise. However, a glucose of 9.9mmol/L 1 hour after eating is pretty good. Usually if the BGL is <10mmol/L 2 hours after eating, it's considered normal.

      You may need to contact your doctor though, as your medicaiton dose may need adjusting. It takes some time to fine tune doses, and you have only recently been diagnosed, so expect a lot of consultation with you diabetes team!

      Good luck!

  33. QUESTION:
    What can my dad do to lower his blood sugar (mild case diabetes)?
    My dad has a level of I think 6.0 of blood sugar levels, when the normal is less than 5.7. So he has been said to have “pre diabetes” so he’s almost gonna get there if he doesn’t stop his eating habits.

    My dad drinks a ton of lipton iced teas (and those have a ton of sugar), and a ton of sugary snacks that he just keeps in his car.

    What are some foods to help bring his blood sugar level back to normal? and what else can he do?

    • ANSWER:
      There are no foods that lower blood sugar.

      The best way to avoid blood sugar highs is to avoid raising blood sugar in the first place.

      The foods that raise blood sugar the most are carbohydrates. All carbohydrates.

      Diabetes is not just about sugar. Diabetes is an inability to metabolize carbohydrate. So the first line of action is to restrict carbohydrates.

      The sugary drinks and snacks will have to go. Replace them with low-carb substitutes.

      Also I’d like to point out there is no such thing as a mild case of diabetes. What’s happening now is that your dad still has enough beta cells left in his pancreas producing insulin that lowers blood sugar. The more carb he eats, the more work those beta cells have to do to metabolize the carb, and the quicker they are going to burn out and die. Once they die they never ever come back to life.

      A low carbohydrate diet will go a long way in preserving what beta cell function he has left.

  34. QUESTION:
    diabetes and blood sugar level can you help?
    Is a 3.2 blood sugar level dangerously low. Even after having breakfast of museli and orange juice.

    • ANSWER:
      check with the diabetic clinc you might need to lower you meds

  35. QUESTION:
    How does blood sugar affect mood (diabetes)?
    I was recently diagnosed within Type 2 diabetes. There are also a number of personal challenges going on my life at the time (unemployment, family, etc.). I’ve been getting depressed at times, and would like to know if blood sugar levels can affect mood – are they related?

    • ANSWER:
      Yes. Depression is a part of diabetes

      Depression is not generally listed as a complication of diabetes. However, it can be one of the most common and dangerous complications. The rate of depression in diabetics is much higher than in the general population. Diabetics with major depression have a very high rate of recurrent depressive episodes within the following five years. (Lustman et al 1977) A depressed person may not have the energy or motivation to maintain good diabetic management. Depression is frequently associated with unhealthy appetite changes. The suicidal diabetic adolescent has constant access to potentially lethal doses of insulin.
      At this point in time, it is well accepted that psychological factors and psychiatric conditions can affect the course of medical illnesses. There is some suggestion that the stress of depression itself may lead to hyperglycemia in diabetics. The interaction between cardiovascular disorders (such as heart attack and high blood pressure) and depression has been extensively studied. Anxiety and depression can also affect other conditions including irritable bowel syndrome, headache and skin diseases. Treatment of anxiety and depression may lead to a better medical prognosis and well as a better quality of life.

      For over three hundred years, physicians have suspected an interaction between the emotions and the course of diabetes mellitus. Studies have examined whether stressful events or psychiatric illness might precipitate either Type I (insulin-dependent) or Type II (Non-insulin dependent) diabetes. So far, study results are not conclusive.

      Now that we have more accurate methods of measuring glucose control, it has become easier to measure both short-term and long-term effects of emotional factors on blood glucose level. One study found that children judged to have a “Type A” personality structure had an increased blood sugar elevation in response to stress. Children with a calmer disposition had a smaller glucose rise when stressed. (Stabler et al. 1987) A 1997 study suggested that Type I patients with a history of a psychiatric illness might be at increased risk for developing diabetic retinopathy. Those patients with a psychiatric history were found to have a higher average glycosylated hemoglobin. (a measure of long term diabetic control) (Cohen et al. 1997) Children whose relatives made more critical comments had significantly poorer glucose control. Interestingly enough, emotional overinvolvement between family members was not correlated with poor diabetic control. (Koenigsberg et al. 1993) Diabetic adolescents had a higher incidence of suicidal ideation than expected. Those with suicidal ideation took poorer care of themselves. Not living in a two-parent home was associated with poorer long-term diabetes control. (Goldston, et al. 1997)

      Recent studies have suggested that effective treatment of depression can improve diabetic control. In a study by Lustman and colleagues, glucose levels were shown to improve as depression lifted. The better the improvement, the better the diabetic control. (Lustman et al. 1997a)

      Being diagnosed with diabetes is a major life stress. It requires a large number of physical and mental accommodations. The individual must learn about a complex system of dietary and medical interventions. Lifestyle, work, and school schedules may have to be altered. This can consume a lot of energy for both the individual and his or her family. Just as important, are the psychological adjustments. One must adjust to a new view of oneself. For those who liked to see themselves as invincible, this may be particularly difficult.

      Many newly diagnosed diabetics go through the typical stages of mourning. These are denial, anger, depression and acceptance.

      Denial: This can be one of the more dangerous stages of the grief process. It may not occur only once. Many individuals cycle back to this phase several times. The honeymoon phase, associated with early Type I diabetes, may reinforce denial. Denial is a common stance for adolescent diabetics.

      Anger: It really does seem unfair. The type II diabetic, trying to lose weight, may envy heavier people who seem to enjoy good health. One might erupt at someone who innocently offers a desert. Unfortunately, anger can drastically affect glucose levels.

      Depression: Mild depressive feelings are a normal part of grieving and adaptation. As long as they are not pervasive or prolonged, they may not be harmful. However, when the depression lasts a long time, becomes severe or interferes with diabetic management, one should seek prompt treatment.

      Acceptance: Individuals achieve different degrees of acceptance and inner peace. Some will need to experience the denial, anger and depression several times as they move through different phases of life and different stages of diabetes. Some people move through a chronic disease to a state of much greater self-knowledge. They may actually say that the diabetes was, in part, a blessing. Through their close attention to diet and exercise, and their close monitoring of stress levels, they have arrived at a deeper understanding of themselves and their relations to others. They realize that for all human beings, life is vulnerable and precious.
      Often, individuals with depression do not realize that they are depressed. It is easy to attribute the symptoms of depression to the diabetes. This is particularly difficult since depressed diabetics may have poorer glucose control. Sometimes a spouse or close friend can give good feedback. However, medical professionals or mental health clinicians may be the best ones to determine what is the diabetes and what is due to depression. A psychiatrist has had medical training before specializing in mental health. He or she can sort out the diagnosis, communicate with your regular doctor and help coordinate the treatment of the depression with treatment of the diabetes.

      Symptoms of Depression: These are based on the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association, 4th Edition. (DSM-4)

      Depressed mood for most of the day
      Decreased pleasure in normal activities
      Difficulty sleeping or significantly increased need to sleep
      Weight loss or weight gain.
      Feelings of guilt or worthlessness
      Low energy level
      Difficulty making decisions of concentrating
      Suicidal thoughts
      Treatment of Depression:

      The most important starting point is an accurate diagnosis. There have been major advances in the treatment of depression. There are specific medications and specific psychotherapy techniques that have been shown to help depression. Often individuals do well with a combination of antidepressant treatment and psychotherapy. Be sure that your clinician is willing to take the time to communicate with your diabetes team. Ideally, the mental health clinician should be familiar with your type of diabetes.

      Antidepressants: Today, we have a much wider variety of antidepressant medications than were available fifteen years ago. Because we have more medication choices, we can often minimize annoying side effects. The older tricyclic antidepressants can increase glucose levels in non-depressed diabetics. However, when depressed diabetics take them, diabetic control improves. (Lustman et al. 1996) Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs such as Prozac and Zoloft) are easier to administer and have fewer side effects, so they are more often used as the first line antidepressants. Sometimes they can cause decreased sexual desire. This may be a sensitive issue for some diabetics, especially those who have some sexual difficulty due to their diabetes. This is not a reason to avoid treatment. Keep an open dialogue with your psychiatrist. If the medication does affect sexual functioning, dose adjustment or a switch to another type of antidepressant can usually take care of the problem. Often, treatment of the depression can result in much better sexual functioning. Other types of antidepressants, such as Bupropion (Wellbutrin) or Venlafaxine (Effexor) add to our treatment options. Some people respond to the first medication. Other people may have to try several medications before they hit upon the right one.

      Psychotherapy: Recently, researchers have made an effort to do good psychotherapy outcome studies. It turns out that several forms of psychotherapy really do work better than simple “tincture of time.” Cognitive psychotherapy is one of the methods that has demonstrated good results for depression. In this type of therapy, the individual identifies thought patterns associated with a depressive, hopeless outlook. Frequently these thought patterns are based on erroneously assumptions about self and others. The therapist helps the patient monitor such thoughts and to replace them with more effective positive ways of thinking. Cognitive therapy can also be helpful in non-depressed individuals who are having trouble with their diabetic management.

      Anxiety and stress can also cause large jumps in blood glucose levels. Panic attacks may resemble hypoglycemic episodes and vice-versa. (When in doubt, treat it as hypoglycemia.) People respond differently to stressful situations. Given the same subjective level of stress, one diabetic may have a different glucose response from another. Because of this, one should monitor blood glucose more frequently during periods of stress. On the positive side, a conscientious diabetic may have a unique barometer of stress unavailable to the general population. There are a number of specific anxiety disorders that are treated differently. As with depression, there are specific medications and therapies that have been shown to work. If anxiety is severe, it is important to identify the specific type, so that one can embark on the right treatment. We will not cover all of these treatments in this article. The following are some general sugges

  36. QUESTION:
    Diabetes “normal” blood sugar levels?
    I have done a lot of reading online about what normal results are for blood sugar levels and the majority of health sites seem to say 70 to 100.

    I test myself with a home kit about once a week because diabetes runs in my family. My lowest was 62 and my highest is never over 71. I seem to get the number 69 a lot. I test in the afternoons, at least two hours after I have eaten lunch, as suggested on different sites for the most accurate reading.

    Should I be considered that my blood sugar is constantly on the low side, even though I am only one point from what it considered normal on average?

    • ANSWER:
      It is low but fine if you feel good
      generally, you did not say if your tests are fasting tests or after breakfast by 2 hours because it is how diagnostic opinion should depend on
      however, here are the most normal readings:
      1) fasting for at least 8 hours= from 70 to 100 mg/dl
      2) hours after breakfast (after starting to eat and eating should not take more than 15 minutes) = less than 140 mg/dl
      3) any Random test not precisely dependent of eating = less than 200 mg/dl

      good luck

  37. QUESTION:
    Gestational diabetes…why are my blood sugar levels sometimes smaller AFTER I eat?
    I have to take my blood sugar levels 7 times a day. Before each meal, an hour after each meal and before I go to bed. Sometimes my blood sugars are higher before I eat and then go down after I eat…shouldn’t it be the other way around??

    • ANSWER:
      I dont think this is uncommon, I am a diabetic type 2 and I have 2 healthy lil ones. I really had to watch what I ate all the time too, whatever i ate affected my sugar levels, but the more you check your sugar and eat properly you’llget familiar with this process and better control your diabetes. I also know it’s hard to do. But when all is said and done and you see that lil face looking at you, You’ll know it’s all worth it. Just ask your doc if you have any ?’s.

  38. QUESTION:
    Diabetes and candy blood sugar levels?
    my friend is diabetic shes 13 n loves candy especialy skittles but since she was diagnosed it was obviously a no.is eating a bag of skittles raise her sugar dramatically or should she be ok? or can she have just a little ?
    Thank you! yah she’s type 1

    • ANSWER:
      A little most times turn into a ton. So just avoid them and go for something else. Celery sticks with a dab of peanut butter. Diabetic Jello, A small scoop of ice cream. A few peanuts.
      Kind of you to think of your friend,

      Tin

  39. QUESTION:
    blood Sugar levels w/ Type 1 diabetes?
    If a type 1 diabetic has not taken any insulin in a day and a half, but has been eating as they would regulary would their blood sugar levels be high or low? And would it be dangerously so? Also, because of the blood sugar level would they light-headed or tired or something like that? Detailed answered are appreciated, thanks in advance.

    • ANSWER:
      Your blood sugars can become dangerously high, and cause a condition called diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA). When you do not take your insulin, your body cannot use the sugars in food for energy, so it burns fat instead. When your body uses fats, ketones–an acidic byproduct–are produced. These build up in your bloodstream, and can make you very tired and dizzy. DKA is a serios complication of diabetes, and requires stablization in the ICU.

  40. QUESTION:
    I have gestational diabetes and I am having a hard time lowering my fasting blood sugar levels help please?
    Does anyone know how to lower these levels. I would greatly appreciate it if anyone has a clue.

    • ANSWER:
      diet?
      grapefruit in the morning with oatmeal and dry seven grain bread.
      turkey chicken or salads the rest of the day. don’t eat too late- stop eating at least 3 hours before bed. no sugars or dairy or bread for a while. oh yeah and good exercises every day any form of exertion will do. drink tons of water.
      i dont have diabetes
      … but your doctor should be able to tell you ways to lower it.

  41. QUESTION:
    Are these blood sugar levels alright? (Gestational diabetes)?
    Do these levels seem alright? I thought they were a little low .. my doctor said that 2 out of 4 levels were high for my 3 hour GTT and that they weren’t even that “bad” .. but regardless I’ve been diagnosed with GD and I’ve been following the diet fine .. and I only started the diet yesterday .. but do these seem normal? The doctor wants me to stay under 90 for fasting and under 130 an hour after meals. (NOT two hours, one hour!)

    Day 1
    F-81
    B-103
    L-105
    D-91

    Day 2
    F-92 (2 over my ideal .. not that bad I don’t think!)
    B-120
    L-98
    D-111

    Just worried .. thanks! :)
    pegz64 — no they don’t, my doctor said under 130 an hour after the three big meals (breakfast, lunch, & dinner) .. i think i already said this?
    & why would I need 3-4 times the insulin when I’m not on any insulin in the first place .. ? My doctor’s office said it’s very rare for them to put anyone on insulin .. & I am not on it!

    • ANSWER:
      if you talk to my doc’s they would say that’s great. here are a few of mine to give another person almost in the same boat as you except type 1 diabetic. also they have me doing pre-meal and post meal one hour after. when there is 2 values that is pre and post

      F-78
      B-88
      L- 76/88
      D-35/116
      day 2
      F-88
      B-60
      L-62/55
      D-81/66 they are try to correct my lows but so far no luck .i haven’t got the preggo appetite yet so i have to correct on my own, also i’m on insulin. i would say you are doing just fine keep up the good work.

  42. QUESTION:
    Does anyone have any ideas for science experiments involving diabetes/blood sugar?
    It needs to be fairly simple, probably just testing how a specific variable affects my blood sugar level.

    I could always do exercise, but I already know what that does to my blood sugar and would like something more interesting =)

    • ANSWER:
      They say things like chromium, cinammon, and other vitamins lower blood sugar. You could take one of these for a while and observe the results. You could always do the low carb thing, reduce your carb intake for a couple of weeks, and look at the difference in your readings. I’ve done atkins in the past, and though they say you should drop to 20 grams of carbs per day for the first two weeks, even reducing your intake to 50-100 would probably yield some good results. Hope this helps!

  43. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar levels (fast/post-lunch) indicate diabetes, but I had never any symptoms. What does this mean?
    Both parents diabetic. I go to a doctor regularly, take diabetes medicine and have gone through many blood-sugear tests (all point to a need for control). But I never had/have no symptoms of diabetes – no excessive urination (even in winter), no excessive thirst and no tingling in the arms.

    • ANSWER:
      Type 2 diabetes develops more gradually. Some people with type 2 diabetes have symptoms of frequent urination and increased thirst, but most show no symptoms.

      Have you actually been told you have diabetes or that you are pre-diabetic?

      Even without symptoms you need to start taking care of yourself. The vast majority of people, about 85%, who develop type 2 are clinically obese. Improving nutrition, increasing exercise and achieving a healthy weight are the main components of treatment for a person with Type 2 diabetes. Medication is required in most causes.

      Diabetes is a serious illness please don’t take it lightly because you do not have any symptoms yet, (I am sure you know this because of your parents). Poorly controlled diabetes can lead to very serious heart, eye, nerve and kidney problems down the road.

      Good luck I hope you are able to get yourself on track.

  44. QUESTION:
    Gestational Diabetes and normal blood sugar levels??
    What is the normal blood sugar of someone who is pregnant after eating dinner? Or the recommended amount of sugar for that time?
    My doc said I am borderline diabetic so he didnt really have any explanations and I have a blood sugar monitor, and I was 123 after dinner two hours after. I wanted to make sure that it was ok. I dont want to have a 10 pound baby!! :)
    Oh he said I was ok’d not to have to monitor it, by how low my scores were. I am chubby but not giant and I just was wondering..

    • ANSWER:
      Hello – targets during pregnancy are a little lower than normal diabetes. You should be aiming for 130 or less ONE hour after eating, 120 or less TWO hours after eating (you only have to measure once, not both hours).

      Fasting blood sugar should be 90 or less in the morning.

      123 is so close to the target that I wouldn’t worry. If you want, wait a week and measure again to see if the baby’s growth has affected those numbers. But don’t drive yourself crazy worrying about it.

  45. QUESTION:
    Could I possibly have diabetes or a problem with blood sugar levels?
    I have heard people tell me that some of the things I am feeling could be related to blood sugar levels
    Here are some things:
    Headaches
    back pain
    shaky (only sometimes)
    thirsty like all the time
    i get very irritable when I don’t eat
    chest pains

    I’m sure it’s nothing, but the fact that i’m even asking is a big deal for me. I have a really really SEVERE fear of needle and injections. i don’t like blood, i can’t talk about needles without feeling uncomfortable so I’ve always had the whole “diabetes” thing in the back of my mind and i truly would almost rather die then live with multiple needles everyday. it sounds dumb, but thats how much i hate them. Several years ago, this was brought up and a girl i used to be friends with who is diabetic gave me her extra tester and my BSL was low. we let it go but idk, it’s kinda scary to think about

    thanks in advance
    oh, and if it’s not is there anything you think it could be/ thanks

    • ANSWER:
      NEVER get diagnosis online. That being a said, you do need to get tested for diabetes, as well as other things. This would include a fasting blood sugar and A1C blood test. This would indicate your blood sugar levels for the last three months.

      Most people with type 2 diabetes never use needles with insulin. Most take oral medication, and really have to watch their diet, along with exercise. You would have to do constant glucose blood tests yourself.

      Look up the American Diabetes Asso website for lots of good information. If you do have it, it needs to be brought under control or the long term consequences could be drastic. Such as losing limbs, stroke, heart attacks, and eye sight loss. It’s nothing to mess with.

      Take care of yourself…and good luck.

  46. QUESTION:
    blood sugar level during gestational diabetes?
    iam diagnosed with gestational diabetes and monitoring sugar levels 4 times a day from 1 week.my dr told me that my blood sugar level should be <120 1hr after meal but i got 130,124 and 2 times 120. will that be a problem, does my dr keep me on insulin.

    • ANSWER:
      Controlling gestational diabetes doesn’t have to be any different from controlling Type II diabetes. I’m giving you a couple of links that should be very helpful for that.

      As well, you need to understand that gestational diabetes means that you almost certain to develop Type II diabetes in the not-too-distant future. Start using these tips now and keep using them, for your own good.

      Try these for a while and see if they help. Hopefully, you’ll be able to control your glucose levels well enough that your doctor won’t have to put you on insulin.

  47. QUESTION:
    When would your blood sugar level become critical (diabetes)?
    Can anyone tell me what the normal levels are for blood levels, and at what level does it become life threatening? Thanks
    No, it’s not for me. I know someone who is a diabetic and was just wondering what numbers would be considered critical.
    Sorry, I didn’t see that last detail you left about the numbers. Thank You very much.

    • ANSWER:
      If you get tested twice over a week or two and both times show a test result of over 150 both times you are more than likely considered diabetic. Anything over that level is considered bad. Higher levels such as in the 200′s can be damaging to tissues and eyes. Anything in the 300′s to 400 is very dangerous and can cause diabetic coma.

  48. QUESTION:
    does random blood sugar decides the diabetes?
    If random blood sugar level is always between 140 and 160 which was taken at different times, does it mean that the person has no diabetes at all? can we rely on this random level?

    • ANSWER:
      A non-diabetic’s random blood glucose reading typically does not exceed 140 mg/dL. The diagnosis of diabetes should not be based upon a single reading nor should it be based upon random readings. If you have had a random reading of 160 mg/dL this means that you should have a fasting glucose along with a glycated (glyco- and glycosylated are commonly used by reference laboratories although these terms are biochemically incorrect) hemoglobin A1C. The A1C gives the mean or average glucose over approximately the previous 90 days. Although reference labs may suggest different normal values for an A1C most authorities suggest that an A1C greater than 6.0% is presumptive of diabetes. 6.0% approximates (the relationship between A1C and glucose is non-linear) a 90 day mean glucose of 126 mg/dL. If you have a fasting glucose above 100 mg/dL (again some reference labs will disagree with this number) and an A1C greater than 6.0% I would suggest that the diagnosis of diabetes would be valid. Simply having diabetes does not always imply that a person should immediately start on a pharmacologic agent. It is not uncommon to start with diet, exercise, and weight loss (when appropriate). I do not approve of terms such as pre-diabetic, borderline diabetic, and glucose intolerance as these terms miss the point. There is an approximately 10 year lead in period of pathological change prior to the glucose becoming elevated. Rather than use such terms an individual should be told that they ‘early’ diabetes. The earlier it is detected and the more decisive the intervention the better the outcome. Again people with early diabetes are not typically started on a pharmacologic agent. If I may be of further assistance please let me know. I wish you the very best of health and may God bless.

  49. QUESTION:
    can you blood sugar levels rise if you don’t have diabetes?
    I have a blood test tomorrow and I am a little worried about eating the wrong things ECT can my blood sugar levels rise if i drink too much coke before hand??

    • ANSWER:
      I am dieabetic and you have nothing to worrie about eat and drink how ever much coke and chocolate you like your body will make the insulin to control it unlike mine lol have a glass of coke for me lol

  50. QUESTION:
    Why would a type 2 diabetes blood sugar level be high in the morning but way lower throughout the day?
    My grandpa will wake up in the morning and find his blood sugar level (which I believe is what he measures with type 2 diabetes, correct me if im wrong) to be high, like 150-160, but he will go to his job which he does in the morning and comes home around 1pm most days, and when he measures it it is down to 110-130 already.
    He has been continuing a very good diet full of fiber and fruit and vegetables, and doesn’t eat late night snacks anymore(which makes this more confusing) but from day 1 he has had this problem.
    He asked his doctor and he seemed clueless. Anyone know anything about this?!?!?
    sorry if i mixed up the details :/ i dont know what kind of doctor hes seeing or anything

    • ANSWER:
      Yes, he would be checking his blood sugar every morning and hopefully before each meal. He should also check at 1 hour and 2 hours after supper at least once a week. This will tell him how well his body is handling what he eats and if he needs to make any changes to his diet or meds.

      This higher morning blood sugar is called Dawn Phenomenon. The solution for most diabetics is to have a small snack of about 15 carbs from whole grain, with some fat or protien. This reduces the amount of sugar that the liver releases overnight, resulting in a better reading in the morning.

      A good bedtime snack is one slice of WHOLE GRAIN bread with peanut butter (the type with NO sugar added). Or if he doesn’t like peanut butter, he could add a slice of cold chicken or roast beef, or some low fat cream cheese.

      His blood sugar in the morning should be between 110 and 135, so its a bit high right now. Having a small bedtime snack should help bring it down. I know it seems unlikely, but it works.

      IF he has any history of heart disease or is at risk, this fasting level will give him a better chance of surviving a heart attack, at least that’s what my endocrinologist told me just this week. Having really tight blood sugar control is a bit risky when you are older or having heart related issues.

      Tight blood sugar means having a fasting level from 90 to 120. He shouldn’t be aiming this low. Right now he’s not doing that badly and the snack at bedtime should help.

      If he was a much younger man, his morning blood sugar goal should be between 5.0 and 120, but given his age, that’s just too low. Recent studies show that having a more moderate approach to blood sugar reduces the risks for older people and increased the survival rate (in both studies).

      As a diabetic, he needs to be very careful what fruits he eats and how much. Strawberries, raspberries, blackberries and blueberries are good choices as they are high in fiber and low in carbs compared to other fruits.

      He should stay away from things like dried fruits such as raisins, figs and dates. Bananas are also quite high in sugar and not a good choice. He should also avoid canned fruits that have syrup. Look for fruits canned in water or juice, and drain off the juice, as its full of sugars, whether natural or added. Fresh fruit or fruit frozen with NO added sugar is far better than canned.

      You can look up the carb content of fruits, veggies and other foods online at

      http://www.calorieking.com/

      http://www.thedailyplate.com/

      http://www.thedailyplate.com/

      and of course, if he’s using frozen or canned fruit, the carbs are listed on the packaging. Make sure he’s using the serving size suggested and not more.

      Your grandpa might have better results if he tests his blood sugar more often, and keeps a food log for a little while. If you want a testing guide you can print off, you can download a PDF here..

      http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/flyer.pdf


Blood Sugar Levels After Eating Uk

It is undeniable that many people are seen finding no ways on how to lower high blood sugar levels. Mostly they get occupied with blood sugar when they have no right diet plan to suit their body condition. Eating fast foods or those to keep off from the plate create many problems associated with digestion. If you eat more of fast foods there is ample chance for body-weight increase which can be a serious concern to tell upon your total health. When your body gains overweight it can trigger heart attack and other health problems.

It may be puzzling you to know exactly how to lower blood sugar levels. But if you sit a while you can have a flash of answer for your problem and can fix the way to pull down the elevated sugar levels. Most probably your food habits and lifestyle should be the underlying causes for your elevated sugar levels. So you are advised to get a flash back of your diet foods you are accustomed to. The very cause and solution for your blood sugar shooting up should be your daily food choice.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    I have pcos and did a fasting blood sugar level at the hosp and its 7.3 (uk reading), am I diabetic?
    Am I diabeteic or insulin resistant because of the PCOS. I have really let myself go. I am only 27 years old. Can I control this and get rid of it if I really look after myself? If I eat really well and regulate my blood sugar levels will I be okay? Or is the damage done? I cant believe I let myself get this far. This is the wake up call I needed.

    I have always had diabetic like symptoms because of the PCOS but recentlty put on shit lots of weight and yes that was because of my eating habits. I know I need to and will take control of it because Diabetes is a HORRID disease to have.

    Does anyone think I can contriol it. Please help. This reading of 7.3 was fasting glucose taking at a hospital not a glucose reading.

    Thank you.

    • ANSWER:
      7.3 mmol/L is a diabetic fasting blood sugar reading.

      Insulin resistance is really common with PCOS. I know from personal experience that insulin resistance can make weight loss nearly impossible, too. And then you give up trying and that’s when the weight gain really spirals out of control. I dieted for basically all of my teen years and 20s, but when I kept gaining weight, I gave up. Then, in my mid-20s, I was diagnosed with diabetes.

      Insulin resistance is a precursor to diabetes, so you were already at risk just because of the PCOS. The weight gain didn’t cause the IR or even the diabetes; the weight gain just exacerbated the insulin resistance you already had, making it harder and harder for your pancreas to keep up. You can’t get rid of diabetes once you have it, but you can possibly be diet-and-exercise controlled.

      Even if you can just control your blood sugar with diet and exercise, I advise you to go on Metformin if you’re not already. Metformin is really a miracle worker for insulin resistance and weight loss, as well as blood sugar, when taken in combination with a low-carbohydrate diet. Controlling your blood sugar can also slow down the progress of the disease potentially, which means that you’ll be preserving some of your natural insulin production. As insulin resistant diabetics, we produce far too much insulin, and researchers believe the high blood sugar and high insulin levels tax the pancreas and causes a loss of pancreatic function. So, anything you can do to keep blood sugar and insulin low is positive, and that’s where Metformin can help. Cutting back on your carbs means you have to produce less insulin to maintain normal blood sugar, as well.

      Don’t despair. You’re going to be okay. I know it’s frightening to have this disease being so young–I’m only 28–but eventually you adjust to testing your blood sugar and eating this diet. In fact, the diet gets fun. I bake all the time and make really fun meals that are low in carbs and hardly affect my blood sugar. I’d be happy to provide you some websites I use if you’re interested. You’re still healthy, you don’t sound like you have any complications yet, and with proper blood sugar control, you shouldn’t get any. You can live a long, healthy life with diabetes as long as you take this seriously, and clearly you are taking this seriously. Best of luck and PM me any time.

  2. QUESTION:
    Is a blood sugar of 172 two hours after eating normal? Im 19, slim, and active.?
    I have had 2 fasting tests at the doctors over the past 2 years as I started with a dry mouth and thirst, fatigue and all kinds of infections, my first was just ‘normal’ apparently but was tested way over 12 hours because I had to go to a different place. My second a few months ago came out at 95 (5.3 uk) which again is normal.

    Because I still felt tired and run down and had now lost 10 pounds in a couple of months along with having a constant dry mouth, and infections in my follicles after shaving (amongst other infections) I got a home meter. I washed my hands and checked myself for fasting in the morning which was usually around 95 (5.3 uk) so I figured it was working. I then noticed about 2 months ago, although my fasting seemed normal I would spike at at anthing from 150 to 200 (8.3-11.1 uk) shortly after every standard meal but be down at 100 (6.1) by 2 hours. Would this explain why I felt unwell? yet tested ‘normal’ on fasting?

    I let it be and just thought it was stress but more recently I tested again and got 200 (11.1) after half an hour, 176 (9.8) after 1 hour, 172 (9.6) after 2 hours, and 153 (8.5) after 3 hours. I then ran out of strips so couldnt see after that.

    It seems like its getting higher but so slowly I dont know how I could be type 1, but im not obese and im active so how could I be type 2? I dont know how to approach my doctor as Im home testing and my fastings are normal to my doctor. Its like if you’re not dying before theyre eyes in the uk they arent bothered but im sick of these symptoms, and I would really like to know if im paranoid. My levels just dont seem high enough for me to be type 1?

    P.s I always wash my hands and dry them and keep my strips air tight, clean, straight and dry before testing. And test twice if my levels seem high, all mentioned above came out the same or varied by a 0.1 at the most on both times.
    I also recently had a fasting sugar of 105 and 106 (5.9) a couple of days ago but didn’t think much of it until my last set of after meal results. Is that normal?

    • ANSWER:
      OK so first of all, it could be Type 1, as Type 1 is not just rapid-onset. It is also possible for Type 1 to be slow onset. This is called LADA (latent autoimmune diabetes in adults) or Type 1.5.

      It is also perfectly possible for it to be Type 2. Unfortunately you seem to have bought into the lies widely perpetrated by the media that only obese couch potatoes get Type 2 diabetes. In fact, 20% of Type 2 diabetics are of normal weight, so that means there are millions of people around the world who are thin and still have Type 2 diabetes.

      It is really good that you are testing your blood sugar. Please keep a record of all your numbers plus the food you ate, and show it to your GP.

      You don’t need to test your blood sugar after half an hour. You should only start testing after one hour. The target is for you to be under 7.8 at the two hour mark. So yes, a reading of 9.6 2 hours post-meal is high, and indicates that you have a problem with your glucose metabolism.

      I suggest that you continue keeping tabs on your blood sugar, and if you continue to have abnormal post-meal numbers, you should go see your GP, armed with all your blood sugar results.

      Also as you have the equipment at home (you just need to get more strips), you can self-administer the oral glucose tolerance test, which is what doctors use to diagnose diabetes.

      Here is how to do it:

      No food or drink from 10pm the night before. Water is fine. In the morning, measure fasting blood sugar. Then drink 70g of sugar dissolved in water. The amount of water is not important but it must be 70g of sugar. Wait 2 hours, do not eat or drink anything. After 2 hours, measure blood sugar again. It should be below 140 mg/dl or 7.8 mm/ol. If it is not, consult a doctor!

      You are absolutely not being paranoid, in fact you are being very pro-active by monitoring your blood sugar.

  3. QUESTION:
    Did you know eating chocolate is good for your health?
    1. The chocolates reduce high Blood Pressure due to presence of Flavonoids in cacao which balances the blood pressure and also decreases the blot clotting. The chocolates are used in intensive hyper active drugs.

    2. It is high on improving the flow of blood to the key regions of the brain for about two to three hours in a continuous form after eating chocolates. Thus help in decreasing tiredness, ageing effects and sleepiness.

    3. According to MSNBC, the chocolates are best in giving boost to the moods. The caffeine presence eases the symptoms of premenstrual.

    4. It can avoid the damage of cells.

    5. The pure dark chocolate is helpful in improving and balancing the blood sugar levels.

    6. Eating few squares or slabs of chocolate can decrease the risk of heart attacks or can decrease the chances of death by a heart attack by over 50%.

    7. According to a study, a person having chronic fatigue syndrome after eating 1.5 ounce of chocolate feels easiness.

    8. It is beneficial in lowering the LDL cholesterol and raising the HDL cholesterol.

    9. It increases the metabolism of the blood sugar in one’s body which further reduces the chances of diabetes.

    10. As per the UK study, Theobromine component of cocoa is affective in giving an ease to a persistent cough as it opens the airways of the lungs.

    • ANSWER:

  4. QUESTION:
    when do you think dietitians in the UK will catch on that a low carb diet is a good diet for a diabetic?
    I have been eating low carb since the beginning of October last year (the same time I was diagnosed with type 2). I did a lot of research and low carb eating made the most sense. I was very obese, but by eating low carb (usually about 50 to 100 grams a day) and exercising I have so far managed to lose 6 stone (84 pounds) and have brought my HbA1c down to 5.7. When I went to the dietitian last week she was very critical of my low carb eating. She said I am losing weight too quickly, not eating enough calories (I eat between 1200 and 1400 a day) and I am not eating enough carbs. I tried to explain to her that diabetics in America are finding it much better on their blood sugar levels to limit their carbs. I got a earfull about your body needing those carbs, etc… I agreed after much argument to have at least 100 carbs a day and 1500 calories… *Sigh* She asked me if I was prepared to eat the way I have been eating since October for the rest of my life, I told her that, yes, I was perfectly happy to as I don’t feel like I am missing out on too much… She didn’t aknowledge my answer at all… Probably because that wasn’t the answer she was expecting!!!! So, do you think dietitians in the UK will ever get on board with the low carb diet for diabetics? Thanks for your reply!!!! :0)
    Micksmixxx, Hmmm… I wonder how she didn’t learn this then!!! The dietitian said and I quote, “We don’t believe that anyone should eat a low carb diet!”. I must have ended up with the one dietitian that missed those lessons!!! Thanks for your reply, Mick!!! :0)

    • ANSWER:
      First of all, congrats on your hard work and your fab numbers.

      There is no one-size-fits-all answer for diabetes. I am glad you have found something that works for you and you should continue with what works.

      Unfortunately, many dietitians seem to think that there IS a one-size-fits-all solution and worse, that that solution is low fat high carb. This is mainly because for 30 years, medical science has been obsessed by the idea that fat is bad for you. And because diabetics have a higher risk of cardiovascular disease, they were told to go low-fat. The trouble is that low fat by default is high carb.

      As diabetes is primarily a disease of carbohydrate intolerance, why would you give a patient the exact thing that is toxic to them? It is like giving nuts to a nut allergy sufferer. Hey why not right? Nuts have lots of good, heart-healthy fats and are in general good for health. But not if the person is allergic to them!

      So please continue doing what works for you. I only listen to dietitians if my blood glucose meter also agrees with what they tell me. So I listen quite selectively. For example, my dietitians keep telling me that I don’t have to inject insulin to eat cherries. Because that is the answer given in their book of knowledge. But my blood glucose meter tells me that 15 cherries will raise my blood sugar by 3 mm/ol. Of course, I listen to my blood glucose meter rather than the dietitians.

      Your dietitian is also wrong about the body needing carbs. The body needs zero carbs a day to survive. You might hear them telling you ‘the body needs 130g of carbs a day to function’. But this is wrong. The body need 130g of GLUCOSE a day to function. It can get all of that glucose perfectly fine from protein.

      Please don’t let this dietitian’s ignorance keep you from maintaining your great numbers. She is just parroting what she has learnt from a book and it is all theoretical to her. But it is your diabetes, your life, your organs, your risk of complications.

  5. QUESTION:
    Any Metformin experts?
    First of all, thanks for taking the trouble to read and answer these questions. I really appreciate it. I am a newly diagnosed diabetic (about 6 or 7 weeks ago) and I really need some answers to these questions:

    As a background to this question, my fasting blood sugar when diagnosed was 20 UK (= 360 US). I have tested it myself a couple of times this week when fasting and it was 13.1 (=236) and 15.8 (=284) but it has also been 19.8 (=356) an hour after a meal.

    (1) When should I take metformin – before, during or after a meal and why? I have heard some conflicting things.

    (2) I have been prescribed 3 x 500mg but I very rarely eat three large meals. In fact, I eat about 5 or 6 half size meals so would it be okay for me to halve the dosage and double the frequency? i.e. does it depend on how much I actually eat?

    (3) What is Metformin actually doing? (i.e. how does it actually work)

    (4) Is the effect of Metformin simply a short term remedy in as much as, does it simply lower my blood sugar momentarily or should I expect to see a long term reduction in my fasting blood sugar?

    (5) If I dont feel that Metformin is doing much then should I consider asking for the Slow Release version? Or should I consider going onto Insulin?

    (6) Are there websites with charts etc which show how blood sugar levels should be on a typical day when meals are taken and when Metformin/Insulin are taken?

    Once again, thanks
    I am type 2, and I am male, aged 42, with both parents Indian.

    • ANSWER:
      You seem to have several problesm,all related.

      1) ALWAYS FOLLOW DOCTORS ORDRS. Do not depend on advice from the intenet. CALL THE DOCTOR and ask. DO NOT attempt to treat yoursefl, adjust your own disages, or otherwise self-medicate. DO NOT use any folk” or herbal remedies, as they can interfer with teh prescription drugs..

      2) You should take readings ONLY as indicated by the doctor. The most commen times are:
      –> Just before (like 5 minutes before) meals
      –> Just before bed
      Some doctoar also recommend taking a reading TWO HOURS after eating.

      NEVER TAKE A READING AT ANY OTHER TIME. Your blood sugar “spikes” immediately after you eat, and so readings taken sooner than two hours after eating WILL be high, and are meaningless.

      NOW:
      Metformin is to be taken WITH MEALS, unless the doctor orders otherwise. One of the things a diabetic MUST do is control their eating habits. you need to start eating in a more prescribed, regular manner, like THREE meals a day, at the normal times.

      DO NOT cut the pill! Metformin must be taken whole, not chewed, crushed, or cut..

      Metformin works by 1) Causing the liver to produce less excess sugar, and 2) Increase the body’s sensitiveity to insulin, thus lowering blood sugar.

      Metformin works almost immedately, but its effect will act as long as the chemical stays in the body. That is why it is necesary to properly time your meals!

      It is not about what YOU feel is working or not; it is about what the doctor PROVES is working or not, through regular blood tests. The doctor is the one to make the judgement whether ot not to use the XR version ogfmetformin.

      But, there are other medications to try before going to insulin. Metformin works for Insulin Resistence. but you might have Insulin Deficiency. Therefor, you need drugs that will stimulate the pancreas to produce more insulin. These drugs may be tried alone or in combination with metformin.

      Only if NONE of the drugs work should you consider insulin.

      There is no ned for a Blood Glucose chart. The reading are very simple to undetstand.

      1) ALWAYS take the readings at the correct times (see above). Raeding taken at ANY other time are meaningless.
      2) blood sugar readings taken just before meals or bed should be in the NORMAL range, 80-120 US
      3) Reading taken two hous after the meals should be in the range of 150-200 US

      However you obtain these result is OK, so long as it works. Diet and exercise, Metformin, or insulin — all are OK.

      the goal of diabetes treatment is to train the patient to take control of his or her life, teaching them to STRICTLY control their diet, get more exercise, and lose weight. If this can be successfully accomplished, the drugs and/or insulin can be reduced or even eliminated.

      BUT NOTE::
      If the patient remains “non-compliant” (not following doctors orders, ESPECIALLY so far as strict dietary control is concerned) then there is no doctor in the world, no medication yet invented, that can save the patients life.

      Diabetes is an EXTREMELY personal disease. It requires a great deal of self-discipline to fight it. The successful patient will live as long and as happy as a “healthy” person.

      The non-compliant patient will often die young, and almost always painfully, being subject to high blood pressure, high cholesterol, heart attacks, strokes, blindness, Azheimers disease, amputations, kidneys disease, and dialysis.

  6. QUESTION:
    Diabetes UK – My glucose level?
    Hi,

    I went to the doctors a few weeks ago complaining of needing to urinate alot and the urge was really bad. She wanted a blood test done to check my kidneys, calcium levels and to even check for diabetes.

    I went to see my doctor for my results today…

    (My calcium levels etc were fine) and also my urinating ‘probelm’ has gone. So she put it down to stress irritable bladder.

    My ‘Plasma glucose level was 6.5 mmol/L (written on the paperwork the range is 3.0-6.0)

    When I had the blood test taken, I had eaten 2 slices of thick toast and had a cup of tea with 3 sugars and milk about 2 hours before.

    My doctor said my glucose leve was a bit high, but because it was a ‘random test’ and I had eaten before hand not to worry about it.

    She said even a fasting test the range can go up too 6 mmol/L and mine was 6.5 after eating.

    Is she right? (I am in the UK just incase the ranges are different in other countries)
    Thanks all for your answers (apart from the SPAM ones!).

    I went to a UK health site and got this info:

    random glucose test: glucose levels are taken at a random time on two occasions. Any figure above 11.1mmol/l is a diagnosis of diabetes

    So reading that I am not going to worry right now… because I also have none of the symptoms (apart from I was urinating often which seems to have calmed down now, so must have been a stressed bladder).

    Here are SOME of the symptoms for diabetes:
    increased thirst – I don’t have this
    frequent urination – I did have this, but it seems to have gotten better by itself
    tiredness – No
    weight loss, although appetite often increases (especially in Type 1 diabetes) – Well I certainly am not losing weight! only if I diet of course. I am overweight, yes… but I will only lose if I diet and exercise, obviously.
    itchiness, especially around the genitals
    recurrent infections on the skin, eg boils. – Not experiencing none of this.

    • ANSWER:
      Yes she is correct. You need to do a fasting glucose test where they use the glucose drink. Thats really the only way to tell if you are indeed diabetic. After having all that sugar and milk before you were tested ofcourse your levels will be a bit on the high side. It usually takes an estimated 4 hours for your glucose levels to return to normal after eating. Also stress will make the levels high sometimes as well. :)

  7. QUESTION:
    When will people stop listening to these quacks?

    http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/7520756.stm

    “Nutritionist” my backside!

    I had a friend who was told by a “Holistic Nutritionist” that she had a “yeast intolerance” and a “leaky gut” (whatever that means) and was put on a diet which basically meant she had to live on fish, rice, potatoes and vegetables. She lost so much weight she began to look like a famine victim and after passing out at work due to very low blood sugar levels her GP ordered her to start eating normally again.

    These people are NOT medically qualified, their science is based on a load of new-age garbage and spurious research. Four Pints of Water a day is NOT necessary and can cause severe health problems, as can eliminating salt, fat and sugar from the diet.

    These so-called “Nutritionists” need to be licensed and regulated by public safety, surely?
    Wudbiser – in the UK, Healthcare is free at point of contact on the NHS (yes, Socialised Medicine, I know . . ). This woman paid a lot of money for this “advice” from a “Nutritionist”. She could have gone to her GP and got proper, medical advice for nothing.
    Want to lose weight – heres the facts:

    Burn more calories than you consume. Either eat less (smaller portions, less fattening food) or burn more (take more exercise).

    This advice has been provided free of charge by someone with sense. Try it and you’ll find it works.

    • ANSWER:
      Holistic Nutritionist my a*se some people need to get a real job and stop hoodwinking the vulnerable

  8. QUESTION:
    alcohol poisoning ? pls answer?
    hiya,

    erm well last night i drank about 18 units over 3 hours. was sick a bit and well pretty much knocked out to say the least. i was taken to hospital and had blood sugar levels done ect. and sent home after bout 3 hours. i guess they thought i was ok.

    but could i still be in dnager of alchol poising what are the symptoms the next day?

    i feel sick, my heart keeps pounding,breathing a tad weird at times. woke up with pins and needles feeling both arms (no wasnt laying on them) headache coming and going.
    struggling to eat or drink anything now cos feel sick. had a banana about 5.00 am (uk time) and cant face eating anything else.

    is it possible to have damge from what i did, would i know by now if it were serious??
    im 19,female, 5ft 9inchs. 9 and half stone.
    lol thats actually pretty funny! made me smile even though it shouldnt lol
    ok and urinating blood?? unless my periods come 10 days early ?????? :S

    • ANSWER:
      If you were taken to the hospital and released a few hours later, it’s most likely nothing too severe. However, once you reach the limit of knocking out, you already have a lot of damage done to your body.

      So yes, it is possible that you have done damage. You would know by now, because your body could not handle that much alcohol at once, therefore you started to feel sick.

      Though I’d like to say you don’t have alcohol poisoning, you shouldn’t take drinking lightly. Normally, by the time you realize you have alcohol poisoning, you’re somewhere on your way to heaven already. If not, in serious conditions. Othewise, symptoms are not quite noticeable.

      Waking up with the feeling of pins and needles in you, is the result of a serious hang over. These are the off-balance signals from your brain that is triggering these sensations. Others might call this a “headache”. Lastly, not feeling hungry, being able to chew food, or keep the food in your stomache, is normal.

      Drink a lot of water. Not sodas, coffee, or any energy drink, but just plain water. Alcohol evaporate’s fast, just as rubbing alcohol and what not, in which this case, causes you to become very dehydrated.

      I suggest you not drink as much in the future. You were lucky this time.

  9. QUESTION:
    Do I have Hypoglycemia? and what should glucose test result be?
    I went to my GP with following symptoms: shaking, cold hands and feet, dizzy, sweating which is embar to say the least! and craving sugar all the time and drinking and weeing alot. GP did some bloods and Cholesterol came back at 5 (borderline), fasting sugars were 6.2. One of my liver tests were raised. I explained to her that when I feel shaky that I have to eat or i will pass out and after eating i feel better within 20mins of having choc etc. She has said that she wants to do a glucose tolerance test to see if I am hypoglycemic. I have researched alot on the internet about it and the symptoms are def similar to what I have been having. I took my sugar levels this morning and it was 4.5 – these are UK figures by the way. Then took it again around 11am and it was 2.4 – I was at this point very sweaty and shaky and craving choc. After lunch around 1pm it went back up to 7.6 – this is soooooo bizarre is this what happens to people with hypoglycemia?

    What should my levels be?
    When i have my glucose test next week I have to fast the night before so what should my levels be on the glucose test?
    If I am hypoglycemic will the test levels be higher after eating something?
    Say your levels are 4.5 on fasting and then have glucose then 2 hours later your levels are say 7.2 what does that mean? is that normal or hypoglycemic? some internet articles say that your levels should be around the same if no different – I am a bit confused by all the numbers and what they mean. Alot of sites are US figures as well which is different from UK please HELP!!!! thanks

    • ANSWER:
      Just as a handy tip, if you want to convert UK blood sugar (mmol/L) to US blood sugar (mg/dL), just multiply by 18. For example, 5 mmol/L is 90 mg/dL.

      Fasting blood sugar of 4.5 mmol/L and then spiking up to 7.2 mmol/L is normal in an OGTT. Normal fasting blood sugar and a two-hour reading of 140 mg/dL or 7.8 mmol/L or below during an OGTT is considered non-diabetic. 7.2 mmol/L is definitely not hypoglycemic.

      Many people have hypoglycemia the second or third hour of an OGTT because the sugar stimulates the pancreas to produce so much insulin. It’s known as “reactive hypoglycemia.”

      Your fasting blood sugar in the doctor’s office was borderline. Normal fasting blood sugar is generally 5.5 mmol/L or below. That’s the standard in the US, anyway.

      The 2.4 mmol/L was hypoglycemic, but some of your other readings were either normal or slightly elevated. The OGTT should help the doctor determine whether it’s diabetes, hypoglycemia or something else.

  10. QUESTION:
    Does this sound like diabetes ?
    well gestational diabetes….

    i was pregnant last year and had late gestational diabetes. a couple of months after the birth i am pregnant again, im now 4 months pregnant.

    i was feeling particulary ropey most days especially after eating rubbish (chocolate, junk food etc), and i tested my blood sugars on the monitor from when i had gestational diabetes previously, and the reading was 1.7. I had some lucozade straight after and felt like i was buzzing and did my blood sugar test after an hour and it read 9.7.

    Ive since cut out all sugars, all junk food, all chocolate, all crisps, everything naughty ive cut out, including bad carbs, and my levels have stayed around 5 to 6.

    Does it sound like i have diabetes ?

    thanks

    UK

    • ANSWER:
      Sounds like the Gestational diabetes has occurred again during this pregnancy. However; I would advise a trip to the Doctor, GP, to have a proper diagnosis, before any further complications with regards to your baby.

  11. QUESTION:
    Information on Hypoglecemia?
    On Monday I collapsed at work, my speech was slurred and my colleagues said that I appeared drunk. I felt very weak and lightheaded and felt like this on and off all day. I only felt better after having a can of coke and a chocolate bar. I had gestational diabetes last year and recognised the signs as having low blood sugar. I went to my doctor on Tuesday who said based on a previous GTT test that I had done 12 months ago, it suggested that I was hypoglycemic..unfortunately the hospital failed to pass the information on so it was left undiagnosed. He was very confused and said that this is very uncommon in someone who does not have diabetes. He has referred me to hospital for more tests and I am going back next week. However since Monday I have struggled to keep my sugar levels above 5. In the morning it is usually around the 3.5 mark (UK measurement) and 2 hours after dinner it is around 4.4. Obviously I’m not asking for any medical diagnosis, but I feel so weak and lightheaded all the time….does anyone have any tips on how to keep my sugar levels normal….I’m not really sure if these levels are particularly low, and can only go on what my doctor has said. I eat healthily and have recently decided to cut out sugar and white carbs out of my diet, but this doesn’t seem to be making much of a difference. Any tips would be great, as I have to wait another week before i can see the doctor again.
    I’m only slightly overweight but this is extra weight that I’m still carrying after giving birth…Its been coming down gradually since. I have’nt been excercising any more than usual but have been quite stressed out at work lately..I’m starting to wonder is this is something to do with it!

    • ANSWER:
      Hi Ljay,

      Firstly, the advice from Atalanta is broadly correct; if you are an undiagnosed and importantly ‘conventional’ diabetic, then your GP or diabetic specialist would argue that your sugars should actually be in the range of 4mmol to 6mmol. Anything under 4 is definitely too low. If you are experiencing repeated hypoglycaemic attacks (‘lows’) and not experiencing primary symptoms until you reach a lower reading, then your diabetes team would potentially advocate keeping your sugars in a higher threshold of 4mmol to 8mmol.

      With regard to your specific questions:
      I would second Tin S’s comment about eating regularly. Whether or not you are diabetic and whether or not you are type 1 or type 2 (referring to insulin dependency), with your account above, you should be eating a snack between meals.

      To ensure this has the required results, it is crucial that you approach a hypoglycaemic event as follows:
      First, treat the attack with rapid acting sugars: this could be
      lucozade (50 ml), coke (100ml) or other sugar-containing pops,
      dextrosol tablets (3 tablets) (from any chemist)
      jelly babies/wine gums (3-4 sweets)

      At all costs, please avoid chocolate bars as the initial treatment; the fats in chocolate bars cause them to be a medium-GI food which essentially slow down the absorption of sugars and subsequent distribution within the body. Historically, chocolate bars were advertised as a good food to treat a ‘hypo’ – but nowadays are not a recommended solution… unless there’s nothing else to hand from the above list. Try to keep one or more of the above in/near your desk and also in your car/on your person.

      Once you have taken a boost from any of the above foods, wait ten minutes. If you still have your symptoms, then repeat the dose above. Wait another ten minutes and repeat until your symptoms have disappeared. Once your symptoms have passed, you MUST follow-up with a longer-acting slow-release low-GI food such as:
      cereal bar (not the chocolate variety)
      half slice seeded bread or toast
      fibrous fruits (half-banana; 1 orange, 1 apple or 1 pear)
      1 digestive/custard cream/hob-nob/jammy dodger
      2 rich tea/malted milk/nice

      It is fundamentally important that you have a high-GI food to bring you out of the ‘danger zone’ followed by a low-GI food to keep your sugars at the higher level and ensure that you do not slip back to the earlier low level. If you just treat the low with the high-GI food, you will shoot up but shoot straight back down soon after… this may be what was happening on Monday.

      If you do end up being diagnosed as a diabetic, then I would advise that your pre- and post-meal readings are currently too low. 3.5 is also too low for a “fasting reading” and the hospital/GP and diabetic team will help you understand how to regulate your readings throughout the day.

      Until you are seen at the hospital – and particularly to prevent any issues with getting to work late etc., I would recommend that you eat a small supper of approximately 20-25g carbohydrate before going to bed. This should raise your blood reading in the morning. An example of this could be 1.5 slices of seeded toast; a cereal bar; a very SMALL (20g?) bowl of no-added-sugar muesli with milk etc. AVOID weetabix as it is medium- to high-GI despite being fibrous. You can use the readings on the back of food packets as a rough guide to the approximate carbohydrate content of the foods – but there are flaws in store there, which the specialists will explain to you.

      To ensure your sugars are kept in the slightly higher range, try to ensure you are having some starchy foods in your meals (pasta/bread/potatoes etc.). If you want to keep it healthy, then go for wholemal pasta; brown rice; seeded bread; new potatoes. These are all low-GI. Keep up the healthy eating (i.e. five fruit/veg a day) – this is well worth it.

      Lastly… until you are seen for a follow-up, at all costs avoid alchohol (beyond a glass of wine with your meal). Although you may feel like you might need a drink at the moment, alcohol lowers your blood sugars for up to 36 hours after drinking. And if you are partial to beer rather than just wine, beer has a far more complex effect on your diabetes which deserves its own article.

      A guide to hypos is available at the Diabetes UK web-site:

      http://www.diabetes.org.uk/Guide-to-diabetes/Complications/Short_term_complications/Hypoglycaemia/

      Diabetes UK also publishes a magazine called Balance. If you are diagnosed with diabetes, it is well worth subscribing for a year. The price is low compared to the value you will get from it.

      I know this is a bit of an essay, but lastly – you mention stress. Contrary to my previous beliefs/assumptions, my diabetic specialist recently advised that stress actually causes the blood sugars to go up… but – if you are having a hypo you may become anxious and feel stressed during the hypo. If you’ve been feeling stressed at work lately

  12. QUESTION:
    Negative urine test but one high home meter reading + symptoms – Could it still be diabetes?
    I have posted here before but wanted more specific advice now.

    Background, my son is 6. For the past 2 weeks or so he has the following noticeable symptoms, been picked up not just by us parents but other relatives:

    * Increased thirst
    * Increased appetite
    * Increased urination
    * Irritability/weepiness
    * Has had small accidents, mostly in the night but a couple of slight ones in the day
    * Looks to of lost weight (not confirmed since we don’t weigh him routinely)
    * Has itchy inner thighs

    His father has Type 2 and so we have a blood sugar monitor at home, tested him randomly and got a 12.1 (218), which is above the level needed for diagnosis of diabetes. I’ve never seen it that high on anyone I’ve ever tested, at any point, apart from my diabetic husband.

    Decided to take him to our Dr some 7 hours later, who tested his urine which was negative for sugar or ketones. Nurse there did another finger prick which came back as 6.9 ( 124), which is of course normal.

    Dr then said not to worry and just keep an eye on things.

    I do admit the following day I did test his sugar again a few times (with his permission!), including recreating what he’d eaten for breakfast the day before when I’d tested him high and nothing. All readings were pretty normal. Fasting one lower than his 4 year old sister had (done to compare) so definitely ok.

    Bearing in mind he does have active and classic diabetes symptoms, should I ask for further testing? Could it be diabetes with normal sugar levels for the most part?

    He has had symptoms on and off for a while now, whilst his random sugar levels have been going up, over a year and a bit. I don’t test him often but he’ll sometimes ask if he sees his father testing or his diabetic friend at school being tested. It was sometimes in the 8′s back in 2009, then it was in the 10′s this time in 2010 and now, with this 12.1, I’m obviously concerned there could be a spluttering of his pancreas going on and this could turn into something like Type 1 with a little longer. Does that happen?

    I have heard stories where some people have normal levels but just one or two spikes a day, which you could easily miss when randomly home testing. Is that really true?

    I’m in the UK, for your information. :o )

    Would really appreciate some help please! Please don’t question my parenting skills or accuse me of being a mean mummy for testing him – I’d be a terrible mother if I DIDN’T notice these things or seek advice when my son isn’t right! After losing a beloved Grandmother to diabetes and watching my husband struggle with the condition, I would never *wish* my child to have this condition.

    • ANSWER:
      You’re not a terrible parent. If my child were exhibiting these symptoms, I would absolutely be testing him at home with my glucose meter. Being a diabetic myself, I know how serious this disease is if left unchecked.

      I’ll tell you about a Type 1 that I know and hopefully this anecdote will answer some of your questions. She, too, was experiencing symptoms of diabetes, but every time she’d go into the doctor for a fasting blood sugar or random blood sugar test, her blood sugar would come back relatively normal. Her doctor decided to hook her up to a CGMS (continuous glucose monitoring system) that reads blood sugar all throughout the day. What she discovered was amazing. After meals, she was spiking up well over 300 mg/dL (16.6 mmol/L) and then dropping very fast. When she showed her doctor the readings, he tested her for Type 1 antibodies and, sure enough, she was diabetic. She was still honeymooning and experiencing fluctuating blood sugar levels.

      So, yes, a honeymooning Type 1 can have a few spikes a day without catching them. Once all or most pancreatic function ceases, blood sugar will skyrocket very quickly.

      Ketones would only appear in his urine if your son were in a state of diabetic ketoacidosis (he would need to have basically no insulin production and very high blood sugar – all signs indicate that he has insulin production) or on a low-carbohydrate diet or very dehydrated. My blood sugar was over 300 in the hospital and I didn’t have ketones. As for sugar in the urine, every person has a different renal threshold upon which sugar will pass in the urine. If your son is only hitting the 200s for brief periods of time, he may not get sugar in the urine.

      I would ask the doctor for an A1c, a c-peptide (measures insulin production), and a GAD (tests for Type 1 antibodies). A urine test is so ridiculously old-fashioned and one random blood sugar draw does not mean anything either way.

  13. QUESTION:
    Please answer if you know about gestational diabetes UK?
    I have been diabetic my whole life and have managed to keep good blood glucose levels with diet and metphormin.

    I am now just over 5 months pregnant and have been on insulin since about week 8 of my pregnancy. I was speaking to a friend today who is type 2 diabetic and just had a baby who also went on insulin during her pregnancy.

    She was shocked to learn that my insulin dosage with meals is about 40 units (she was only on 12units with meals by the time she gave birth)

    I guess my question is IS 40 units an abnormally high dosage for 5 months pregnant? I was told by my doctor that my dosage would go up and up throughout the pregnancy, I control my own dosage but he didn’t clarify whether I am on track and I haven’t see him for a month and don’t have an appointment for another 2 weeks.

    I have also been having hypos the last 2 weeks. Could this be related to my high dosage of insulin? My readings an hour after my meals are normally between 6.5 and 8.0 but sometimes within 2 or 3 hours I will drop as low as 2.1.

    I don’t eat extra large portions and have not gained much weight with the pregnancy. I try to stick to brown bread and don’t eat sugary things. I eat plenty of veg and try to have 1 or two portions of fruit (usually bananas or apples) everyday. If the pregnancy cravings are driving me insane I have a packet of crisps, diet coke or toast with low sugar jam. I do occasionally have more than two portions of fruit if I have a hypo.

    Is there any other pregnant diabetic out there with a similar experience or concerns? I feel a little worried my dosage is so drastically higher than my friends was when she was so much further along. Should I be aiming for a lower dosage?

    Also if this matters, my nighttime dosage is much lower at 14 units. Sometimes I have a hypo in the middle of the night and keep chocolate by my bed for when this happens.

    • ANSWER:
      It doesn’t matter what anyone else’s requirements are.
      It is YOUR body. Not theirs.
      If you are having hypos, you need to cut back though.
      You need to see your doctor or diabetes nurse as low sugars are dangerous for the baby’s development (high sugars also affect the baby).
      Satisfying the odd craving is ok too as long as your sugars don’t go too high.
      Be careful with the caffeine in the diet coke. It will stimulate the baby.
      Good luck


Blood Sugar Levels After Eating Sugar

The federal government conducts a landmark study from 1983 to 1993 that profoundly changed the organization of diabetes. The study involved 1,441 volunteers with Type 1 diabetes at 29 medical centers in the United States and Canada. The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study in 1998 shaped similar results for people with Type 2 diabetes.

Do you have high blood sugar levels or are you diagnosed with type 2 diabetes. Millions of americans each year are afflicted with this unfaithful disease. Thus it becomes important that controlling your blood sugar levels can help you lead a fit and normal life.

Read more on Home Remedies for High Blood Pressure and Low Blood Pressure Home Remedies and Home Remedies

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    What pattern does blood sugar levels take after eating?
    I’m not sure but I think my blood sugar is doing strange things.. after I eat something, it will go up to like 160 (which is way higher than I ever saw it before), then 30 min after eating it will be back in the 80′s…. then 30 more minutes it will go back up to 120 or so.. Then occasionally a few hours after eating it crashes into hypoglycemia, into the 50′s or so. Any ideas?

    • ANSWER:
      Did you over-correct with your rapid insulin after eating? Did you eat anything else after supper? Did you take too much long-acting insulin in the morning? What kinds of insulin are you on? Were you eating, then going high, over-correcting, and then eating again? Usually after eating, with the correct insulin doses, your sugars should stay between (4.0 and 7.0 mmol/L – sorry, I am Canadian and don’t relate well to mg/dL). You should see your endocrinologist, dietition, diabetic nurse, and or doctor, if you have these. Most hospitals have diabetic units that would help to adjust your insulin doses.

      Sorry, but I think the person above me is referring to an insulin resistance test.

      Also, your problem could be that you are using the same injection site over and over again. This can lead to the insulin pocketing in the fat, and then at the WRONG time, the insulin can escape from the pocket, after your blood sugars have come down from exercise, or whatever else. You need to alternate your injection sites or else you will continuously have this problem.

  2. QUESTION:
    Why does blood sugar levels drop after eating?
    before breakfast blood sugar reading is 96 , hour and half later it reads 80 . Shouldnt it be higher after eating?
    Thank you for your answer, I should ve added more details . Im just now starting to monitor my levels and not taking any meds yet.

    • ANSWER:
      This is a, make a load of money disease and it is not the diabetics making it.

      The first answer ‘:O she didn’t just do that’ is a typical bullshit medical auto response answer which is why diabetes will never be cured. You say you are not on medicine yet and you therefore have not taken too much insulin.

      They know little or nothing about the working of muscles in the medical profession – you will hear that muscles require carbohydrate and you will also hear that muscles produce carbohydrate. They will tell you not to test too often and that diabetics are paranoid. They will tell you that you are going through the ‘honeymoon phase of your diabetes’ but say you must take the medicine anyway. Please try and avoid taking medications if you can. I believe that the medical profession will kill you long before the supposed diabetes will. Why do you think that you have got diabetes? 96 down to 80 what?

      Had you drunk alcohol the night before? Taken exercise the night before? What is your morning routine when you get up? What did you eat for breakfast? Possible known explanations, -

      Alcohol lowers blood sugar in everyone. Alcohol can play with your own natural absorption of your own insulin and carbohydrate. If you peed the morning after; after your first blood test your kidneys could have got rid of that alcohol in the hour and half before you tested your blood sugar again. In that time your blood circulation would increase and muscles could have started absorbing your own insulin again. Your blood sugar would drop a little.

      Exercise lowers everyone’s blood sugar. During the night if you had exercised before you went to bed (sex?) you burn carbohydrate when you relax afterwards. Now your blood sugar should fall anyway when you are asleep – interested yet because the medical profession isn’t – (far easier to simply starve diabetics and charge them for it). If after exercise your blood sugar falls to a level your pituitary gland is not happy with it will instruct your liver to release sugar into your blood stream. Depending on your morning routine moving around and eating your liver would stop releasing carbohydrate and you would burn carbohydrate off going about your morning routine.

      I am dubious as to whether you are diabetic, but if you are and you ate little or no carbohydrate for breakfast it may even be that you did not take enough in for the exercise you then took. Blood sugars rise and drop in normal people too you know. Please be very very careful of dealing with the medical profession; with a false ID seek another medical opinion.

  3. QUESTION:
    WHat is normal blood sugar levels after eating?
    I am not a diabetic but it does run in my family! But i decided to check my blood sugar tonight while my aunt was checking hers! when i did it….it said 80 and that was like an hour after i ate! IS this normal! I thought that it would be really high because of what all i ate!

    • ANSWER:
      Nothing to worry its normal.
      Normals are from 65 to 100 fasting. Don’t worry about non fasting numbers. Anything under 100 is Normal!

      Most normal people go up to about 150 or so after eating a normal meal then come back down to under 100 in less than 2 hours.

      For more info on diabetes

      http://www.reddiabetes.com

  4. QUESTION:
    How long should I wait after eating to check my blood sugar levels.?
    My wife has been found to be pre diabetic and her doc has her on a diet and checking her glucose levels daily. My diabetic grandma checks hers 2hrs after she eats. My wife says 30 minutes. Who is right?

    • ANSWER:
      Thirty minutes is too early. Unless you’re eating sugar, you won’t see any blood sugar spikes thirty minutes after eating. Spikes in blood sugar happen at the 45 minute to 1 hour mark. The two-hour mark is when you should be coming back to normal. She should test exactly two hours after her first bite. She should test after one hour if she’s interested in how high she’s spiking. Sometimes the one hour matters as much as the two hour. For example, if you spike over 200 and return to the 120s at two hours, you might not know based on your two hour exactly how high you went at one hour. That one hour is far too high. So, definitely two hours, but one hour is important when she’s in doubt about the food she’s eating.

  5. QUESTION:
    pregnant, normal blood sugar levels after eating?
    just wondering, do people without diabetes blood sugar levels spike like up to 7.2 after dinner. I have never noticed this before, and have been keeping an eye on my blood sugar levels over the past week or so, and they seem to be 5.8 – 2 hours after eating, and just then i checked and they are 7.2, just after i finished eating, I dont have diabetes that i know of, and im 25weeks 6 days pregnant, couldnt this be the onset of gestational diabetes?

    • ANSWER:

  6. QUESTION:
    how long after eating does the food we eat start to effect blood sugar levels that will show when testing?
    I basically want to know that if i was to eat something and i had forgot to check my sugar level before doing so, how long do i have to test my sugar level and still receive an accurate result?

    • ANSWER:
      DingDing is the only one who got this one right so far. I also want to add, that it depends on what you ate. There’s a difference between drinking juice and eating some pasta. The juice will show up fast and spike sooner. Complex carbs and high fat foods will take longer.

      This happens to us too … occasionally I’ll forget to take my daughter’s sugar reading before she eats. I don’t trust anything past a few minutes after she’s started. It seems to start going up almost immediately.

  7. QUESTION:
    What is the normal blood sugar level for a seven year old before and after eating?
    I tested my child’s blood sugar level a couple hours after eating the other day and it was 296. About an hour later it was 201. I’ve tested her first thing in the morning yesterday (blood sugar was 118) and today (blood sugar was 128) without eating. Should I call the doctor or just continue to watch her? I should mention she’s got bladder/urinary problems also (spastic bladder).

    • ANSWER:
      Age does not matter.
      Fasting blood sugar of greater than 125 is diagnostic of diabetes.
      Random blood sugar of greater than 200 (twice) is also diagnostic of diabetes.

      You need to get this child into the doctor today.

  8. QUESTION:
    does someone know whats the normal average for blood sugar levels after eating for a pregnant type 2 diabetic?
    i know whats the normal levels for a NON-PREGNANT but not for a pregnant woman, i’m pregnant right now. my doctor told me that i have to be between 80-95 fasting and 140 after eating. its very strick i know its for my own good but what do you think about this?

    • ANSWER:
      Hi I’m also pregnant with type 2 diabetes I’m going on 23 weeks. My doctor says my fasting level should be from 70-105 and 1 hour after eating anything below 145 to 70 is okay. I guess each doctor is different. Right now I’m kinda freaking out cause my sugar was high after lunch like real high 184- I think I messed up this morning by eating a whole donut with sprinkles and then not eating again till 5 hrs later it’s been 3 hrs and it’s only come down to 174, and my suagr levels have been great up intill now. So kinda worried. Well enough rambling I was here to answer your question not tell you my days problem….. Sorry!!!!

  9. QUESTION:
    What is the approximate time taken for blood sugar levels to rise after eating high sugar food?

    I’m not a diabetic.
    20 minutes? An hour? Approximately how long… ?

    • ANSWER:
      Any food will start to increase blood sugar levels within a few minutes. High sugar food can help to stablise a diabetic who is going into insulin shock within 5 to 10 minutes. My brother has been insulin dependent since he was 14. I have seen him in insulin coma’s many times. He usually gets really moody, grumpy and starts going “spaced out” looking. So we know to get food into him as soon as we can. Even a cup of coffee with milk will help him. I also know that my grandchildren start to react to high sugar foods within 20 minutes or so of eating it and it can continue to effect their behaviour for up to 2 hours.

  10. QUESTION:
    what is considered a high spike in blood sugar level after eating certain foods?
    I’ve been monitoring my blood sugar levels after eating certain foods, however, I’m not sure what is considered a high spike from my previous readings. Is a 30pt spike considered a high jump or is a 15pt spike considered a high jump or is that all normal? As long as you fall in the “normal” range, does it not matter how high of a jump you have from one reading to another?

    • ANSWER:
      I consider 50 mg/dL to be a high spike. that requires an additional unit of Humalog. that is 2 hours after beginning the meal or snack.

  11. QUESTION:
    WHat is normal blood sugar levels after eating? Mine was like 80?
    I am not a diabetic but it does run in my family! But i decided to check my blood sugar tonight while my aunt was checking hers! when i did it….it said 80 and that was like an hour after i ate! IS this normal! I thought that it would be really high because of what all i ate!

    • ANSWER:
      That’s normal. My brother, dad, and husband all have diabetes and normal range is 70-120. If you don’t have sugar you should be down to normal in an hour or two (depending on what you ate). It takes 2 hours for people with sugar to get to normal. If it is not normal or is very high they have to take insulin. My brother takes 7 shots a day. You do not have sugar but if it runs in your family it is possible you may get it later.

  12. QUESTION:
    How long does it take for blood sugar levels to become high after eating chocolate?

    I’m not a diabetic.

    • ANSWER:
      Blood sugar levels peak 2 hours after you eat

  13. QUESTION:
    How long does it take for blood sugar levels to become normal after eating chocolate?

    • ANSWER:
      A little while, when your blood sugar is low your best off having a sugary drink. Sugars in liquids are absorbed into the blood stream alot faster then when they are in solids =)

  14. QUESTION:
    How long does it take for blood sugar levels to become high after eating something that will raise blood sugar

    • ANSWER:
      BG levels normally peak about 1 1/2 hours after eating.
      Foods that require less processing, i.e., simple sugars, will get you there quicker.
      An example of simple sugars would be high fructose corn syrup (HFCS) which currently is present in the overwhelming majority of foods. Read the labels and be informed.
      BTW, HFCS is NOT healthy for you, no matter what they say.
      HFCS is not digested nor processed by the liver in the same way as other sugars.

  15. QUESTION:
    blood sugar levels after eating.?
    I checked the blood sugar levels of myself and my kids…no real reason, just interested in the result.
    both myself and my 3 year old got high readings.
    Everyone else was in between 100-130.
    we were between 183-190. I read anything over 150 is high.
    the tests were taken 20-60 minutes after eating.
    we had rice and chicken for dinner and hadn’t eaten anything before that for 6 hours, if it matters.
    any input from diabetics would be appricated.
    thanks.
    sasha – oh shut up all ready. We were never on our way to the ER lol.
    I did mine and my kids thought it was cool and LINED UP to do thiers. I bet your kids are a bunch od whiny little twits. Mine very much enjoy science and learning about themselves. A tiny poke didn’t make any of them whine. Later we are looking at my breastmilk under a microscope….you on the other hand, continue raising the pussies of america. ;) I’m sure all that experience will help them when they are working at a drive thru.
    everyone else thank you!
    Everyone WANTED to check again this morning before eating and everyone was in normal range :)

    • ANSWER:
      I would say you took the reading too soon and that both you and your 3 year old are normal.

      If you still have more concerns about your well being, I”d get checked by your family doctor or an endocrinologist just to be safe.

      Best wishes~Devin

  16. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar levels of 45-70 2-3 hours after eating. First thing morning before eating is 90-110.Diabetes?
    I had blood sugar level of 45 2-3hours after eating. Blood sugar first thing in the morning is between 90 and 110. It naturally goes up immediately after eating but then the severe drop in the past three weeks. I feel sick, shakey, red face, hot and sweaty, fuzzy eyed and headachey. Is it diabetes? The A1C came back 6.3 but I don’t believe it is a good measure of the highs and lows I am experiencing to say it is diabetes. What is up does anyone know or have an idea? Thank you!

    • ANSWER:
      You’re likely diabetic or prediabetic. An A1c over 6.0% is technically diabetic.

      Your A1c is an average of your blood sugar over the past three months. You’re having lows, but you’re also having spikes right after you eat. Since your A1c isn’t that high, the symptoms you’re experiencing are probably hypoglycemia, not hyperglycemia.

      I know you’re probably confused because diabetes means high blood sugar, not low blood sugar, but let me tell you a bit about what’s going on. You’re a new diabetic. Your pancreas still produces a sufficient amount of insulin. Your primary insulin response (what keeps your blood sugar from spiking too high) is impaired, but your secondary insulin response (what brings you down to pre-meal levels) is intact. You eat, you spike, and that sends a signal to your pancreas: RELEASE MORE INSULIN! The problem is that your pancreas releases too much insulin, sensing that your blood sugar has gone too high, and then that causes a rapid drop that makes you feel dizzy and weak. This phenomenon is somewhat common in newly diagnosed diabetics. I’ve met several.

      You should be eating a low-carbohydrate diet. That will prevent spikes and crashes. Your blood sugar will be much more stable and your A1c will likely going down.

  17. QUESTION:
    Normal blood sugar level for teenagers after eating?
    My mom was buying a blood sugar tester, and they needed to test if it works and so I volunteered. I’m seventeen years old, female; my blood sugar level was 190, but the thing is I was tested only 5 minutes after eating a sugar-coated donut and sweetened tea… Plus, I am still recovering from flu and cold. Should I be worried? Please help.

    • ANSWER:
      The normal blood glucose levels for teenagers are the same as they are for adults.

      A blood glucose level of 190 is quite high. A single donut will not raise your blood glucose that high. Nor will sweetened tea.

      Check your blood glucose regularly for a while. If it gets really high after eating (above 140-150 or so), or if it’s above 110 or so while you are fasting (no food in six hours or so), you should see a doctor to find out if you have diabetes. If it is normal most of the type but spikes significantly after eating, you need to keep an eye on it—ask your doctor for recommendations on how best to monitor it, just in case. If it’s normal all the time while you are fasting, with only a modest increase after a meal, you’re fine.

      Infections can raise blood glucose temporarily. However, you should still check again after you’ve recovered, just to make sure that no problem is developing.

  18. QUESTION:
    What is the normal blood sugar level approximately 4 hours after eating breakfast?
    I am 21 weeks pregnant. This morning I ate waffles for breakfast and have felt awful ever since. I am dizzy, nauseated, and have a headache. I am also sweating a lot and am very sleepy. I have never been diagnosed as a diabetic but my father is. I let my mom check my blood sugar 4 hours after eating breakfast and it was 169. Is this too high? I am concerned that I could be pre-diabetic or have gestational diabetes.

    • ANSWER:
      Sorry, sweetheart … and I offer that as a general term of endearment. It is NOT intended to be offensive, insulting, obnoxious, sexist or any such thing though, I must admit, I have yet to use the term to an adult male, apart from my own two grown up sons, and one of their friends who I have unofficially ‘adopted’ as one of my own … but you may well have developed gestational diabetes.

      You really need to tell your doctor(s) your findings as, I’m sure, they’ll wish to carry out further testing on you to be on the safe side.

      Normally, in a non-diabetic, the blood sugar (glucose) level would be expected to fall back below 120 mg/dL within 2 hours of eating, and preferably below 100 mg/dL.

      I’m not sure how much you know about diabetes during pregnancy, and the risks to both mother and child, so I won’t frighten you. I will say, however, that doctors would prefer your blood sugar level to be as close to ‘normal’ as possible.

      Congratulations, by the way, on your pregnancy. May you have a successful pregnancy, and definitely no complications.

      Blessings to you all.

  19. QUESTION:
    Will metformin (glucophage) clear high blood sugar levels if it’s taken after eating to many carbs?
    I went out for a celebratory dinner and mindlessly ate a lot of carbohydrates. I feel like hell, my last bsl was 240. If I take my metformin now will it help?

    • ANSWER:
      Metformin stimulates the liver to produce reduce glucanogenesis, but you are obviously insulin resistant as well. Insulin would be more effective in lowering your current blood sugar than metformin, which takes longer to act. If you have been prescribed glucophage, you are supposed to be taking it at least once daily, if not twice (depending on formulation), so if you are not taking it regularly, you derive no benefit from it. It is not meant for immediate blood glucose level control.
      If your last bgl was 240 mg/dL, take your meds, and see your doctor about what to do when you don’t follow your diet.

  20. QUESTION:
    Should my blood sugar level drop after eating?
    I tested my fasting blood sugar when I got up. It was 93. After eating lunch and testing two hours later, it was 89. Is that considered normal? Thanks!

    • ANSWER:
      Many diabetics and pre-diabetics deal with elevated fasting blood sugar. The reason is known as Dawn Phenomenon. In the early morning hours, your body produces certain hormones that cause your liver to release more glucose. There’s also a theory that these hormones make a diabetic more insulin resistant in the morning. A non-diabetic can offset this increase in glucose by producing enough insulin, but a person with an impaired pancreas often has trouble doing this.

      Sometimes eating can ‘shut off’ the liver. Many diabetics notice that their blood sugar levels get better throughout the day, especially after eating. I often have lower blood sugar after eating. If you don’t eat for a while, your liver will start dumping glucose into your blood. Sometimes eating is the best way to bring blood sugar down, which almost sounds counter-intuitive, doesn’t it?

      Also, 89 mg/dL and 93 mg/dL are well within your meter’s margin of error, so you basically had the same blood sugar before and after lunch. This is REALLY good. Your post-meal blood sugar shows you probably ate the right amount and carbohydrate count for your pancreas. By two hours, a person with a healthy pancreas will usually be below 100 mg/dL. So, if you are diabetic or pre-diabetic, your blood sugar basically mimics a non-diabetic’s. You should be proud of that. If you’re just testing out of curiosity or because you have insulin resistance, you should know that you’re doing a good job of keeping your blood sugar in a tight and safe range.

      Good luck!

  21. QUESTION:
    Is 157 blood sugar level after eating to high for someone who does not have diabetes?
    a friend tested my blood sugar this morning and it was 157. I ate however not to long before. She said that is not a good blood sugar level. I am really healthy though i run and only weigh 110 5’3 so I am not over weight and am active. Is it possible that I have diabetes?

    • ANSWER:
      Ideally your glucose should be between 70-120 (this may vary slightly depending on multiple factors… see your doctor for your range)

      The best measure for your risk of diabetes would be a “FASTING” test which you test you test your blood glucose after you wake up in the morning before eating or drinking anything.

      You may also do what is called an “A1C Test” which measures your glucose average over the course of a 3 month period of time.

      Not everyone that has diabetes is overweight… also keep that in mind!

      Hope this helps answer the question.

  22. QUESTION:
    after feeling unwell at work last nite did a blood sugar test and found i was only 3.5 one hour after eating?
    one hour after eating i was only 5.5 cant seem to get my blood sugar levels up and im getting really worried my symptoms are feeling shakey and sweaty and im getting a few headaches

    • ANSWER:

  23. QUESTION:
    What is a normal blood sugar level 1 and 2 hours after eating?
    Would a level of 10.0 one hour after eating be considered high?

    • ANSWER:
      yes you have diabetes normal is 5.0

  24. QUESTION:
    what happens to to blood sugar levels after eating or drinkin foods with high levels of sugar?

    • ANSWER:
      your blood sugar level will go up

  25. QUESTION:
    What’s a normal blood sugar level after eating?
    I’m 18 years old, 5’4, 105 pounds…I randomly decided to do one of those at-home blood sugar tests tonight after I had dinner. It was 139. Is that normal for after eating a meal? My mom said she’d do the test again tomorrow before I’ve eaten anything. But before that, I was just curious if that seems high..thanks anyone who answers! :)

    • ANSWER:
      yup it’s very normal after you have had your supper, anything below 140 after you have eaten within the past two hours is fine =)
      if you’re doing it in the morning.. given that you haven’t eaten anything within the past 8-10 hours (since you’re prolly sleeping before that :P ) then it should range from around 70 to no more than 100.
      oh but every time before you prick your finger, make sure you have washed your hands with soap and water so things on your skin wouldn’t affect your results!!

  26. QUESTION:
    Is it normal for blood sugar levels to fall into the upper 60′s 1 hour after a high carb meal?
    I am 20 years old and weigh about 110. About an hour after eating high carb meals my sugar seems to drop low is this normal?

    • ANSWER:
      Normal people do fall back really rapidly to their normal levels.

      60 is a bit low, but not in the danger zone.

      so you are likely a bit Hypoglycemic and need to watch that you don’t eat the high carb meals very often.

      People who are Hypo crash back down and sometimes below their normal levels after eating heavy carb foods.

  27. QUESTION:
    What is a normal blood sugar level for 30 minuates after eating a meal ?
    I ate cheese on toast. Then a chocolate biscuit.
    30 minuates later, my doctor did the fingerprick test on my thumb.
    He said that the reading seemed okay, but I didnt tell him that I had just ate.
    So what would be considered normal for 30 minuates after that sort of meal ?
    He said it was 5.9
    I have no idea what that even means :/

    • ANSWER:
      wtf is that

  28. QUESTION:
    i want to know what a normal blood sugar level is 2 hours after eating?
    i took a home blood sugar test and it read 235 after two hours of eating is this normal

    • ANSWER:
      As a healthcare provider I can tell you that anything over 180 we consider too high and indicative or diabetes. Please get to your healthcare provider where a more specific test called HgA1c can be done.

  29. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar level 251 after eating; is that normal?
    well my doctor gave me one of those monitoring things to check my blood sugar 2 hours after eating because i may be diabetic. today i felt like my blood sugar was high the whole day. i ate a granola bar and a few cheerios. after about half an hour i felt really bad so i checked my blood sugar and it was at 251. is this normal because i didn’t wait two hours?

    • ANSWER:
      Any random reading that high is diabetes any time of the day or considering what you ate!!

      YES, YOU ARE DIABETIC! and that is a very bad number even for not waiting the 2 hours.

      However, considering that you ate pure sugar I am not surprised that you are that high!! Yes, you will be put on meds and told to eat less sugars! Do you know what sugars are?

      Sugars are carbohydrates which come from plant source foods. They are not all equal.

      Be sure to get copies of all blood workup results for your records so you can track for yourself how your health is going. http://www.labtestsonline.org/understanding/index.html

      Check out at the library some of the low carb food plan books available. I like the phase 2 of the South Beach.

      Read this site as much as you can handle, a little at a time! It is huge! Diabetes diagnosis is overwhelming and there is so much info available that wasn’t for our mothers and grandmothers. My favorite is: http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/

  30. QUESTION:
    What are the 2-hour post eating blood sugar levels for non-diabetics?
    I’m trying to find out what the target level for a non-diabetic person is 2 hrs after eating.

    I’m type 2 and 2 hrs after lunch (about 40 carbs), my level is 125. I just read something that said that at no point should anyone’s level be over 100. This doesn’t make sense to me. It seems impossible.

    So, I’m wondering what the non-diabetic would normal score 2 hrs after eating.

    • ANSWER:
      I believe that anything over around 140-145 2 hours after eating is considered a diabetic range. Normal range fasting is (depending on place) 70-100. Some places say 70-110. So I would say, for you being type II that 125 after eating is a good range. As long as you stick to your diet and monitor intake, you seem to be on a good path to control! Best of health!

  31. QUESTION:
    Is 91 a good Blood Sugar Level after eating something?
    Diabetes runs in my family, so i’m always watchin my sugar levels. I was just wonderin what is a good rang of sugar levels beforee and after a meal. I just ate and have a level of 91. is that good or bad?

    • ANSWER:
      Great!My best friend who has been diagnosed with diabetes is glad when she has that 91,three hours after the meal,let alone just after the meal.You are a star!

  32. QUESTION:
    Fasting blood sugar level, one hour after eating and two hours after eating?
    I am really confused about trends regarding my blood sugar levels. From last year or so I am facing this problem. My fasting blood sugar level is in the range of 100-115 mg/dl , my Doctor told me that nothing to worry about and more precise test is HbA1c, during last year results of HbA1c were 5.7 and 5.9 . According to the Doctor though it is on higher side but still it is absolutely ok and by adopting some changes in food habits and life style it will quickly go down . I acted on the advise and reduced my weight from 82 Kg to 74 kg in 3 months by exercises (my height is 176 cm). Reduced carbohydrate intake but still i always felt light -headedness after eating (that was the main reason i went to Doctor and I suspected that it has something to do with blood sugar levels) . I also started monitoring my blood sigar levels at house with glucometer and for me it was aways surprising that blood sugar level one hour after eating looks very good but it increaes two hours after eating , as we know it should be other way around. e.g. My Typical Blood Sugar levels after taking full meal

    Fasting Blood Sugar Level: 104 mg/dl
    One hour after eating : 120 mg/dl
    Two hours after eating : 145 mg/dl
    then it comes back to below 110 mg/dl 3-4 hours after eating. Same trend i observed again and again repeatedly almost every day.
    Then I went to an internal medicine specialist and showed by HbA1C results and trends in blood sugar level after eating. He found it surprising that blood sugar level increases after two hours as compared to the readings after one hour. He suspected that there is something wrong with testing instrument and my technique of testing , infact he did not pay much attention to my observation and once again he said that HbA1c and fasting blood sugar levels are ok. No need to worry..just relax and sleep well. Anyhow, he also recommended an Oral Glucose Tolerance Test with the comment that it is only for my satisfaction and in his opinion everything is good and ok.
    Oral Glucose Tolerance Test confirmed my results which I observed always:
    Results of GTT
    Fasting: 111 mg/dL
    One hour after taking Glucose solution : 138 mg/dL
    Two hours after taking Glucose solution : 155 mg/dL

    The lady which performed these tests in the laboratory was also surprised with this trend.
    I know that things are not very alarming, it is pre-diabetic state but question is:

    What could be the reason for such a trend ? anybody has also same experiences? what could be the remedy ?
    I have to go to my doctor once again in two weeks to discuss with him the results. But I can imagine that he would perhaps ask for repetition of the test, because this trend is an exception.
    Your comments on this trend will be highly highly appreciated.
    I am only 32 years old, go to gym 3-4 days per week and successfully reduced my body weight .
    Loking forward for your comments and advises.

    • ANSWER:
      If you have not been diagnosed as a diabetic, then that A1C is at the high end of the normal range, and indicates impaired glucose tolerance.

      This is backed up by the results of the OGTT. I am sorry to tell you that is not a pre-diabetic result. That is diabetes. A non-diabetic would test at well under 140 two hours after the glucose.

      100-115 fasting BG also is problematic, as truly normal fasting BG is 80-100.

      It is perfectly possible for your 2 hour post meal reading to be higher than your 1 hour post meal reading. It was probably because of the fat content of the meal. Carbohydrates hit the blood very quickly, but any fat eaten with the carb will slow down the digestion considerably. The spike will only hit the blood later, sometimes 2-3 hours later. The classic example is pizza (high carb high fat). The 1 hour reading will not be high, because the fat is delaying the digestion of the carb. But about 3 hours later, all that carb will hit the blood and you will get a huge blood sugar spike. Whereas a slice of white bread (high carb low fat) will give a high 1 hour reading, then the 2 hour reading will be lower.

      A final word. It is possible to be young, fit, active and normal weight, and still get diabetes (Type 1 or 2, but I suspect you are referring to Type 2). It is a wicked media myth that ‘bad lifestyle’ causes Type 2 diabetes. There are millions of people in the world who are thin, exercise and eat healthily, yet they still have Type 2 diabetes!

  33. QUESTION:
    If I want to check my blood for sugar levels – but how long does one have to wait after eating and…?
    what should my blood level be – I don’t have diabetes or anything.

    • ANSWER:
      You should check your blood sugar level, in the morning before you eat, (fasting). Then during the day, two hours after eating. You should do this a couple of times each day for about a week, then take an average over the 7 day period. Your level should be 80 to 120 fasting ,and under 160 two hours after eating.

  34. QUESTION:
    what is the ideal blood sugar level for non diabetic 2 hours after eating a meal?
    please give me a number or healthy range,thank you very much.

    • ANSWER:
      “A truly normal person eating the high carb typical American diet does not go over 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal and many are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.”

  35. QUESTION:
    Is 106 normal blood sugar level about an hour after eating?
    thx in advance.
    6? im confused. I thought normal was like 80-100 range. Not a joke either.

    • ANSWER:
      you are fine….you should wait 2 hours to check anyways

  36. QUESTION:
    WHat is normal blood sugar levels after eating? mine was 80?
    Is 80 a normal number! i ate about an hour or longer before i took it! I am not a diabetic but it just seems a lil low considering all i ate

    • ANSWER:
      Take it in another hour. The normal is 60-110.

      It does seem low considering you just ate, but this depends on what kinds of food you ate….

  37. QUESTION:
    What is the ideal blood sugar level for non diabetic 2 hours after eating a meal?
    please give me a number or healthy range,thank you very much

    • ANSWER:
      Here are some norms my doctor gave me:

      Non-Diabetic:
      Fasting – 70-100
      After Meals (2 hours) – 110-125
      Random (taken at any time) – under 180

      Pre-diabetic:
      Fasting – 100-125
      After Meals – 125-150
      Random – under 200

      Diabetic:
      Fasting – 126+
      After Meals – 150+
      Random – 200+

      Hope this helps!

  38. QUESTION:
    I dont have diabetes but my blood sugar level after eating was 142?
    Is this normal?

    • ANSWER:
      How long after eating?

      Here’s my feeling on the matter and I fully acknowledge that what I think doesn’t line up with what the medical establishment considers acceptable.

      Doctors will say that anything under 140 mg/dL after eating is “normal” and that you should be returning to pre-meal levels, below 100 mg/dL, by 2 to 4 hours.

      People with healthy pancreases should have intact phase 1 and phase 2 insulin responses to keep blood sugar in a tight range. If you were below 100 mg/dL before eating, then a 40+ point spike after a meal makes me wonder if your phase 1 insulin response (triggered by rising blood glucose) is working properly. Non-diabetics tend to have gradual increases in blood sugar and then gradual declines, usually by 2 hours. Diabetics are more likely to have huge spikes, even if they’re able to return to normal within that 2-hour time frame.

      I don’t know whether you tested on a home meter, how long after eating you tested, and what your blood sugar was before you ate. I do know that any random reading over 140 mg/dL, if accurate, is concerning. This doesn’t mean you have diabetes. One isolated reading can’t tell us much. I do think that you should keep tabs on this by seeing a doctor for a fasting blood sugar and A1c test.

      With diabetes, early detection is absolutely vital.

  39. QUESTION:
    Will eating natural sugar keep me from feeling groggy after eating refined sugar?
    I get cranky and tired after eating refined sugar and I try not to do it to often but would it help if when I did I ate natural sugar to raise my blood sugar levels after the drop from the refined sugar? Thanks
    Thanks, I did plan on getting tested anyways for other reasons so this just adds to the list. I will definitly do so. Happy Friday!

    • ANSWER:

  40. QUESTION:
    blood sugar low after eating?
    recently i have been having overwhelming feelings of dizziness, light-headedness and anxiety right after eating a meal whether it is at breakfast, lunch or dinner. i went to the doctor and he tested my blood sugar levels which he found to be quite low at that point. i have further blood work to be done but in the mean time it is causing me quite a bit of distress as i never know when the episode is likely to occur. i also have a bag of various sweets that i carry around so that i can have immediate sugar to digest when needed. can anyone help me figure out what’s going on?

    • ANSWER:
      What you got is a condition called Postprandial/Reactive Hypoglycemia**.

      Reactive hypoglycemia or Postprandial hypoglycemia, is a medical term describing recurrent episodes of symptomatic hypoglycemia occurring 2–4 hours after a high carbohydrate meal (or oral glucose load). It is thought to represent a consequence of excessive insulin release triggered by the carbohydrate meal but continuing past the digestion and disposal of the glucose derived from the meal.

      **Hypoglycemia = Low blood sugsr

      Read further at: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reactive_hypoglycemia

  41. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar level was 313 just after eating, when my fasting level has been 104. Am I in danger of diabete?
    104. How dangerous is this spike?

    • ANSWER:
      Home blood glucose tests are notoriously inaccurate and variable. I suggest you have these results verified.

      You need to educate yourself immediately about diabetes. “Dr. Neal Barnard’s Program to Reverse Diabetes Now” is a book that can help you reverse this condition. Another good reference book about diet is “Fasting and Eating for Health” by Dr. Joel Fuhrman. He also talks about the whole plant based diet and has a chapter on diabetes. The optimal diet happens for excellent health also happens to help reverse heart disease and diabetes. Do not fast until your diabetes is under control.

      I lost 90 pounds by eating a whole plant based diet and I now have perfect blood work.

  42. QUESTION:
    Is it possible for your blood sugar level to decrease after eating?
    I’m just curious if this has happened to any one else and what could possibly explain this. I was diagnosed with pre-diabetes and have to test my blood sugar before and after each meal. Before I eat my levels tend to be higher and after my meal they are drastically lower. For examplye I’ve tested at 230 before and after eating it decreased to 92. I’ve done a control test on my meter and it’s working fine and I’ve also purchased a second meter that does the same readings. Anyone have the same experiences?
    I usually test about an hour after eating. Sometimes a little longer (but still in a 2 hour range) And I test from my finger not an alternative spot.

    • ANSWER:
      This is actually a common response. When your body digest sugars into the bloodstream, the blood sugar goes up. Then your body reacts by shooting insulin in which causes blood sugar to drop back. Well the pancreas which creates the insulin doesn’t respond to signals right away and so it will continue to shoot insulin a little too long sometimes, which causes the blood sugar to drop below normal.
      This by the way is why about 20 minutes after having a pop or some other sugar rush, people often feel tired.

  43. QUESTION:
    blood sugar level 8.5-9.6 after eating, could i be diabetic?
    Hi, so i have been having symptoms after i eat, feeling nauseous, after i eat, dizzy, like if i stand up from sitting everything goes black for a few seconds, itchy legs- not just after i eat though, and i tired. then an hour hour or so after i eat i get very thirsty. i have very dark wee too. (sorry for the graphic detail!).
    So my mum said it could be blood sugar levels. the last two days i decided to check them before i eat, after i eat, morning and night.
    in the morning im between 4.5 and 5.5
    before i eat 4.5 – 5.5
    30 min after i eat 8.5 – 9.6
    1 hour after i eat 6 – 7
    night time 6 – 7

    what do you think? could i hae diabetes? or do you think something else is causing these aymptoms.
    i have a doc app in a couple of weeks, but i just really want to know asap.
    thank you very much :)
    forgot to say, i have lost weight over the last three months also, gone from 54kg to 46kg. 165cm height. i dont look healthy at all. currently trying to gain weight. im 22 female.

    • ANSWER:
      Okay. Just to make you aware Type 1 diabetes is due to the lack of insulin and type 2 diabetes is due to cell’s resistance to insulin. If you are using the bathroom ALOT, if you feel like you can’t drink enough water to stay hydrated, If you are losing weight without trying, experiencing weakness or fatigue, skin that is dry or itchy, cuts and bruises that take a long time to heal and if you have tingling or numbness in your hands, legs, or feet. These are all signs of diabetes. It is a really good idea to visit a doctor. If you can move your app up that would be great also.

  44. QUESTION:
    normal blood sugar level after eating and sleeping?
    I am wondering for a non diabetic if a blood sugar level of 125 two hours after eating is normal after the following:

    - Ate about a whole sub, half a bag of dorritos chips, a bag of low fat regular chips and drank a big cup of soda.

    I was feeling very sleepy an hour after I ate being sleep deprived so I took a nap for another hour. When I woke up I felt very tired so I took my sugar level and it was 125. My mother tells me that it is normal but because I ate and went to bed my body couldn’t process this.

    Is this too high still?

    • ANSWER:
      And the numbers are :
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      You take care

      Tin

  45. QUESTION:
    Gestational diabetes…why are my blood sugar levels sometimes smaller AFTER I eat?
    I have to take my blood sugar levels 7 times a day. Before each meal, an hour after each meal and before I go to bed. Sometimes my blood sugars are higher before I eat and then go down after I eat…shouldn’t it be the other way around??

    • ANSWER:
      I dont think this is uncommon, I am a diabetic type 2 and I have 2 healthy lil ones. I really had to watch what I ate all the time too, whatever i ate affected my sugar levels, but the more you check your sugar and eat properly you’llget familiar with this process and better control your diabetes. I also know it’s hard to do. But when all is said and done and you see that lil face looking at you, You’ll know it’s all worth it. Just ask your doc if you have any ?’s.

  46. QUESTION:
    Is a blood sugar level of 471 normal one hour after eating?

    • ANSWER:
      That is very very high and it that means your diabetes is NOT AT ALL UNDER CONTROL. You must see your doctor very soon to see if you have some infection which is making it go so high or just to have your insulin re-evauluated. Every time your blood sugar is high it is causing damage to your blood vessels and your body which can’t be undone. You COULD END UP WITH BLINDNESS, POOR CIRCULATION, KIDNEY FAILURE, PAIN FROM NEUROPATHY AND EVEN AMPUTATION OF LIMBS. You may want to call the doctor now and relay this info to the service. They may tell you to go to the ER. You are getting close to Diabetic Ketoacidosis.

  47. QUESTION:
    Why was my blood sugar 82 after eating a good meal?
    I need help!!!!!!!!!!!!! I felt very weird yesterday after eating lunch so I had the nurse in my class check my sugar levels and I was 81!!!! She said I should of been very high.

    • ANSWER:
      your blood sugar might have been low before lunch, sometimes you dont feel when your blood sugar is low

  48. QUESTION:
    What is normal blood sugar level one hour after eating chocolate cake?
    Today I ate healthy choice soup, 6 hours later I ate like 6 pieces of candy and a piece of chocolate cake. My friend (shes diabetic) pricked my finger and did a test one hour after eating the cake, we didn’t have time to wait two hours. My blood sugar level was 180. Other symptoms I have is I urinate 10 or more times a day, i’m often tired and I don’t know if this a symptom but I get nasuas alot. I am not pregnant so I don’t know why else these things would occur. I don’t have the money to get to a docter yet, so please fill me with your intelligence on this!!

    • ANSWER:
      A non diabetic person that ate what you described would not be higher than 125, in fact most would not exceed 100. You need to see a doctor now!

  49. QUESTION:
    Is 5.9 Blood sugar level normal 2 hours after eating?
    Hi,

    I’m NOT a diagnosed diabetic, I’ve just been keeping an eye on my blood sugar levels recently.

    This morning, I ate breakfast. I have a cup of tea (3 sugars) and 2 pieces of wholemeal toast.

    2 Hours later, I checked my blood glucose levels and it was at 5.9.

    Is this normal?

    • ANSWER:
      That’s a great level for your blood sugar to be at anytime.
      Your blood sugar should be between 4.0-7.0 before meals and anywhere from 5.0-9.0 after eating.

  50. QUESTION:
    is 289 high for your blood sugar level after you eat if your a diabetic?
    I just found out yesterday that I am I diabetic. Both my parents were diabetic when I was growing up. I know a lot about it but I’m just not sure about the blood sugar levels after you eat. Or even before you eat. Does anyone know?

    • ANSWER:


Blood Sugar Levels After Eating Range

Normal blood sugar levels keep us healthy, fit and assist in us living a well-balanced life. Without average glucose level maintenance, people would not be able to function properly. Humans would lack energy and not be able to move at a normal pace causing us to lose out on life. Therefore, it is essential to check your blood sugar and make sure your glucose levels are correct at all times. For glucose is the main source of energy for us all.

Glucose is a form of sugar that travels throughout the bloodstream. It is produced after absorbing carbohydrates from the intestines into the bloodstream after a meal. Insulin is then secreted by the pancreas in response to this detected increase in blood sugar. Insulin is released whenever there is a rise in the amount of glucose maintaining and regulating your glucose levels. If you are someone who has a dip in glucose levels then you should test your glucose levels on a regular basis.

Normal blood glucose levels range from 70mg-150mg. Glucose levels are generally lower in the morning prior to food consumption and rise as the day continues. The food we eat modifies the glucose levels causing climbs and fall throughout the entire day. If your glucose level falls below 70mg it is considered dangerously low. When blood sugar levels are extremely low it is called, hypoglycemia. Hypoglycemia triggers you to suffer become lethargic, irritable, tired, and at times, you may pass out. In addition, if you repeatedly suffer from hypoglycemia it may lead to permanent eye, kidney, and nerve damage. Furthermore, if glucose levels are above 150 mg, then complications may ensue too. For glucose levels over 150 mg is called, hyperglycemia. Hyperglycemia initiates frequent urination, hunger even after eating, dry mouth and increased thirst. As a result, you must be aware of glucose levels at all times for either high or low glucose levels may cause irreversible damage if not taken care of immediately.

Effective means to monitoring your glucose levels is through various glucose level tests available today. One form of glucose testing is an oral glucose tolerance test. This is a test that measures glucose levels after drinking sugary drinks containing glucose. Another kind of test is a fasting blood glucose test. Fasting glucose testing is administered to check glucose levels after an 8 hour fast. Normal levels for this test are between 70mg-99mg. Random blood sugar testing is a third option. The random blood sugar testing monitors glucose levels at arbitrary intervals throughout the day. Whether meals have been consumed or not, and the time meals are devoured does not affect the random testing. Normal glucose readings for the random testing are 70mg-125mg. Also, postprandial blood sugar testing may be administered within 2 hours after meals. Normal blood glucose levels with the postprandial testing should be 70mg-125mg.

It is recommended to see a doctor whenever you are unsure about your glucose levels and need testing. For your doctor will perform the proper glucose testing most suitable for you ensuring your needs are met. The physician will be able to evaluate the testing results and assist you with follow-up, prescribe medications if need be, and offer life changing recommendations to certify you live a long, healthy, happy life.

Frequently Asked Questions

  1. QUESTION:
    what is considered a high spike in blood sugar level after eating certain foods?
    I’ve been monitoring my blood sugar levels after eating certain foods, however, I’m not sure what is considered a high spike from my previous readings. Is a 30pt spike considered a high jump or is a 15pt spike considered a high jump or is that all normal? As long as you fall in the “normal” range, does it not matter how high of a jump you have from one reading to another?

    • ANSWER:
      I consider 50 mg/dL to be a high spike. that requires an additional unit of Humalog. that is 2 hours after beginning the meal or snack.

  2. QUESTION:
    Fasting blood sugar level, one hour after eating and two hours after eating?
    I am really confused about trends regarding my blood sugar levels. From last year or so I am facing this problem. My fasting blood sugar level is in the range of 100-115 mg/dl , my Doctor told me that nothing to worry about and more precise test is HbA1c, during last year results of HbA1c were 5.7 and 5.9 . According to the Doctor though it is on higher side but still it is absolutely ok and by adopting some changes in food habits and life style it will quickly go down . I acted on the advise and reduced my weight from 82 Kg to 74 kg in 3 months by exercises (my height is 176 cm). Reduced carbohydrate intake but still i always felt light -headedness after eating (that was the main reason i went to Doctor and I suspected that it has something to do with blood sugar levels) . I also started monitoring my blood sigar levels at house with glucometer and for me it was aways surprising that blood sugar level one hour after eating looks very good but it increaes two hours after eating , as we know it should be other way around. e.g. My Typical Blood Sugar levels after taking full meal

    Fasting Blood Sugar Level: 104 mg/dl
    One hour after eating : 120 mg/dl
    Two hours after eating : 145 mg/dl
    then it comes back to below 110 mg/dl 3-4 hours after eating. Same trend i observed again and again repeatedly almost every day.
    Then I went to an internal medicine specialist and showed by HbA1C results and trends in blood sugar level after eating. He found it surprising that blood sugar level increases after two hours as compared to the readings after one hour. He suspected that there is something wrong with testing instrument and my technique of testing , infact he did not pay much attention to my observation and once again he said that HbA1c and fasting blood sugar levels are ok. No need to worry..just relax and sleep well. Anyhow, he also recommended an Oral Glucose Tolerance Test with the comment that it is only for my satisfaction and in his opinion everything is good and ok.
    Oral Glucose Tolerance Test confirmed my results which I observed always:
    Results of GTT
    Fasting: 111 mg/dL
    One hour after taking Glucose solution : 138 mg/dL
    Two hours after taking Glucose solution : 155 mg/dL

    The lady which performed these tests in the laboratory was also surprised with this trend.
    I know that things are not very alarming, it is pre-diabetic state but question is:

    What could be the reason for such a trend ? anybody has also same experiences? what could be the remedy ?
    I have to go to my doctor once again in two weeks to discuss with him the results. But I can imagine that he would perhaps ask for repetition of the test, because this trend is an exception.
    Your comments on this trend will be highly highly appreciated.
    I am only 32 years old, go to gym 3-4 days per week and successfully reduced my body weight .
    Loking forward for your comments and advises.

    • ANSWER:
      If you have not been diagnosed as a diabetic, then that A1C is at the high end of the normal range, and indicates impaired glucose tolerance.

      This is backed up by the results of the OGTT. I am sorry to tell you that is not a pre-diabetic result. That is diabetes. A non-diabetic would test at well under 140 two hours after the glucose.

      100-115 fasting BG also is problematic, as truly normal fasting BG is 80-100.

      It is perfectly possible for your 2 hour post meal reading to be higher than your 1 hour post meal reading. It was probably because of the fat content of the meal. Carbohydrates hit the blood very quickly, but any fat eaten with the carb will slow down the digestion considerably. The spike will only hit the blood later, sometimes 2-3 hours later. The classic example is pizza (high carb high fat). The 1 hour reading will not be high, because the fat is delaying the digestion of the carb. But about 3 hours later, all that carb will hit the blood and you will get a huge blood sugar spike. Whereas a slice of white bread (high carb low fat) will give a high 1 hour reading, then the 2 hour reading will be lower.

      A final word. It is possible to be young, fit, active and normal weight, and still get diabetes (Type 1 or 2, but I suspect you are referring to Type 2). It is a wicked media myth that ‘bad lifestyle’ causes Type 2 diabetes. There are millions of people in the world who are thin, exercise and eat healthily, yet they still have Type 2 diabetes!

  3. QUESTION:
    what is the ideal blood sugar level for non diabetic 2 hours after eating a meal?
    please give me a number or healthy range,thank you very much.

    • ANSWER:
      “A truly normal person eating the high carb typical American diet does not go over 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal and many are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.”

  4. QUESTION:
    What is the ideal blood sugar level for non diabetic 2 hours after eating a meal?
    please give me a number or healthy range,thank you very much

    • ANSWER:
      Here are some norms my doctor gave me:

      Non-Diabetic:
      Fasting – 70-100
      After Meals (2 hours) – 110-125
      Random (taken at any time) – under 180

      Pre-diabetic:
      Fasting – 100-125
      After Meals – 125-150
      Random – under 200

      Diabetic:
      Fasting – 126+
      After Meals – 150+
      Random – 200+

      Hope this helps!

  5. QUESTION:
    Normal blood sugar levels
    What would be a healthy blood sugar range? Test was done 5-10 minutes after eating because we just happened to walk by a place offering free screening.

    • ANSWER:
      normal is between 80 and 130 but since you had just eaten depending on the food it could be as high as 160 and still be normal. if you think you have diabetes go to your doctor and they will give you a blood test called an a1c which you take after not eating for 8 hours and it measures the average sugar in your blood over that period of time. for a normal person your supposed to have an a1c between 4-6 i believe

  6. QUESTION:
    Diabetes and blood sugar levels: fasting levels in pre range and random in normal range.?
    For those who have diabetes or experts in the area of endocrinology: I have to wait until I have health insurance for a blood draw from a vein to confirm or rule out diabetes officially. I have been using accuchek to do fasting tests and those have been in the pre-diabetes range. I have done a couple of random tests and they seem to be in the normal range- 126 and 111 consequetively (different days) withint 2 to 5 hours or so of eating. What I can’t figure out is why then is my fasting test result elevated (after at least12 hours) ? I am not on any insulin so the somogyi affect doesn’t apply. I have had increased thirst of late. Might have some other symptoms but have to wait and see if those are temporary. A lot of symptoms I don’t count because some are normal for me so they woud have to be really noticeable or extreme. I haven’t been sleeping well lately either. I figured at first maybe that would go away but it hasn’t.
    I think my health insurance starts in June sometime. I don’t want to add another pre-existing condition…want this to be covered whatever it turns out to be.

    • ANSWER:
      get you health insurance girl===something is going on that isn’t right by the look of your description=good luck

  7. QUESTION:
    My blood sugar level is 141 one hour after eating, should I seek a doctor?
    I have been having some symptoms of diabetes over the past month (constant thirst, tired, etc.) so I decided to test my sugar levels today.

    Here’s my food intake for today, I didn’t test for the orange I ate for a snack. Water was drank at all meals.

    For breakfast I had half of a cheese bagel from Panera with about a tbsp of pepper jelly.
    One hour level was 123 and 2 hour was 113.

    Lunch was a Smart Ones meal with Spanish rice and some tamales.
    One hour was 128 and 2 hour was 118.

    For dinner I had a small piece of beef, some asparagus, mashed potatoes and to really test it I ate a bag of M&Ms immediately afterwards.

    1 hour is 141, I haven’t reached the 2 hour mark yet.

    The reason I’m asking here is because I’m finding conflicting information on the net. Some sites say 120 is the high after eating, and some say 140. In a normal person is it common to jump that high after eating candy, or should they still stay within the normal range?

    I’m feeling kinda jittery after eating the candy, I won’t be doing that again.

    • ANSWER:
      I’d see your doctor. It’s possible that you have diabetes (especially considering your symptoms) but I’m thinking that you probably have impaired glucose tolerance. This is the point where you’re not officially diabetic, but you’re at a higher risk for diabetes. But, go see your doctor. Only he/she can truly evaluate you and give you a diagnosis (or not). If you are a diabetic, early diagnosis and treatment can help you avoid the long-term complications. If you are not diabetic, maybe there is something else that is going on that can be treated.

      In the meantime, a healthy diet (limit the refined carbs, go for whole grains and carbs that have a lot of fiber, fruits, veggies, lean protein, healthy fats but limit the saturated fats and try to avoid the trans fats) is always a good thing. Unless there’s a reason why you can’t, exercise can also do wonders–both in treating and helping to prevent/delay diabetes.

  8. QUESTION:
    Normal blood sugar range?
    For a 17 year old girl(5’6/ 140lb) what would be considered normal blood sugar levels when I wake up since I wouldn’t be eating, an hour after I eat, 2 hours and 3 hours, I just want to know before I go see a doctor. My dad has diabetes and I think I’m getting symptoms of it other than losing weight…I have to go to the bathroom A LOT more and I get shaky and my fingers tingle etc..

    Thank you !

    • ANSWER:
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.

      Others may give you higher numbers, but don’t we want to catch diabetes in it’s earliest stage?

      Take care

      Tin

  9. QUESTION:
    How does tea affect blood sugar?
    I’m a type 2 diabetic. I just drank 2 cups of tea with 2 little containers of half & half (each). I don’t drink much milk during the day. I believe the tea is caffeinated.

    I haven’t eaten anything just yet. Can I test my blood sugar level for fasting range or the 2-hour after eating range? Or do I have to wait the two hours to get something valid?

    Thanks!

    • ANSWER:
      It isn’t the TEA that will give you the problem! You cannot do fasting testing after drinking the half n half! That is a milk product and is loaded with sugars!

      You must do your fasting reading BEFORE the half n half in your tea. The tea itself doesn’t change anything. It is entirely the half n half that changes you from fasting to after snack level testing.

      Food isn’t the only thing that raises glucose levels. Fruit juices, milk products, anything that isn’t mostly pure water does as well.

  10. QUESTION:
    how can I lower my fasting blood sugar level?
    My blood sugar level 2 hours after eating is within the normal range but my fasting blood sugar level is high – anywhere from 105 to 115. Is there something I can do to lower this?

    • ANSWER:
      This is suggestive of diabetes. Have you been diagnosed as a diabetic? If not you may wish to see your physician for additional testing such as a glycated hemoglobin A1C. If you have been diagnosed what is your present treatment regimen? Sometimes people start with diet, exercise, and weight loss depending upon your present circumstance. If you wish to know how to lower your fasting glucose I would need additional information as noted above. I wish you the very best of health and in all things may God bless.

  11. QUESTION:
    What is normal blood sugar range for a type 2 diabetic?
    My dad has type 2 diabetes, and recently had open heart surgery, he was on 2 different pills before the surgery to manage his diabetes, but they weren’t working. After the surgery his dr put him on insulin along with the pills. His dr started lowering his doses of insulin because his sugar levels were running way to low (in the 50′s overnight). The last 2 days he hasn’t had any insulin, the highest number he’s had has been 244 (after eating), but drops within an hour. My question is since he just stopped taking the insulin, how high should his blood sugar get before we start worrying about it?

    • ANSWER:
      I would worry if after meal test were over 120 after 2 hours or 140 after 1 hour.
      I hope that your dad heart surgery went well, and he can start to exercise. This is a big key to controling blood sugars. Along with a low glycemic index diet http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      And of course meds.
      Normal Fasting Blood Sugar
      A normal fasting blood sugar (which is also the blood sugar a normal person will see right before a meal) is:

      83 mg/dl (4.6 mmol/L) or less.

      Many normal people have fasting blood sugars in the mid and high 70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/L) range.

      Though most doctors will tell you any fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/L) is “normal”, there are several studies that suggest that testing with a fasting blood sugar in the mid 90 mg/dl (5 mmol/L) range often predicts diabetes that is diagnosed a decade later.
      Post-Meal Blood Sugar (Postprandial)
      Independent of what they eat, the blood sugar of a truly normal person is:

      Under 120 mg/dl (6.6 mmol/L) one or two hours after a meal.

      Most normal people are under 100 mg/dl (5.5 mmol/L) two hours after eating.
      So as soon as he can start to exercise and do a low carb diet he should get into normal range.
      Also go to this website . It (blood sugar 101). A great source of info;;http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/16422495.php
      Tin

  12. QUESTION:
    Random high blood sugar without eating.?
    I have Type 2. Ussually my sugar levels are within normal range, But once in a while ill test myself like 6 hours after eating and my levels will be 160 – 180 for no apparent reason. Can going too long without eating cause blood sugar to spike?

    • ANSWER:
      For the first bit, if you go without eating, your liver will shoot some sugar into your blood to keep your body going until you eat. In non-diabetics, this is usually followed by a short burst of insulin from the pancreas so it doesn’t sit and build up and can be used for energy. Diabetics either don’t produce insulin at all (type 1) or can’t really use what insulin is produced, which is probably the case with you. This is why diabetics should eat regularly. Eventually, if you go without eating long enough, the liver will run out of its glucose stores, and blood sugar will drop. It’s also the basis for the “dawn phenomenon”, when blood sugars spike first thing in the morning. The adrenaline that wakes you up causes the liver to release glucose to help wake your body up and get moving before breakfast.This is why glucagon doesn’t work in the case of starvation. It works to pull extra sugar from the liver to get the body going, and when the liver has nothing to give, glucagon can’t do its job.

      So, yes. It is normal for diabetics to see this. I asked my doctor because I was having the same problem, and that was how he explained it to me. Hope this helped!

  13. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar Levels?…..im confused!?
    ok, if you read my other posts you can understand the whole story…lol….but in a nut shell i check my blood 3 times a day
    7:30 am….6:00pm…..11:00pm in the am my blood sugar is 145-155……..ant 6pm….i range between 90-110…….before i go to bed its 115-120. i just dont understand,,,,since nov when i was told im diabetic i lost almost 40 lbs, changed all my eating habits, work out 5 -7 time a week, no soda, candy, no junk food. why is my levels high in the am…..as apposed to a few hours after i eat?

    • ANSWER:
      When the food you eat gets to the stomach, it turns into sugar….a liquid kind of sugar….and from the stomach and intestines, it is then absorbed into the blood. And some of that sugar, is saved in the LIVER.

      Think of the liver as a bank of sugar. It saves it and it will give it back to you when you need it.

      So during the day, you eat meals and snacks and that makes you have sugar in our blood. But at night when you go to sleep, you go a long time without food. If you have dinner let’s say at 6pm and breakfast the next morning at 7am, that’s 13 hours without food. So at night, your blood sugar goes DOWN…..and the liver notices….and gives you some of the sugar that it had saved for you. That’s why in the morning, your blood sugar is high and you say to yourself, “How can that be if I didn’t eat anything all night?”

      So….if the liver gave you sugar at night because you DIDN’T EAT……what do you do so the liver won’t give you any?

      You EAT!

      I know it sounds strange, but try it and you’ll see how your blood sugar in the morning will be better.

      You need to eat a bedtime SNACK half an hour before you go to bed. So if your bedtime is 10pm, have the snack at 9:30pm.

      Remember, it’s a snack, NOT a meal….and it needs to have PROTEIN so it will last you all night. If you have, let’s say, cereal, it won’t last all night. Also, have breakfast early so it won’t be so many hours without food.

      Examples of bedtime snacks:
      A few crackers and cheese.
      Half a meat or peanut butter sandwich.
      A small quesadilla.

  14. QUESTION:
    Why is 70-120 the “normal” blood sugar range is it can change so much?
    Diabetes runs pretty heavily in my family and all my life I was told, from my family and doctors, that normal blood sugar was 70-120. 70 should be when you’re fasting, and 120 should be after a really big meal. Then when I started showing a lot of the symptoms of diabetes, my dad tested my blood sugar 5 hours after I ate and it was 140. So he took me to the doctor and even though all my levels were pretty high, she said I was normal. What I don’t understand is why they would set a limit, and then say something that much over it is still “normal”. Especially that long after eating, and it wasn’t even a big meal. It was just a sandwich. Now don’t get me wrong, I’m very happy that she said it was normal. I just don’t understand the ranges.
    I’ve tested my levels fastingas well and they were almost always 99 or 100 or higher. I think the lowest I ever got was 97. The highest fasting was 111. My moms doctor told her that anything above 90 was prediabetic. Is that true?

    • ANSWER:
      I have worked with diabetics for about 9 years, after 5 hours and a BS of 140, is not normal. I agree you need a H1c, that will let you know if you are diabetic or prediabetic, either way your sugar should be down after 2 hours of eating, go ahead a cut out juices, regular sodas, to many carbs and sugars, Please see another doctor, Internal Med, or Endo. Good Luck!! Also just your sugar in the morning before you eat.

  15. QUESTION:
    I am type II diabetic, what should my target blood sugar range be within that 2 hr period after a meal?
    Hi, sometimes when I eat and I randomly check my levels it can be as high as 300. What should my target be? Some people say 140, some say 160. Alright thanks for the input.

    • ANSWER:
      Also, please see American Diabetes Association

      http://www.diabetes.org/home.jsp

  16. QUESTION:
    Type 2 Diabetes: Blood sugar level reducing from above 300 to 150 – 180 range?
    Over the last 2 years I have been losing weight, almost 25 pounds, my waist reduced by almost 2 inches, and during this period started feeling very tired during all day. Finally I visited my family primary care physician in Oct 2010. After lab test I realized that I had type 2 diabetes condition, with my blood sugar levels about 286 ( after lunch).

    Primary care physician referred me to a endocronologist, who wanted to put me on insulin ( a dose of 16 ) straight away. I did not like the idea. My reason was that, now that I know the cause of what is going wrong in my body, I need to give myself a chance to do all that is possible to redress the situation for a couple of months, and at that stage re-assess and take the decesion to get on to insulin.

    It has been two weeks since I started making changes to my life style like switching to low glycemic foods ( of below 40 ), and exercising on a daily basis at a medium level, and checking my blood sugar using ONE touch Ultra2 on a daily basis ( at least 8 to 10 times) to understand the increase and decrease in blood sugar levels in response to my eating times, excercise, stress etc. The other big change I have brought about is to give up battles in my mind which I dont need to fight, out of all the changes this has proved to be tough and is still proving to be tough.

    To my surprise and happiness, Im seeing my blood sugar levels dropping as a result of my above efforts. During the course of my monitoring I realized that there is a upper cap of my blood sugar in 320s and lower cap in early 200s. This was before 2 weeks.

    Since the time I have been eating low glycemic breakfast lunch dinner, lots of water, excercise at least once a day ( 40 minute brisk walk), my blood sugar levels have gone down to a range of 114 to 197. Since the last 4 days there has been only once instance when my blood sugar went above 200.

    My early morning reading i.e. fasting reading is still high it is averaging about 130 – 140 over the last 10 days, my after meal reading is average between 155-175.

    3. questions:

    1. What should I do to reduce my early morning i.e. on fast without food or water reading ? I want to bring it down to around 75 to 85.

    2. I have reduced carbs which has helped a lot, and switched to salads and meat. But body also needs carbs. What are the best sources of carbs in my context?

    3. I have observed that even though my blood sugar is less than 140 ( which is the standard for after meal) or in specific between 120 and 140, I feel some level of dizziness, and also some head ache early in the morning. Is this because of the reason that my blood sugar levels are coming back to normal after a long time i.e. I might have been in the 200s and early 300s for a long time, and over the last couple of weeks due to changes made to food and excercise it is being in the range of 130s – 180s ?? Is my body in the process of getting adjusted to the new relatively low blood sugar levels ?

    What are the symptoms we should expect when blood sugars are coming down to relatively low level from higher levels?

    Thanks in advance.

    OTN
    Just want to add that my urine still smells sweet and is yellow in color. At what stage can I expect this to reduce. Note that when my blood sugar level is less than 150, the sweet smell in the urine goes down and the urine color is also light.
    My early morning fasting reading is the issue here. It is averaging around 150 to 160 over the last 2 weeks i.e. since I started taking low glycemic foods, excercise daily. Im quite sure it must have been much higher earlier. I want to tackle this area first, please suggest. What and when should I be eating the evening before to get my early morning readings to around 120 which is my first goal, before trying for 90.

    Im not on any medication.

    My readings during the day i.e. after breakfast, lunch, dinner currently are 150 to 160 before , and 2 hours later they settle at the same i.e.150-160 or go a little lower into 140s.

    It is obvious that I should be tackling my early morning readings first.

    • ANSWER:
      You seem to be on the right track.. But you never mentioned if you are taking Metformin.
      Here’s the Key:

      There are 4 key steps to controlling glucose levels :

      1) EXERCISE- Walking is fine but Nordic Walking is Great. Exercise also lowers Glucose levels , lowers Cholesterol and lowers Blood Pressure. Google it.Exercise is Non-Negotiable !!!Thats why it is Number 1 on the list.
      2) Knowledge- http://www.phlaunt.com/diabetes/index.ph… This is a great site for info
      diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can’t count carbs so I use Mendosa’s Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm
      3) Meds. Metformin to start. Never , ever take Actos or Avandia. They may kill you. Bone fractures, heart problems and what diabetics really don’t need is that they change Bone Stem Cells to Fat Cells.
      4) Diet- A low carb diet is in order. I can’t count carbs so I use Mendosa’s Glycemic Index Diet. Great for the whole family. http://www.mendosa.com/gilists.htm

      My fasting is 96 and HBA1C is 5.2.
      There are no miracles, just attitude and dedication. If you have depression , treat it . Because when depressed you don’t take care of yourself properly.

      Take care

      TIN

  17. QUESTION:
    What is the normal blood sugar level?
    I checked it right after I ate(i know it was supposed to be 2 hours or so after the meal, so I guess it was considered a random test) it was 104…is that normal I wasn’t fasting or anything I ate random things earlier such as chocolate and stuff is that considered prediabetes? And should I test it again after eating? What would the normal range be?

    • ANSWER:

  18. QUESTION:
    Tackling high blood sugar levels early morning i.e. fasting blood sugar reading.?
    Over the last 2 years I have been losing weight, almost 25 pounds, my waist reduced by almost 2 inches, and during this period started feeling very tired during all day. Finally I visited my family primary care physician in Oct 2010. After lab test I realized that I had type 2 diabetes condition, with my blood sugar levels about 286 ( after lunch).

    Primary care physician referred me to a endocronologist, who wanted to put me on insulin ( a dose of 16 ) straight away. I did not like the idea. My reason was that, now that I know the cause of what is going wrong in my body, I need to give myself a chance to do all that is possible to redress the situation for a couple of months, and at that stage re-assess and take the decesion to get on to insulin.

    It has been two weeks since I started making changes to my life style like switching to low glycemic foods ( of below 40 ), and exercising on a daily basis at a medium level, and checking my blood sugar using ONE touch Ultra2 on a daily basis ( at least 8 to 10 times) to understand the increase and decrease in blood sugar levels in response to my eating times, excercise, stress etc. The other big change I have brought about is to give up battles in my mind which I dont need to fight, out of all the changes this has proved to be tough and is still proving to be tough.

    To my surprise and happiness, Im seeing my blood sugar levels dropping as a result of my above efforts. During the course of my monitoring I realized that there is a upper cap of my blood sugar in 320s and lower cap in early 200s. This was before 2 weeks.

    Since the time I have been eating low glycemic breakfast lunch dinner, lots of water, excercise at least once a day ( 40 minute brisk walk), my blood sugar levels have gone down to a range of 114 to 197. Since the last 4 days there has been only once instance when my blood sugar went above 200.

    My early morning reading i.e. fasting reading is still high it is averaging about 130 – 140 over the last 10 days, my after meal reading is average between 155-175.

    5 questions:

    1. What should I do to reduce my early morning i.e. on fast without food or water reading ? I want to bring it down to around 75 to 85.

    2. I have reduced carbs which has helped a lot, and switched to salads and meat. But body also needs carbs. What are the best sources of carbs in my context?

    3. I have observed that even though my blood sugar is less than 140 ( which is the standard for after meal) or in specific between 120 and 140, I feel some level of dizziness, and also some head ache early in the morning. Is this because of the reason that my blood sugar levels are coming back to normal after a long time i.e. I might have been in the 200s and early 300s for a long time, and over the last couple of weeks due to changes made to food and excercise it is being in the range of 130s – 180s ?? Is my body in the process of getting adjusted to the new relatively low blood sugar levels ?

    4.What are the symptoms we should expect when blood sugars are coming down to relatively low level from higher levels?

    5. Just want to add that my urine still smells sweet and is yellow in color. At what stage can I expect this to reduce. Note that when my blood sugar level is less than 150, the sweet smell in the urine goes down and the urine color is also light.
    17 hours ago

    6. My early morning fasting reading is the issue here. It is averaging around 150 to 160 over the last 2 weeks i.e. since I started taking low glycemic foods, excercise daily. Im quite sure it must have been much higher earlier. I want to tackle this area first, please suggest. What and when should I be eating the evening before to get my early morning readings to around 120 which is my first goal, before trying for 90.

    Im not on any medication.

    My readings during the day i.e. after breakfast, lunch, dinner currently are 150 to 160 before , and 2 hours later they settle at the same i.e.150-160 or go a little lower into 140s.

    It is obvious that I should be tackling my early morning readings first.
    Thank you very much for your response.

    But Im looking for opinions and tips and ideas with which I can work on my fasting blood sugar level over night. My first goal is to get it down to 110.

    • ANSWER:
      The effort you have made is awesome…I wish I had been so determined!

      The fact that you have made such an improvement in the last few weeks could possibly mean you can get away with not taking insulin (though I am not a doctor, so my opinions don’t count for much) but you will still likely need to be on some sort of medication, such as Metformin, which is pretty common and has few side effects. The combination of your current diet/exercise/monitoring and a medication such as this could work very well for you…

      As for the fasting sugars, there isn’t any sort of thing you can do to lower them specifically, other than lowering your overall levels…the lower your levels get during the day, the lower your fasting sugars will be in the morning. The only thing I could think of that could effect your morning readings would be if you ate fairly close to bedtime, and therefore did not give your body the chance to burn off what you took in…other than that, there’s really no way to specifically lower fasting sugars.

      As far as carbs go, cut out anything “white” in your diet…white bread, white rice, etc. These carbs have been over processed and don’t have a lot of nutritional value, and will sometimes raise your sugar almost as much as eating sweets… Even white potatoes can be bad…

      I would suggest cutting down your overall carb intake, and only taking in complex carbs from whole grains (i.e. whole wheat bread, whole grain cereals with lots of fiber, whole grain pitas, etc.). These types of carbs metabolize slower, and tend to have way more fiber and nutrients and are much better for you.

      However, I am not a nutritionist, so it’s always best to get advice from a professional…just speaking from my own experience.

      I would suggest going back to your doctor, showing your improvement with diet and exercise, and asking about the possibility of other medications instead of the insulin (though I am taking insulin now because I am pregnant, and it’s not as bad as I expected it to be…less painful than finger sticks, and as long as they start you off at a low dose and raise your insulin levels slowly, you aren’t nearly as likely to get those “drops” you hear so much about). I would also suggest working with a nutritionist that works with diabetic patients and getting as much education about the disease as possible…

      Good luck!

  19. QUESTION:
    Diabetes: Blood Sugar Question?
    Hello All,

    I am type 2 Diabetic. The past week I have been feeling under the weather. No fever but alot of throat congestion,It may be an alergy problem. I don’t have insurance right now as I was cut from my job. So I’m buying my Novolin N insulin in which I only take 40 units during the morining.

    I noticed my levels are abit higher than normal. I have this issue to where my sugar lever must be lower than 100 to be normal and not much higher after eating.

    In the morning I noticed that my sugar levels range from 150 – 180 when I wake up. After I take my insulin and eat my sugar goes down to around 120. During the day its around 120-150. I can’t get it lower.

    Morning- 150-180′s
    mid day- 130′s
    lunch time 130-140
    evening 140.

    These are before meals. I try not to eat carbs or alot. I eat mostly turkey bacon,string cheese “lightly” sausage links,chicken breast skinless and baked with a small serving of mashed pot and salad.

    For evening snack its usually turkey bacon with a carb pita “5 carbs” each pita. usually eat 2.

    I also take Zantac in the evening because I get really bad acid indegestion at night. Any help would be great. I was told that my sugar isn’t really high but for me it seems like it.

    30yrs old. I’m just scared of dying so I try keeping it low.
    Thank You everyone. I have never been more stressed out in my entire life. When I don’t check my levels I’m fine. As soon as I check my levels I become a nut job. My wife tells me to chill out but its so hard. As a father of 2 I hope to live a long life. Diabetes runs in both sides of the family too. Good luck to everyone who also has it. :)

    • ANSWER:
      It sounds like you are really working hard to take care of your diabetes, so that’s good. A cold can definitely bring up your numbers , btw. I do think your morning readings are high. You may be experiencing what is called “Dawn Phenomenon”… maybe adjusting your insulin dosage and taking a portion either very early in AM, or last thing at night.

  20. QUESTION:
    High Blood Sugar Levels?
    I am 29 years old, my blood sugar levels have elevated. I am Overweight, and have no high blood preasure, no high cholestorol…nothing but high blood sugar, my dr says i have diabetes i saw him this past friday, he gave me glipizide….i wanna try to do this without medicine…when i wake in the am it ranges from 160-200…..after i go to the gym in th am it drops to around 140..150…..after i eat it hits about 160..i check 2 hrs after…is this diabetes, pre- diabetes…..gimme some help here guys. as of 11/16 i started a strict dient, workout, and i cut out all soda and junk i was putting in my body. im already down 3 lbs in just 3 days..so im happy….but nervous about my sugar levels…..any ideas or advice?
    i just went out and bought 1000mg of cinnamon vitamins….i here this is good..and thank you all sooooo much for your advice!

    • ANSWER:
      Eating coconut oil will also bring you blood sugar down. Eat 3 meals a day with 15-30grams of carbohydrate for each meal.

      Stay away from low fat diets. Healthy fats like butter, lard, coconut oil, olive oil, etc. will normalize your blood sugar. Stay away from processed foods and trans fats. Eat whole full fat foods.

      Stay away from bread, potatoes, pasta, rice and sugar. Increase the healthy fats in you diet like butter, coconut oil, cod liver oil. Eat nutrient dense diet. For more info you can contact the Weston A. Price Foundation which helps people find nutrient dense foods.

      http://www.westonaprice.org/

      http://www.coconutoil.com/diabetes.htm

      http://www.second-opinions.co.uk/diabetes.html

  21. QUESTION:
    Fluctuating Fasting Blood Sugar Levels with Diet?
    My fasting blood sugar last year used to be 115-119 mg/dl. After that I started exercise and some diet control and fasting BS stays between 85-95 mg/dl. Now if I eat lot of sugar foods in a stretch of 3-4 days then the fasting blood sugar next days usually reads around 103-108 mg/dl range. But after 2-3 days it comes down to 90-95 mg/dl. I have been doing exercise regularly.

    Is it OK to let my fasting blood sugar go up to 100-110 mg/dl range when I eat high sugar food and let it get down in 2-3 days to below 100 mg/dl. Is this OK or do I need to always keep it under 100 mg/dl by not eating high sugar snacks. My doctor told me not to check my blood sugar often because he noticed that I am usually maintaining it below 100 mg/dl most of the time. But I like to assess my body and my fasting blood sugar pattern when I relax my diet. So I do check my fasting BS at home everytime I eat excess of high fatty or sugar meals.

    Please advise if I can let myself loose on diet occasionally and let the Fasting BS read between 100-110 mg/dl as long as it reads below 100 mg/dl in next 3-4 days.

    PS: For clarity of readers. I am not a diabetic nor do I take any medicines. The reason I go to my doctor is because of my high cholesterol that is controlled by exercise.
    My blood sugar 2 hours after meals is between 100-115 mg/dl.
    My HbA1C is 5.7%

    • ANSWER:
      If you were non-diabetic, then eating sugary foods wouldn’t be elevating your blood sugar well into the next day. I’ve tested enough non-diabetics in my life to know that they are usually below 100 mg/dL by two hours after eating a meal, regardless of the carbohydrates, and 100% normal by the next morning.

      Also, your fasting levels last year and this year (after indulging in sweets) are firmly in pre-diabetic range. Pre-diabetes IS diabetes; it’s just diabetes caught early. Pre-diabetes is not the first step on the path to diabetes. There are many earlier steps, like metabolic disorder and insulin resistance. Based on your high cholesterol and pre-diabetic fasting blood sugar, I’d say you do have metabolic disorder and are diabetic, but early staged and well controlled by diet and exercise. I’m not criticizing you. In fact, I think you’re doing a great job. I just also think that your doctor is doing you a disservice by not emphasizing to you that you are diabetic.

      Here’s another problem – because you don’t test after meals, you don’t see how high your blood sugar is after eating. In the early stages of diabetes, blood sugar can drop after a while into normal or near-normal range, so it’s entirely possible you’re spiking well into the 200s. We just can’t know.

      As for whether it’s “okay,” that just depends. If you’re over 140 mg/dL for several hours, I’d say that’s not okay to do very often. As a diabetic, I aim to fast under 100 mg/dL always because it’s truly normal, but a few days of slightly elevated fasting blood sugar won’t give you complications. Your blood sugar after meals may be damaging you, though. It’d depend on how high you’re spiking and how long you’re staying up there, as well as how often you are breaking your diet.

  22. QUESTION:
    Advice on Blood Sugar Levels – should I speak to GP?
    Hi, using a blood glucose monitor (a bayer, Breeze 2) I did a DIY OGTT (Oral Glucose Tolerance Test) this weekend (not just for fun – I have cysts on my ovaries and think I may be insulin resistant [a symptom of PCOS, plus over the years the GP's have checked my blood sugar levels so many times they must think somethings up with it, and my Dad has Diabetes so I want to be careful] but GP wants to do other tests before the OGTT). Anyway my levels on Saturday morning were:

    Blood Test 1 = 8.2 (after 16hr fast)
    Blood Test 2 = 8.8 (30mins after 380ml of Lucozade original)
    Blood Test 3 = 8.9 (1hr after Lucozade)
    Blood Test 4 = 7.6 (2hrs after Lucozade)
    Blood Test 5 = 4.1 (3hrs after Lucozade)

    By blood test 5 (4.1) I was incredibily shaky and starting to sweat – immediately ate a bagel and drank some fruit juice.

    From my research online, I know that my fasting glucose of 8.2 is a bit high (technically classed as Diabetic), but my 3rd blood test (2hrs after Lucozade) is just within the normal range (though I drank only 380ml of Lucozade instead of the recommended 415ml). As my test on Saturday was high I decided to re-test this morning:

    Blood Test 1 = 4.9 (after 8hrs fasting)
    Blood Test 2 = 4.3 (after 14hrs fasting)

    I believe todays levels seem fine. Should I just put saturdays levels down to an anomoly and re-do the OGTT in a month (with the 415ml of Lucozade this time), or should I see my GP about it now?

    I would be particularly grateful if any Dr’s or nurses could advise me of this please? GP wants to see me in a month anyway, but for another issue.

    Thanks

    • ANSWER:
      Don’t rely on OTC testing. There is a difference in the blood testing your doctor does and the finger sticks you do at home. If you have questions, your doctor or his nurse are your best bet -

      (Read this from WEBMD)

      Blood glucose
      Fasting blood glucose:

      70-99 milligrams per deciliter (3.9-5.5 mmol/L)

      2 hours after eating (postprandial):

      70-145 mg/dL (3.9-8.1 mmol/L)

      Random (casual):

      70-125 mg/dL (3.9-6.9 mmol/L)

      Many conditions can change your blood glucose levels. Your doctor will discuss any significant abnormal results with you in relation to your symptoms and past health.

      High values

      You may have diabetes. But your doctor will not use just one test result to diagnose you with the condition.
      The American Diabetes Association (ADA) criteria for diagnosing diabetes are met when any of the following results have been repeated on at least two different days: A fasting blood glucose level is 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) or higher.
      A 2-hour oral glucose tolerance test result is 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) or higher. For more information, see the medical test Oral Glucose Tolerance Test.
      Symptoms of diabetes are present and a random blood glucose test is 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) or higher. Symptoms of diabetes include increased thirst and frequent urination (especially at night), unexplained increase in appetite, unexplained weight loss, fatigue, erection problems, blurred vision, and tingling or numbness in the hands or feet.

      If your fasting blood glucose level measures in the range of 100 mg/dL (5.6 mmol/L) to 125 mg/dL (6.9 mmol/L), you are considered to have prediabetes (impaired fasting glucose), and you have an increased chance of getting diabetes.
      Other conditions that can cause high blood glucose levels include severe stress, heart attack, stroke, Cushing’s syndrome, medicines such as corticosteroids, or excess production of growth hormone (acromegaly).

      Low values

      A fasting glucose level below 40 mg/dL (2.2 mmol/L) in women or below 50 mg/dL (2.8 mmol/L) in men that is accompanied by symptoms of hypoglycemia may mean you have an insulinoma, a tumor that produces abnormally high amounts of insulin.

      Low glucose levels also may be caused by:
      Addison’s disease.
      Decreased thyroid hormone levels (hypothyroidism).
      A tumor in the pituitary gland.
      Liver disease, such as cirrhosis.
      Kidney failure.
      Malnutrition or an eating disorder, such as anorexia.
      Medicines used to treat diabetes.

  23. QUESTION:
    Normal sugar levels in teen?
    My son had his grandma test his blood sugar with her meter yesterday and it was upper 130′s. This was about 2 hours after eating a grab bag of cheese crackers and a Gatorade. She says its high and should get him check. I can’t find anything on what normal ranges should be with a glucose meter only what blood work levels should be. Should I get him checked?

    • ANSWER:
      i’m 17 and i’m usually in the lower 100′s.
      your son is normal.

  24. QUESTION:
    What, other than diabetes, could cause vision to blur after ingesting a sugary meal or drink?
    Doctors have claimed that my blood sugar levels are well within the normal range, but after I eat sugary meals my vision gets progressively more blurry. Sometimes it’s so bad that I probably shouldn’t be driving. Ideas?

    • ANSWER:
      Just want to point out that diabetics don’t get blurry vision from high blood sugar, either. Vision problems come from damage to the tiny blood vessels which supply the retina. It happens over a long period of poorly controlled diabetes.

  25. QUESTION:
    Can dehydration and recovery from kidney infection cause high blood sugar?
    I returned from the hospital for a kidney infection exactally 1 week ago. I had been sick prior to this with many little viruses. Because of this i havent been eating or drinking as i normally would. I lost 5 pounds over the 2 months. While in the hospital, they saw that my blood sugar was high. It was ranging from 100-270. They thought it was probably because of the stress from the illness but just to make sure they sent me home with a blood sugar moniter where i had to prick my finger before every meal and 2 hours after. My numbers ranged from 95-270 over the weekend. I stopped doing the pricking but went in for my appointment yesterday. The doctor took my fasting blood glucose and it was 117. He then took the same blood from my finger prick and put it into a machine for an A1c test which came back as 6.5%. He then told me he wanted to diagnose me with Type 1 diabetes and start me on insulin immediately. My parents and i were in shock. When we asked what other numbers he was using as the second set to diagnose me and he said he was using the ones from when i was in the hospital. Im not a doctor but it seems to me that those numbers would be thrown off since i was sick and on several bags of iv fluid as well as being under the physical stress of a kidney infection..as well as the stress of being sick for the past 2 months. We told him we wanted the oral glucose test done and we were also going to seek a second opinion with another specialist to make sure. Being diagnosed with diabetes is a huge deal and i want to be 100% sure that i have it and its not thrown off by something else. So he sent me home again to moniter my blood sugar levels over the weekend. Yesterday, when i returned home from the hospital my number was 297 (the highest ive had, but this was also right after the glucose test so its expected to be high). After i ate, it dropped to 179. Two hours after it was at 127. I checked it again before i ate dinner and it was 107. Two hours after, it was at 85. They also had me checking my urine every time for ketones. I havent had any so far. I started drinking alot more water yesterday and it was the first day in a very long time that i ate regularly. Im just curious as to if my body could have been dehydrated or if because im drinking and eating normally now it might change it. My doctor told me that im just in the “honeymoon stage” of diabetes. Is he right? Or could it be something else?

    I was also tested for thyroid problems yesterday. I have a history of females having thyroid diseases on both sides of my family. Could this also play a role in it?

    Any advice is much appreaciated.
    Thanks, Callie
    They have had me monitering my ketones for the past few days and so far i havent had any. What does that say about my diagnoses? Also for the past three days i havent had a reading over 197 for my blood glucose. The first day it was 97, 197, 129, 123, 125, and 183. Today it has been 122, 166, 83, and 101. Are these numbers still in the honeymoon stage? It seems to me the numbers are still alittle sparadoic but in comparison to my numbers from last week they seem to be going down considering i havent had a reading over 200. Yesterday and today were also the first two days in a very long time that i got up and got out of the house. I went driving today, shopping, and went to my brothers basketball game. I’ve also been drinking and eating more regularly while also eating heathier than i have in the past. Do you think these things could have an effect on my numbers?

    Please help me out with some more advice. Thanks to everyone!

    Callie

    • ANSWER:
      Any kind of stress and illness can definitely raise your blood sugar. In your case however, I wouldn’t suspect type one diabetes but rather type two. Had you type one diabetes, even if you were in the “honeymoon phase,” your weight loss, glucose, A1C, and perhaps even your ketone level would be much more dramatic. Also, they probably wouldn’t even consider putting you through an oral glucose tolerance test but rather would have run a c-peptide and antibody screening before sending you home on a strict insulin injection regiment. Consider yourself lucky in that sense. Endocrinology problems, especially type two diabetes, hypothyroid, and PCOS, often go hand in hand so you are on the right track covering all your bases. Be sure to visit an endocrinologist upon receiving your lab results.

  26. QUESTION:
    What is a truly normal blood sugar number?
    I was having some symptoms of diabetes and tested my blood sugar with my dads meter (he has type 2) my fasting level was 97 and 2 hours after I ate it was 120. I tested again before my next meal 5 hours later and it was 140. I went to my doctor because my dad said that 140 was too high. Especially since I hadn’t eaten in so long and when I did eat it was just a sandwich. My first doctor did a fasting glucose test and it was 99. She said I was fine and was making up not feeling well. So I went to another doctor. This one said that the FGT wasn’t accurate for diagnosis so she did an A1C test. She didn’t tell me what the number for that was, but that I wasn’t diabetic. Then I was talking to my friend who’s been a type 1 diabetic for 9 years and she said that the A1C showed your average over the last 3 months. I haven’t been feeling sick over the last 3 months, and it had only been a couple weeks that I had been feeling bad when they did the test. She said it might not have been accurate enough. Is that true? I’ve been eating very carefully all year and exercising (my New Years resolution was to loose 40 pounds and I did it!) And since I noticed slightly higher blood sugar levels I’ve been really watching the carbs and I eat no more refined sugar. I’m still feeling bad though. Sometimes it’s not too bad, but other times I’m just SO thirsty and I have to go to the bathroom all the time, and my legs and arms have been getting really cramped up lately. Then I was getting dizzy and getting headaches. I have like no energy at all most of the time. And I get hungry, and then when I eat I feel worse. I’m not overweight and I’m very active. But type 1 and 2 run on both sides of my family. Could I be in the process of getting one or the other? Can higher levels be a warning that type 1 is coming, or only type 2? Can I even get type 2 if I’m normal weight and eating right? There are only 2 doctors in my town and I went to them both already. Do I need to find another doctor or just wait until my current doctor feels like re-testing me. Or is there something I can do myself to know if I really even need to go back right away? I keep hearing that normal fasting is anything under 126 and anything under 200 after eating. But if so, why are the “normal ranges” 70-120? I’m just really confused! Can someone help me, please? :)

    • ANSWER:
      Hello my friend,

      You have a lot of questions and rightfully so. I am a type 2 diabetic and can relate to some of the symptoms you are talking about.

      There is a great book called Dr Bernstein’s Diabetes Solution by Dr Richard K Bernstein.

      He is a type 1 diabetic and has been so since he was a child, he is now in his 70′s.

      He covers a lot of the questions you have.

      By the way normal blood sugars are around 75 – 85 (that’s where non diabetics usually are).

      I just checked Amazon for his book and they have it for only .79 (normally .99). This is for his latest book. You can also purchase his older books, they have valuable information in them as well.

      I hope this helps.

      Ollie G

  27. QUESTION:
    checking blood sugar levels..(with gastational diabetes)?
    i m almost 35 weeks preg and diagnosed with gastational diabetes…
    i m checking my blood sugar every day after meals…
    usually fasting sugar comes up to be around low 70s..which i know is fine…but after meals i check after 1 hour and it comes in 120s range…i just want to know if that is too high…my dr told me that my sugar should be less than 120 so i m just a lil worried..as far as my diet, i m not eating anything sweet..only fruits and vege….and i usually eat 2 chapati, roti or bread…
    so just wondering if my sugar is normal and if i m really suppose to check after 1 hour of meals…

    • ANSWER:
      TALK TO THE DIETICAN…

  28. QUESTION:
    Does it mean you are diabetic if you feel shaky before eating dinner? My blood sugar?
    levels range about 110 after dinner. I have no symptoms of diabetics and yet i still worry. Any help would be appreciated.

    • ANSWER:
      lots of people with normal functioning pancreases have low sugar when they don’t eat. doesn’t mean you have diabetes, particularly if its only before dinner. may mean hypoglycemia. if you’re very worried, get checked out.

      ps… its not “diabetics.” it’s “die-uh-bee-teez”

  29. QUESTION:
    Why would fasting Blood Glucose be consistently higher than Bedtime levels?
    I am trying to get my blood sugar levels into a normal range with exercise and diet. I am not on insulin or drugs and have not yet been diagnosed with diabetes but my MD is concerned about my fasting blood glucose.

    What’s frustrating is that I am really watching what I eat and controlling my snacking and have a Bedtime BG of 95-104 (5.3-5.8) and yet my FBG seems to consistently be 108-110 (6.0-6.1). Why…where is the glucose coming from if I have been at rest and haven’t eaten for over 10 hours?

    I thought it may be related to eating too late and/or too heavy a meal the night before and perhaps was still digesting after going to bed, but have watched and contolled what I have eaten during the last couple of days without any apparent impact.

    • ANSWER:
      When you fast, many times the liver thinks the bodies blood sugar is going too low, and it will release sugar into the blood stream. Diabetics call this ” dawn phenomenon”. It happens to many of us in the morning when we do our fasting blood sugar test, but a hour later, it is usually within normal range. It can also happen to diabetics when they exercise. It is just the liver trying to keep something from going wrong. You are right though, about your evening meal. If it was something with a lot of carbs, it can cause the fasting test in the morning to be high. Especially if you eat fiber like grains in bread, or eat oatmeal. If I have oatmeal, my blood sugar will stay up forever it seems. If I just eat a small amount of it, my blood sugar will rise some, but will stay stable for hours, I don’t need a snack. Next time you are going to have a test, make you last meal something lower in carbs and see what happens. Even non diabetics experience dawn phenomenon.

  30. QUESTION:
    Average diabetes type 2 blood sugar level (in mmol/l) after 2 hours of meal?
    For diabetes type 2 only please :)

    What is your average blood sugar level after 2 hours of meal?

    I have been diagnosed with diabetes type 2 and I now try to control it, however, my blood sugar level after 2 hours still looks pretty high (ranging from 8-15, average around 10), but it usually goes down back to around 5 after 5 hours.

    I know the blood sugar level is all depends on what you ate, activity, level of stress, hormone, etc etc, but I just want to know what is your average approximately?

    Thanks.
    By the way, I didn’t take any medicine or insulin, 27 in age and would be interested to know people with similar circumstances (age around 20-30 without any medicine or insulin).

    • ANSWER:
      Most of us are about twice your age limit! and we aren’t afraid of the meds either!!

      I work hard to keep mine back down to close to 8 after meals, around 2 hours.

      I also absolutely never go more than 4 hours without eating a small meal. Good control means never spiking more than 175 and never getting hungry. It is a little hard to do, but can be done – with or without meds and insulins.

      Eating very low carb food plan is best plan. I never eat potato, carrots, corn, peas, dried beans/lentils, pastas, breads, cereals, rices and have very little milk product.

  31. QUESTION:
    Normal blood sugar ranges?
    I have some symptoms that lead me to believe I might be pre-diabetic (thirsty ALL the time–drank 10 glasses of water yesterday and I’m STILL thirsty. I also get shaky in the morning if I wait too long to eat). So I’ve been doing some research, and I’ve bought a blood glucose meter. I’ve done three tests so far. One after I ate dinner last night (like half hour later) and two this morning after a 9 hour fast. This mornings readings were 117 and a few minutes later 107. The one after dinner last night was 107 as well.

    My question… I’ve been looking up question around YA and I’m find some conflicting information. What exactly are the normal glucose levels? Am I within range or should I talk to my doctor anyway?
    Being thirsty all the time is only something that’s popped up in the last few days, BTW.
    thank you. Yes, I’m in the US…

    • ANSWER:
      normal is 70-120….but each body is different. I am diabetic and if my blood sugar is 90, i start to shake. I feel good when it is around 120…

  32. QUESTION:
    What are normal Blood Sugar levels in 2 or 3 year old healthy kid.?
    Family history
    1) Mom was diagnosed with type 2 at 38 years and started on insulin at 49 years.
    2) Dad was daignosed with type 2 at 49/50 and went on insulin at 65.
    3) One brother (out of two) was diagnosed with juvenile diabetes at 9 years.
    4) I had gestational diabetes in first pregnancy and was started on insulin from 12th week (started with 5 NPH). I had very good control during pregnancy though.
    Tested 7 times a day. Made drastic changes to my diet. Very few times my levels were above normal. Target was 130 after 1 hour. and less than 90 fasting. I was within range 90% of the time.

    My child’s readings.

    My kid is 2 1/2 year old now. Her 2 hour test was 115. Tested at home after dinner.

    Her Dinner was,

    1) White Rice cooked (2/3 cup)
    2) peas and paneer curry
    (Peas 2 about tsps,
    cheese half ounce,
    tamato + onion gravy 2tsp.)
    3) Plain yogurt 1/3 rd cup.
    4) Bite size snickers bar.

    She took her main meal in about 25 mins and ate her snickers 10 mins later.

    • ANSWER:
      Normal for anyone – kids or not is approximately 90-145. Anything over 200 and you can look at diabetes as something to be investigated.

      Having had gestational diabetes you do have a higher chance of developing T2 diabetes – exercising and watching what you eat can definitely make a HUGE difference.

      A non-diabetic will have almost no fluctuation with their eating – whereas a pre-diabetic can.

      In children that young – they will get Type 1 diabetes – or juvenille as some people call it.

      115 is just fine.

      Just look out for other symptoms. Excessing thirst, frequent urinating, lethargy without normal reasoning, sweet smelling breath.

      Check out websites such as www.diabetes-book.com and read up on it more.

      I am a type 2 diabetic diagnosed at age 39.

  33. QUESTION:
    Blood Sugar normal after being diabetic, why?
    I have been diabetic (type 2) for about a year now but only found out about it a 5 months ago (after becoming pregnant) I had an A1c of 12.5 needless to say I miscarried. I have been on 30 units of Levemir at night for the last 3 months. A week ago I noticed my blood sugar was very low in the morning (60) normally it is between 100 and 115 in the morning when I take my fasting BS. I spent the entire day checking rechecking and trying to get it up. I even used 3 different meters in case one had stopped working properly. Even after eating a rather heavy meal my blood sugar never made it over 130. Since that day I haven’t taken my insulin any night and have had no problems with it rising to unhealthy levels nor failing to unhealthy levels. I have been waking up to a 85 to 90 range and 2 hours after eating 135 or lower. At bed time (about four hours after eating) no higher then 115.

    What could be the cause of this?

    I am wondering has anyone ever had this happen? If so what caused it?

    I have been completely healthy no illnesses, fevers, mood changes, nothing just the normal blood sugar, if anything I feel better.

    I have searched all over the internet and cannot find any information or instances where someone has had this happen.

    I have an appointment with my doctor in two weeks but in the interim I am to stop my insulin until I see him or it get too high
    Ok, to add a little more detail. I was only pregnant for a month. My A1C was 12.5. Now, your A1C is like a 3 month record of sugar in your cells. I did not have gestaional diabetes. I had been diabetic for over six months prior to becoming preggers. Drs. said it was like I became diabetic around the december holidays of 2008. Which make since since around that time, until I was diagnosed and treated I had just about every possible symptom of diabetes… I am just bad at taking care of myself and seeing doctors… So, I did not have just gestational diabetes. I had a miscarriage on Oct. 16 2009. It is only by coincidence that I was diagnosed at the time of pregnancy.

    pls excuse my spelling.

    • ANSWER:
      You are not diabetic. You had something called Gestational Diabetes which occurs during and sometimes for a short time after pregnancy. You are probably not type 2 diabetic and was misdiagnosed. Your blood sugar returned to normal once you had the miscarriage and your body returned to normal!

      By your Avatar you look young, Type 2 diabetes usually occurs later in life!

  34. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar level: when to seek medical attention?
    My FIL has diabetes, he does not need to use insulin and does not take medication due to cost. He just checked his blood sugar after eating chicken salad 2 hours ago and it was 380. I made him check it because he could be talking one minute and literally when he closed his mouth he was snoring and falling asleep. He said, “oh, that’s normal, it’s not been under 350 in a couple weeks” 0_o Sooo, at what point does it become urgent to go because clearly he does not have the means to go to the doctor and I’m not going to judge but this isn’t about stupidity or foolishness. I just need to know scientific factual ranges before he does permanent damage and that is all that I need to hear.
    He went to the doctor about a year ago. We don’t have free clinics or anything like that here in northern Minnesota. We do have to option of billing however, but they set up a timed payment plan (which he already has an outstanding balance and has his wages garnished from his paycheck) with you and he knows for sure they will want to do an ac1 or whatever and a consultation with the diabetes educator which is billed seperately due to our clinics limited capacity. After he does that then the doctor sees him to give him his prescription and discuss concerns etc. I assume he thinks it will discourage him from not making appointments but it doesn’t. Also he is not insulin dependent and I don’t know how that area of things work.

    • ANSWER:
      This is a very unfortunate circumstance. People ‘tolerate’ highly varied glucose readings so there is no specific glucose reading that means medical attention is urgent. Obviously if an individual begins to experience symptoms of hyperglycemia it would be prudent to seek medical attention promptly. Sadly adults have an absolute right to choose poor medical care. I understand that medical care is over-priced. Although I am a physician I am not able to afford health insurance. It sounds as if this individual’s glucose typically runs approximately 350 mg/dL or 19.4 mmol/L. Chronic hyperglycemia leads to serious cardiovascular consequences. There is also the possibility of neuropathy (change in sensation), nephropathy (kidney failure), and retinopathy (loss of vision). The consequences may truly be grave and may lead to a person being driven prematurely quite literally to their grave. It sounds as if this individual knows that their diabetes is not controlled but that they have accepted this. No one is able to compel an adult to seek medical attention even if the lack of medical treatment may lead to permanent harm. If you call an ambulance for example if he refuses to go there is nothing that the paramedics will be able to do. The only exception to this is if he is unconscious. Even in the latter circumstance once his glucose is improved I suspect that he will flee the hospital. I really am deeply grieved by this story and I most sincerely appreciate your concern. I have a few diabetic patients who have decided that for whatever reasons that they will accept whatever consequences poor diabetic control brings their way. If I may be of further assistance please let me know. I wish you both the very best of health and in all things may God bless.

  35. QUESTION:
    I’m not diabetic but I still have high blood sugar readings, why is this?
    Diabetes runs in the family. My mother, sister, gran, etc all have it. Randomly I did a blood check (the pinprick machine) one morning and I had 7.0 (very high before breakfast considering it should be between 4 and 6). So I had a slice of wholegrain toast and went from 9 to 3 without eating. Did another pinprick test and I got 11.2, I’m like “woah”. So I go to the doctor’s and they say “right, fasting blood glucose check”. I waited a few days, did the fasting blood test and controlled my sugar levels throughout the week by eating very healthily, counting carbs and taking cinnamon tablets to help lower blood sugar. Although still very slightly high they weren’t as bad – I was waking up with 4.5 and 2 hours after wholegrain I had 6.2. On Tuesday I received my results and I was absolutely fine – my average is 5.5 and the range was from 3.5 – 6. Thinking that I was back to normal I went to university and had lasagne and lots of coffee. I got back just now (3 hours after eating), washed my hands, did a pinprick test and I got 16.2… in a few words, what on earth is going on? Are my results wrong? :(

    • ANSWER:
      Every doctor seems to have different ideas of what is the “ideal” sugar levels.
      Some say 4 to 6 mmol others say 5 to 7 mmol, so do not stress too much on the reading of 7.

      The pinprick machine is not totally reliable, it could also give false readings.This is my first reaction to the reading of 16.2 – you could also be stressed, tired or some other reason, I would not worry too much about that. After all one swallow does not make a summer.

      Your “formal” tests at the doctors turned out to be OK, so do not worry about it anymore.
      If you are concerned have the test re-done every 6 months or so.

      In the mean time, continue as if you have diabetes i.e eat healthy and exercise regularly.
      Why? because
      1)everybody on this planet should eat healthy and exercise.
      2)if you are comfortable with this healthy lifestyle when/if you do become diabetic, then no big deal – been there done that. No real change needed.
      3) A healthy lifestyle would most probably prevent the onset of diabetes in the first place.

  36. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar going wacky, could someone help? Has this happened to anyone else? (please read details)?
    My blood sugar is giving me trouble. The dr’s say I’m not diabetic but I have been checking sugar daily.
    When I eat even 1 bite of a cookie I get severe headache, I stay away from pop, sweets etc.
    After eating a meal feel like passing out, it get almost impossible to stay awake.
    Was told to test 2 hrs after eating, but always normal range then.
    Started checking 20 min after eating, and every 20 min up to I hr which is my peak (as far as I can tell) By 1hr 15min sugar drops. Sometimes this goes faster, but this is the average.
    My sugar levels have been…
    FASTING 12 hrs, after eating carbs the night before it’s around low 60′s. FASTING after eating meat the night before high 70′s-80′s.
    Tonight ate tuna cheese caserole, sugar 174 within 1/2 hr after eating, 140 in 45min, and 120 in 1hr.
    Night before burgers and hashbrowns, 25min 143, 1hr 185, 1&1/2 hrs 175.
    How could the sugar go so low and then jump that high?
    What could be wrong?
    Dr’s say tests they do are ok. (help)

    • ANSWER:
      Blood sugars often fall after eating sugar – it will spike up then dramatically fall. It sounds like you have low sugars going on which is usually what happens to people before they become diabetic. After being low for several years people often become diabetic. Also it depends on what you eat – breads, potatoes, etc. that will get into the blood stream and stay longer. Often blood sugars today reflect what was eaten the day before. Keep a log of what was ate, when, how much and fsbs for a couple of weeks and you will probably see a pattern. To avoid low blood sugars at night you could make a half of pb sand. Hope this helps.

  37. QUESTION:
    Those who experience low blood sugar… ?
    I was tested and told I have low blood sugar. The nurse told me that it was low but didn’t seem to act like it was a big deal. I had my blood test about 1-2 hours after I had eaten. The blood sugar level was 66. Where does this fall in the range?
    I am 20 years old.

    • ANSWER:
      That’s pretty low for a non diabetic. Typical non diabetic blood sugars run 80 -120

  38. QUESTION:
    Blood sugar from 71 to 134… need some advice?
    I have only recently realized that some symptoms I’ve been having may be related to my blood sugar values. Symptoms are light-headedness, increased heart rate, shakiness, anxiety, sugar cravings, and dizziness.

    I got a glucose meter and started taking some measurements. I was hoping that some of you on this site would be familiar with blood glucose levels.

    Fasting/morning: 71
    3 hours after breakfast (dizzy, shaky, high heart rate): 75
    1 hour later after eating bread and yogurt, symptoms relieved: 92

    1.5 hours after dinner: 134

    From what I have read, these numbers are within “normal” ranges, but I am wondering if it is normal to have such a range in a single day, like from 71 to 134? When should my blood sugar get back to the pre-meal level? 2 hours?

    I just had blood work done at the doctor a few months ago and they said it was all normal (glucose 72).

    Thoughts?
    Any advice. I am pretty stressed out about this. thanks
    thanks everyone!

    • ANSWER:
      Van Gogh, you are perfect. But only one suggestion . Check your glucose levels after you exercise or when you feel shaky. You may be experiencing HYPOGLYCEMIA.

      Good luck

      tin

  39. QUESTION:
    What is the highest “acceptable” blood sugar peak?
    After you eat a meal, how high should your blood sugar go? Even if it returns to “normal” levels within 2 hours, what is the highest peak that is OK? Is anything OK as long as it returns to normal? My daughter is having peaks in the 225-250 range on a fairly regular basis (she is 4 and of normal weight), but her bg does usually come down within 2-3 hours.
    I should add that she does not have a diagnosis of diabetes and that all of these readings are with a home meter. She has seen an endocrinologist who is not concerned because there are no documented venous blood draws over 200.
    Fasting blood sugar is almost always normal. It is the postprandial blood sugars that are well over 200.

    • ANSWER:
      i believe that a fasting blood sugar test should be obtained, and there has to be several readings before she could actually be diagnosed as a “diabetic”. just watch for signs and symptoms of hyperglycemia(high blood sugar) increased thirst, increased urination, increrased hunger, fatigue, dry mouth, blurred vision, change in mental status.

  40. QUESTION:
    Is it okay to have a blood sugar level over 120 every once in a while?
    I’ve only been testing for a little over a week with gestational diabetes. My BS are usually within the 70-95 range throughout the day, but after fairly low carb dinner and a small dessert(fruit or bowl of ice cream), I get spikes. Today it was at 160 after 2 hours of eating a normal meal, when I tested before dinner it was 98. Is it ok to have spikes every once in a while after a big meal? My blood sugar is always around 70 first thing in the morning after fasting.

    • ANSWER:

  41. QUESTION:
    Why is my blood sugar constantly low?
    Hi,

    I have been testing my blood glucose levels throughout the day over the past few days and they hardly seem to fluctuate. They range from 4.2 to 5.4 mmol/L. I have only ever had two readings outside that range: 3.7 and 6.3. I have taken readings throughout the day including after meals, an hour after and 2 hours after eating, as well as after fasting. Is having blood sugar that doesn’t fluctuate in this way a problem? Is this what is called “modified hypoglycemia”?

    Many Thanks
    I am monitoring blood sugar as I have some symptoms of hypoglycemia and am worried that as my blood glucose is never more than 1.3 above myfasting level I may have some kind of “flat curve” hypoglycemia.

    • ANSWER:
      Why are you monitoring your blood sugar?
      Are you diabetic or just playing with someone’s machine?
      Those numbers are within the acceptable ranges.

  42. QUESTION:
    Blood sugars are in normal range but lower than normal.?
    Im prediabetic and my blood sugars are usually 95-105 when i get up and 108-125 2 hours after i eat but the last few days i’ve noticed the morning ones are in the 80s which i know is good but the levels 2 hours after eating are in the 80s and 90′s and im used to them being in the hundreds, should i be concerned about this major change or is it ok?

    • ANSWER:
      It is great! It’s not too low if that’s what worries you.
      Did you lose weight perhaps? Sometimes when you lose some weight the sugars will go down.

  43. QUESTION:
    Can a person with normally high blood sugar suffer from low blood sugar at a normal range?
    So I’m a type 2 diabetic. My blood sugar in the last few months has been out of control, ranging in the high 200′s and 300′s. Recently I went on a new medication called Victoza and I’ve been watching what I eat. So right now my blood sugar is at 107, which is actually considered a normal level. The problem is I feel like someone who is suffering from low blood sugar, I’m all jittery and lightheaded. Can this be just because for my body it considers this a low blood sugar after being high for so long? Or does this sound like something else?

    • ANSWER:
      I think you are right that your body is used to having high sugar, so you are not used to a normal level. This happened to my husband. He could walk around with sugars in the 300s or 400s but if it went below 100 he felt strange. He got the insulin pump and soon got over that situation. As you adjust to being at a normal level, your symptoms should disappear. Good luck.

  44. QUESTION:
    can a blood sugar reading of 70 and lower cause a migraine?
    My dr, a couple years ago, took my blood after i faster and when the result came back he said i was ” borderline diabetic”. I haven’t gone took the dr in a long time but I was wondering if a blood sugar level that is 70ish or lower can cause bad migraines (to the point of nausea) and shakiness (and sometimes feeling like your muscles are limp/ thing feel surreal). I ask because the last time i had a migraine a friend mention something about when was the last time i ate..so i tested my blood now just out of curiousity since a migraine just started (this is the 2nd time i tested) and its below 70..I though that that range was normal but not sure cause it confuses me. any input would be helpful. thanks
    I meant feeling limp or or having this surreal feeling
    I dont know for absolute positivity that im diabetic now. I guess i could be after a few years..I also wake up in the night needing some sugar or i cant sleep, and start getting aches. i always thought diabetic have high blood sugar all the time or easily, not low…i think i need to talk to my dr..thanks for all the help

    • ANSWER:
      Low diabetic blood sugars can cause headaches, tiredness, light headiness, and other things. The best thing to do is take a 1/2 cup or orange juice, 1 cup of milk, or glucose tablets you can buy in a pharmacy to bring your blood sugars up quickly.

  45. QUESTION:
    How fast should my blood sugar drop?
    Are my levels normal?

    Before eating, my reading was 68.

    I had a quarter of a sub at that point.

    About 30 minutes after eating, my level was 87.

    I had some fries after that. My reading 1 hour later was 135.

    My two hour reading was 117.

    Then just a second ago (it’s been about 4 hours since eating), my blood sugar was 120.

    This is confusing. I was originally told I had “fasting hypoglycemia.”

    All my after dinner numbers fall into the normal range according to my testing supplies and dr, but I’m just wondering
    Edit – no I don’t KNOW if I have type 2 or not yet. I have a 2 hour glucose tolerance test on Monday.

    I’m on no medication at all

    • ANSWER:
      Those levels and times seem about where mine usually fluctuate. I’m assuming you have type 2?

      I forget the technical term, but periodically the liver puts out stored up sugar on it’s own, which is why sugar can shoot up on a test even hours after you ate. It makes the whole thing unpredictable at times, mine can go up to 180 after a light snack because of that it seems.

      You had fasting hypoglycemia when you first were diagnosed probably, before you started whatever medication you’re on. Me too, back then I’d pass out on an empty stomach. But now that you’re on Amaryl or whatever, it’s less predictable, at least in the beginning.

      Track what you eat and times you test, you’ll get the hang of it all in a year or so. At least that’s what it took me. Good luck!

  46. QUESTION:
    fasting blood sugar 120′s-130′s am I diabetic?
    I have PCOS. I was diagnosed mildly insulin resistant in April, 2010. I was prescribed metformin at 500mg/day and was increased gradually over the course of 1 month to 1700mg/day. Previous to being prescribed the metformin, I had a fasting blood test and was told I was not diabetic and that the metformin would not affect my glucose only would help my PCOS.

    WIthin the past 2 weeks I felt horrible and had symptoms that match almost every symptom of hyPERthyroidism. I have been to the hospital twice. I will soon be seen by a medical endocrinologist.

    For the past week I have monitored my fasting AM blood sugar via arm meter (in case those who are experienced find them not as accurate as a finger stick meter). My ranges have been between 125-137 each day, fasting, as soon as I wake up, before doing anything. Until this time of feeling like crap, I never checked my sugar levels (never had a reason to as my reproductive endo. told me that Im not diabetic and didnt need to while being on the metformin).

    I am wondering if the metformin has caused the increase in fasting sugar levels or, if potentially I was borderline diabetic, it was caught, the super dose of metformin caused my complications and symptoms and is now causing the higher levels???

    After the first ‘episode’ I cut my metformin regimin in 1/2 and was only taking 850mg. During the second ‘episode’ my sugar was checked (while on the 850mg, fasting, and in the AM) and my reading was 104.

    Am I diabetic? Did the medicine cause the higher levels now? Or what?

    Since April I have been walking 3-4 miles at least 3 times a week (generally 4-5) and have been eating low carb, no sugar foods. Maybe the lifestyle change made me feel the way I did?? But, Im curious if Im eating and exercising now, why the sugar levels the way they are??

    Thoughts???

    • ANSWER:

  47. QUESTION:
    Just found out that I have type 2 diabetes.?
    My blood sugars are running extremely high and I don’t know what I can do to lower. I am on metformin and take it twice a day. I test in the morning and after meals. I know that I need to talk to my doctor about this, but want to know how others have dealt with high blood sugar. What can you do to lower you blood sugar levels? My range is anywhere from 250-370. Lowest is 250 in the morning before I eat anything. I take my medication and test about 2 hours later, and level doesn’t drop but maybe 20-35 points. I am scared to eat anything in fear that my sugar level will raise. What will happen to me if my blood sugar levels don’t steady at a normal range?

    • ANSWER:
      As said earlier, all kinds of nasty things CAN happen if your sugar is allowed to stay too high for too long. Worrying is the last thing you should do as any sort of stress (including worry, alarm, illness, fright, etc) can raise blood glucose numbers.

      Now then, the best thing to do is learn as much as you can about this as soon as you can. Learn from others, like me, who have learned to control the disease w/o medication. That is to say, with proper diet and adequate daily exercise. It’s not hard. I walk about an hour a day and eat a good, healthy, natural foods based diet. I’m about 90 to 95% vegetarian. Why? Because that’s what our bodies were designed to eat the most of. Think about it. Over the eons of human development, were we subjected to Burger King, Wonder Bread, Bagels and such? Of course not. We lived off the land. Those that still do, DON’T GET TYPE TWO DIABETES. Nuff said? If more folks lived like they do in rural Asia or South America, there would be far fewer chronic diseases like this.

      Now, how did I manage to get off the medication? Simple. A healthy diet as prescribed above. Lots of daily exercise. And once the weight started coming down, guess what? So did the blood sugars. Read more on my blog here:

      http://www.geocities.com/seabulls69/Type_II_Diabetes.html

  48. QUESTION:
    Low blood sugar and pregnancy, due in three days…?
    Hi I am 33 and have GD. I take insulin. today I have a good fast like any other day, but after that, it seems to be running low. It was 69 before luch and 69 after lunch, took it to make sure and it was 70. I ate a snack , that was half a sandwich and half cup milk and cheese ecrackers and a slice of cheese, now it’s 87. Why is it running low today? normally eating all this would make it raise above 120. The only thing that is different is I am very upset with my mother and had been crying off and on. I thought being upset increases your sugar levels. anyway what do I do if it continues to be low and I go very low in the night? like I said normally my levels are higher but still under the normal range.
    I am due for c-section in three days and that would make me 38 weeks 4 days.

    • ANSWER:
      Because you are due shortly and because it sounds like you normally have yourself in control of your blood sugar, I would either call your doctor or go to an ER. Not just for your sake, but baby’s as well.

      Good luck!

  49. QUESTION:
    What are the after effects of bulimia and anorexia?
    I suffered from bulimia and anorexia for around 7-8 years and recovered around 7 years ago. I know and experienced a lot of the side effects but I am wondering if I may have done some long-term damage to my body. I’ve tried searching the internet but can only find the side effects for people who are still battling bulimia or anorexia.
    I recovered without any help from a doctor and now eat “normally” but I still experience intense heart palpitations for no apparent reasons, which I am currently seeing a doctor about. I sometimes experience low blood sugar levels if I haven’t eaten for a while or a while after drinking lucozade. I never really feel hungry unless I’m REALLY hungry and never really know when I am full unless I’m uncomfortably full. My teeth were pretty much wrecked after years of bulimia but my dentist has worked on them to look ok.
    Whilst suffering from bulimia my periods became irregular and whilst suffering from anorexia they stopped for a few months. My periods are still irregular ranging from 3 weeks apart to 7 weeks apart and there seems to be no pattern.
    Are these all after effects of the years I suffered from eating disorders and will they ever go, stay the same or get worse? Are there any other problems I should look out for?

    • ANSWER:
      When your body doesn’t have enough calories, muscle and other tissues are metabolized through a process called gluconeogenesis. Your heart is muscle, and it is possible that you have damage your heart valves or the SA node or the AV node (which control your heart rhythm). This would not be expected to progress, but it could be related to the palpitations. You’re already under care for that.

      Low blood sugar if you haven’t eaten in a while is not uncommon. Your body has a mechanism for bringing up your blood sugar that involves releasing (among other things) a little bit of adrenaline, and it is the heart-pounding and shaking from the adrenaline that many people identify as low blood sugar.

      The stimulants in the energy drink such as lucozade can give you a similar feeling.

      Especially considering your palpitations, the lucozade may be contraindicated. Ask the physician who is treating you.

      And talk to a nutritionist. You’ve done a good thing recovering, but it is possible that you are not eating quite as normally as you think, and a nutritionist can make sure that everything is squared away.

  50. QUESTION:
    How often do doctors wrongly diagnose diabetes?
    I was diagnosed with type 2 diabetes a little over a year ago, I was having blurred vision and frequent urination, so I went to the doctor and they had me do a fasting blood sugar which came out to be in the high 300′s. They put me on metformin, and i changed my eating habits somewhat and exercised somewhat. Then after a few months had gone by and my sugars were always between 90 and 150, I started to slip on the diet and exercise, but noticed my blood sugars were always the same, no matter what I ate and how little I exercised. Then it came time to get a refill on my metformin, and I didn’t have the money to get it, so I stopped taking them and tried to beef up the diet and exercise to compensate for not having the pills, and I noticed that my sugars were still within range. Now I have been off the meds for at least 6 months and have totally slipped off my diet and exercise routine, and my sugars are still fine. I know if I don’t get back to the diet and exercise, it will be bad for my health as I am already over 300 pounds, but my question is, am I really diabetic, or did they mess up at the lab when I did my fasting blood sugar? I have gone to chinese buffets, and eaten four plates of food and had alcohol with my meal, and when I test, my blood sugar levels are still within range. I know I am very much at risk for diabetes with my weight and a family history of diabetes, so I will be going back on my diet. I’m just confused.

    • ANSWER:
      It’s unlikely that you were misdiagnosed, namely because you were experiencing symptoms of diabetes.

      Like you, I noticed that my body ‘healed’ a little bit after my diagnosis. I hesitate to use that word because I am still very much diabetic, as are you. For some reason, though, getting my blood sugar under control for a while greatly improved my carbohydrate tolerance. I was also able to lower my dose of medication. I suspect that I would lose this great control if I slipped on my diet and exercise, but there might be a gap in time where I could maintain the good numbers without trying.

      You say your numbers are between 90 and 150, but non-diabetics usually dip into the 80s and lower in the morning and between meals and rarely exceed 140 mg/dL. In fact, 140 mg/dL is a generous threshold, an upper limit that a non-diabetic will almost never cross. So, while those levels are very good for a diabetic and are much better than where you were in the 300s, they do suggest that there’s still something going on.

      Even though you’re diabetic, this is all very positive news. You are able to control your blood sugar without medication. With proper diet, you may be able to do this for many years and halt the progress of the disease. You know that if you continue as you are, you’ll lose that control. So, take advantage of what you have now.

      All the best to you.


Blood Sugar Levels After Eating Fruit

Diabetes check involves measures on two scales – blood sugar level before eating & blood sugar level after eating. While the previous one shows the standard status of your body reactions, the other states if the diet you are taking is justified to your health or not. Now, one thing we must consider is that blood sugar level after eating primarily depends on the food you eat. So that the test is conducted in around one & half or two hours after you have had the meal.

Come visit us right here for more Diabetic Diet Info and get a Diabetes Blood Glucose Ebook Blood Sugar Levels After Eating. http://www.diabeticdietbloodglucose.com/